Schneider M340 PDF

Modicon M340
™ ™
automation platform
Catalog
2011
General contents Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Product data website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0/4

chapter 1:
Processor modules, power supply modules,
single-rack and multi-rack configurations . . . . . . . . . . . 1/1
chapter 2:
I/O modules, application-specific modules,
quick wiring adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/1
chapter3:
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/1
chapter 4:
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/1
chapter 5:
Connection interfaces, regulated switch mode
power supplies, Human/Machine Interfaces . . . . . . . . . 5/1
chapter 6:
“Ruggedized” Modicon™ M340™ modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/1
chapter 7:
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/1
0/3
Go online to www.schneider-electric.com for technical
information about products listed in this catalog, including:
To learn more about Modicon™ M340™ automation platform

solutions, follow these steps...
1 On the home page, click on the “Products and Services” tab.

1.
2
2. From the drop-down menu select “Products”.
0/4
> Specifications > Dimensions > References
> Curves > Links to user guides and CAD files
3 From the
“Products”
page, click on
“Automation
Hardware and
Software”,
then click on
“PLCs, PAC and
Distributed I/O”. 3
4
3 From the “PLCs,
PAC and Distributed
I/O” page, click on
“Modicon M340 PAC”.
5 From the product

details page, see
“Overview”,
“Product Selector”
and “Documents &
Downloads”.
5
0/5
0/6
Contents chapter 1 Processor modules, power supply
modules, single-rack and
multi-rack configurations
1.1 - Processor modules

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2
bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4
1
bb Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/5
bb Memory structure .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6
vv Memory cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6

vv Application security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6
vv Modifying the program in online mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6
2
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/7
1.2 - Power supply modules

bb Introduction, description, functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 3
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/9
1.3 - Single-rack configuration

bb Introduction, description, functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/10
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/11 4
1.4 - Multi-rack configuration
bb Introduction, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/12
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/13
5
“Ruggedized” modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see page 6/1
10
1/1
Selection guide Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Modicon M340 processors
Modicon™ M340™ platform for Unity™ Pro software offer BMX3410 Standard processor BMX3420 Performance processors
2
Racks Number of racks 2 (with 4, 6, 8 or 12 slots) 4 (with 4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)
Max. number of slots 24 48
(excluding power supply module)
3 I/O In-rack discrete I/O (1) 512 channels (modules with 8, 16, 32 or 64
channels)
1024 channels (modules with 8, 16, 32 or 64
channels)
In-rack analog I/O (1) 128 channels (modules with 2, 4, 6 or 8 256 channels (modules with 2, 4, 6 or 8
channels) channels)
Distributed I/O Limited depending on the type of medium: on Ethernet Modbus™/TCP network via network
module (63 devices with I/O Scanning function), on Modbus link (32 devices)
In-rack application- No. of channels (counter, motion 20 max. 36 max.
4
specific channels control, serial link)
Counter (1) BMXEHC0200 2-channel (60 kHz) or BMXEHC0800 8-channel (10 kHz) modules
Motion control (1) BMXMSP0200 2-channel PTO (Pulse Train Output) modules for servo drives
Serial link (process or RTU) (1) BMXNOM0200 2-channel module or BMXNOR0200H module with 1 RTU serial channel
5 Process control, programmable
loops
Process control EFB library
Integrated Ethernet Modbus™/TCP network –

communication ports
CANopen™ master bus –
Serial link (process or RTU) 1 in RTU/ASCII Modbus master/slave mode or in Character mode (non-isolated RS232/RS485,
6 USB port
0.3 to 38.4 Kbps)
1 programming port (PC terminal) or HMI connection port
Communication Ethernet network Max. no. 2 2

modules
(1) Type of module BMXNOE0100/0110 or BMXNOC0401 network modules or BMXNOR0200H module with 1
Ethernet RTU channel
AS-Interface™ Max. no. 2 4
7 bus
Type of module BMXEIA0100 master module
Internal memory Internal user RAM 2048 KB 4096 KB

capacity
Program, constants and symbols 1792 KB 3584 KB
Located/unlocated data 128 KB 256 KB
Memory card capacity Backup of program, constants and 8 MB as standard
8 (on processor) symbols

Hosting and display of user web pages (3)
File storage – 8 or 128 MB (according to BMXRMSpp8MPF

option card)
Application structure Master task 1
Fast task 1
9
Event tasks 32 64
No. of K instructions 100% Boolean 5.4 Kinstructions/ms 8.1 Kinstructions/ms

executed per ms 65% Boolean + 35% mounted arithmetic 4.2 Kinstructions/ms 6.4 Kinstructions/ms
Rack power supply 24 V c isolated, 24 to 48 V c isolated or 100 to 240 V a power supply module
Modicon M340 processor BMXP341000 BMXP342000
10 Page 1/7
(1) The maximum values for the number of discrete I/O, analog I/O, counter/motion control/serial link channels and the number of networks are not cumulative
(they are limited by the maximum number of slots in the configuration, 1 rack: 11, 2 racks: 23, 3 racks: 35 and 4 racks: 47.
(3) User web pages with BMXNOE0110 Ethernet FactoryCast™ module (12 MB available).
See more technical information online at www.schneider-electric.com
1/2
BMX3420 Performance processors (continued)
2
4 (with 4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)
48
1024 channels (modules with 8, 16, 32 or 64 channels)

3
256 channels (modules with 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels)
Limited depending on the type of medium: on CANopen bus (63 devices), on Ethernet Modbus™/TCP network via network module (63 devices with I/O Scanning
function), on Modbus link (32 devices)
36 max.
4
BMXEHC0200 2-channel (60 kHz) or BMXEHC0800 8-channel (10 kHz) modules
BMXMSP0200 2-channel PTO (Pulse Train Output) modules (200 kHz) for servo drives
MFB (Motion Function Block) library (for drives or – MFB (Motion Function Block) library (for drives or
servo drives on CANopen bus) servo drives on CANopen bus)
BMXNOM0200 2-channel module or BMXNOR0200H module with 1 RTU serial channel
Process control EFB library 5
– 1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
(Modbus/TCP, BOOTP/DHCP, FDR client, e-mail notification, class B10 standard Web server)
1 (63 slaves, 50 to 1000 Kbps, class M20) (2) – 1 (63 slaves, 50 to 1000 Kbps, class M20) (2)
1 in RTU/ASCII Modbus master/slave mode or in Character mode (non-isolated RS232/RS485, 0.3 to 38.4 –
Kbps)
1 programming port (PC terminal) or HMI connection port
6
2
BMXNOE0100/0110 or BMXNOC0401 network modules or BMXNOR0200H module with 1 Ethernet RTU channel
BMXEIA0100 master module 7

4096 KB
3584 KB
256 KB
8 MB as standard
(3) 8
8 or 128 MB (according to BMXRMSpp8MPF option card)
1
1
9
64
8.1 Kinstructions/ms
6.4 Kinstructions/ms
24 V c isolated, 24 to 48 V c isolated or 100 to 240 V a power supply module
BMXP3420102 BMXP342020 BMXP3420302
1/7 10
(2) BMXP3420102/20302 processors can be used to customize configuration of the device Boot Up procedure compatible with CANopen third-party products.
Requires Unity™ Pro software, version u V4.1.
1/3
Introduction Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Processor modules
Introduction
The robust Modicon™ M340™ automation platform includes both: Standard
1 processors, BMXP341000, and Performance processors, BMXP342pppp. These
processors manage single-rack or multi-rack PAC stations whose slots can be
equipped with:
bb Discrete I/O modules
bb Analog I/O modules
bb Communication modules: Ethernet Modbus/TCP network, AS-Interface actuator/
sensor buses and RTU (Remote Terminal Unit)
2 bb Application-specific modules: counter, axis control and serial link
The five processors offered have different memory capacities, processing speeds,
number of I/O and number and type of communication ports.
In addition, depending on the model, they offer a maximum (non-cumulative) of:
I/O, communication and vv 512 to 1024 discrete I/O
application-specific
modules vv 128 to 256 analog I/O
3 BMXP34processor
vv 20 to 36 application-specific channels (1) (process counter, motion control and
serial link, or RTU)
vv 0 to 3 Ethernet Modbus/TCP or Ethernet/IP™ networks (with or without
AC or DC power supply integrated port and 2 network modules maximum)
vv 4 “Full Extended master” AS-Interface V3 actuator/sensor buses, profile M4.0
Depending on the model, Modicon M340 processors include:
bb A 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet Modbus/TCP port
4 Modicon M340 automation platform
bb A CANopen machine and installation bus port
bb A Modbus™ or Character mode serial link port
Each processor has a USB TER port (for connecting a programming terminal or a
Magelis™ XBTGT/GK/GTW, GTW HMI, or STU/STO HMI terminal) and is supplied
with a memory card used for:
vv Backing up the application (program, symbols and constants)
vv Activating a standard Web server for the Transparent Ready™ class B10
5 integrated Ethernet port (depending on the model)
This memory card can be replaced by another type of memory card (to be ordered
separately) that supports:
bb Backing up the application and activation of the standard Web server (same as
other card)
bb An 8 MB or 128 MB storage area, depending on the option card, for storing
6 For severe environments, see the

additional data organized in a file system (directories and sub-directories)
Design and setup of Modicon M340 applications

“ruggedized” Modicon M340 parts
on pages 6/2 to 6/9. To set up Modicon M340 automation platform processors, you need one of
the following:
bb Unity™ Pro Small programming software
bb Unity Pro Medium, Large, Extra Large or XLS Safety programming software
7 identical to that used to set up Modicon Premium™ and Modicon Quantum™
automation platforms
Depending on requirements, you may also need:
vv Unity EFB toolkit software for developing EF and EFB libraries in C language
vv Unity SFC View software for viewing and diagnostics of applications written in
Sequential Function Chart (SFC) or Grafcet language
8 The function block software libraries provide Modicon M340 processors with the
processing capability required to meet the needs of specializt applications in the
following areas:
bb Process control via programmable control loops (EF and EFB libraries)
bb Motion control with multiple independent axis functions (MFB (Motion Function
Block) library). The axes are controlled by Altivar™ 312/71 variable speed drives or
Lexium 05/32 servo drives connected on the CANopen machine and installation bus.
9 BMXP3420102/20302 processors with integrated CANopen bus are compatible with Unity Pro
version u 4.1. Both these processors can be used to customize configuration of the device Boot
Up procedure compatible with CANopen third-party products.
(1) Maximum number of application-specific channels per station. Only the application-specific
channels actually configured in the Unity application count.
10
I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

pages 2/2 and 2/14 page 3/2 page 4/2 page 6/2
1/4
Description Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Processor modules
1 Description: BMXP341000/2000/20102 processors

BMXP341000/2000/20102 Standard and Performance single-format processors
2 include the following features:
1 Safety screw for locking the module in its slot (marked 0) in the rack
1
3 2 Display block is comprised of 5 or 7 LEDs, depending on the model:
4 vv RUN LED (green): processor in operation (program execution)
vv ERR LED (red): incorrect processor or system operation detected
vv I/O LED (red): incorrect I/O module operation detected
vv SER COM LED (yellow): activity on the Modbus™ serial link
vv CARD ERR LED (red): memory card missing or inoperative
vv CAN RUN LED (green): integrated CANopen bus operational (BMXP3420102
2
5
model only)
vv CAN ERR LED (red): incorrect integrated CANopen bus operation detected
BMXP341000/2000 (BMXP3420102 model only)
3 Mini B USB connector for a programming terminal (or a Magelis™ XBTGT/GK/
GTW, GTW HMI, STU/STO HMI terminal (1))
1 4 Slot equipped with its Flash memory card for backing up the application (an LED,
located above this slot, indicates recognition of or access to the memory card)
3
5 RJ45 connector for the Modbus serial link or Character mode link
2 (RS 232C/RS 485, 2-wire, non-isolated)
In addition, for model BMXP3420102:
3 6 9-way SUB-D connector for the integrated CANopen master bus
4
5 Description: BMXP342020/20302 processors with integrated 4
Ethernet Modbus/TCP port
BMXP342020/20302 Performance single-format processors include the
6
following features:
1 Safety screw for locking the module in its slot (marked 0) in the rack
2 Display block is comprised of 8 or 10 LEDs, depending on the model:
BMXP3420102 vv RUN LED (green): processor in operation (program execution)
vv ERR LED (red): incorrect processor or system operation detected
5
vv I/O LED (red): incorrect I/O module operation detected
1
vv SER COM LED (yellow): activity on the Modbus serial link
vv CARD ERR LED (red): memory card missing or inoperative
2 vv ETH ACT LED (green): activity on the Ethernet Modbus/TCP network
vv ETH STS LED (green): Ethernet Modbus/TCP network status
3
4
vv ETH 100 LED (red): Ethernet Modbus/TCP data rate (10 or 100 Mbps)
vv CAN RUN LED (green): integrated CANopen bus operational (BMXP3420302
6
5 model only)
vv CAN ERR LED (red): incorrect integrated CANopen bus operation detected
(BMXP3420302 model only)
3 Mini B USB connector for a programming terminal (or a Magelis™ XBTGT/GK/
6 GTW, GTW HMI and STU/STO HMI terminal (1))
4 Slot equipped with its Flash memory card for backing up the application (an LED,
located above this slot, indicates recognition of or access to the memory card)
7
BMXP342020
5 RJ45 connector for connection to the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet Modbus/
TCP network
In addition, depending on the model:
1 6 BMXP342020 processor: an RJ45 connector for the Modbus serial link or
Character mode link (RS 232C/RS 485, 2-wire, non-isolated)
2
7 BMXP3420302 processor: a 9-way SUB-D connector for the integrated CANopen
master bus 8
On the back panel: 2 rotary switches for selecting the IP address assignment
3 method for the module.
4
5 USB terminal port
The USB port 3 offering a useful data rate of 12 Mbps, is compatible with the Unity™
7
Pro programming software, the OPC Factory Server™ (OFS™) and Magelis XBTGT/
GK/GTW, GTW HMI and STU/STO HMI terminals (1).
9
BMXP34 processors can be connected to a USB bus is comprised of several
peripheral devices. However:
BMXP3420302
bb Only one processor can be connected to the USB bus
bb No device on the USB bus can be controlled by the PAC (modem, printer)
(1) Magelis™ XBTGT/GK/GTW, GTW HMI and STU/STO
HMIGraphic terminals with USB port and Vijeo™ Designer
configuration software version u 4.5. Please consult our 10
“Human Machine Interfaces” catalog

1/5
Memory structure Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Processor modules
Memory cards
BMXRMS008MP memory card (supplied as standard)
1 Modicon™ M340™ processors come standard with an SD (Secure Digital) type Flash
memory card, BMXRMS008MP. This card is used for backing up the two memory
areas on the processor module's internal RAM:
bb Program, symbols and comments area, that contains the executable binary code
and the IEC source code of the application program for the program part
bb Constants area, that contains the constant data located by address
2 The data is backed up automatically when the PAC is turned off. Likewise,
restoration of data is transparent to the user, on return of power.
Capacity of the “backup area” on the memory card: 1792 KB for the BMXP341000
Standard processor, 3584 KB for BMXP342pppp Performance processors.
Processors with an integrated Ethernet port, BMXP342020/20302, have an

additional 2 MB memory area specifically for “Standard Web services”
3 (Transparent Ready™ B10) (see page 3/14).
The BMXRMS008MP memory card is formatted by Schneider Electric and supplied

with each processor. It is referenced as a replacement part.
BMXRMS008MPF/128MPF optional memory cards

Performance processors, BMXP342pppp, can accept a BMXRMS008MPF or
4 BMXRMS128MPF optional memory card in place of the standard memory card. In
addition to the features of the standard card, this card also provides a “file storage
area” with a maximum capacity of 8 MB (for the BMXRMS008MPF card) or 128 MB
(for the BMXRMS128MPF card).
This “file storage area” enables:

bb Any user-defined Microsoft Word®, Excel®, PowerPoint® or Acrobat Reader®
5 document (for example, maintenance manuals, diagrams. etc.) to be received
via FTP
bb Additional data (for example: production data, manufacturing recipes, etc.) to be
stored via EFB user function blocks
Unity Pro programming software helps the application designer manage the
structure and memory space on the Modicon M340 automation platform.
6 Application security
If necessary, it is possible to prohibit access to the application (in terms of reading
and modifying the program) by only loading the executable code in the PAC.
Additionally, a memory protection bit, set in configuration mode, is also available to
help prevent any program modification (via the programming terminal or downloading).
7 For Unity™ Pro V5.0 and later versions, the user has function blocks to help secure
intellectual property by means of a signature that can be loaded and stored in the
M340 processor module's Flash memory card. The code is not executed if the
signature is not present.
Modifying the program in online mode
8
As with the Modicon Premium and Quantum platforms (with Unity Pro software), the
online program modification function is available on the Modicon M340 with the
option of adding or modifying the program code and data in different places in the
application in a single modification session. This helps to ensure that the
modification is homogenous and consistent with the controlled process.
A dedicated memory area of the application internal RAM authorizes these program
modification or addition sessions, while supporting the structuring of the application
program in several, reasonably-sized sections.
9
10

1/6
References Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Processor modules
Modicon™ M340™ processors

I/O capacity Max. no. of network Integrated Compatibility with Reference Weight
and bus modules communication
ports
Unity™ Pro
software
kg
1
Standard BMXP3410, 2 racks
512 discrete I/O 2 Ethernet networks 1 Modbus™ serial link Version u 3.0 BMXP341000 0.200
128 analog I/O 20 2 AS-Interface buses
channels
2048 KB integrated (internal
user memory)
Performance BMXP3420, 4 racks
2
BMXP341000
1024 discrete I/O 2 Ethernet networks 1 Modbus serial link Version u 3.0 BMXP342000 0.200
256 analog I/O 36 4 AS-Interface buses
application-specific 1 Modbus serial link Version u 4.1 BMXP3420102 0.210
channels 1 CANopen bus
4096 KB integrated (internal
1 Modbus serial link Version u 3.0 BMXP342020 0.205
3
user memory)
1 Ethernet network
1 Ethernet network Version u 4.1 BMXP3420302 0.215
1 CANopen bus
Memory cards
Description Processor compatibility Capacity Reference Weight
kg
BMXP342000
Flash memory cards
(optional) (2)
BMXP342000
BMXP3420102
8 MB + 8 MB file
storage
BMXRMS008MPF 0.002 4
BMXP342020 8 MB + 128 MB file BMXRMS128MPF 0.002
BMXP3420302 storage
Separate parts
Description Use Length Reference Weight
kg
5
From To
Terminal port/ Mini B USB port Type A USB port on: 1.8 m BMXXCAUSBH018 0.065
USB cordsets on the Modicon - PC terminal 4.5 m BMXXCAUSBH045 0.110
M340 processor - Magelis XBTGT/GK/
GTW, GTW HMI, STU/
STO HMIGraphic terminal
BMXP3420102
BMXP3420302 Replacement parts 6
Description Use Processor Reference Weight
compatibility kg
8 MB standard Flash Supplied as standard with each BMXP341000 BMXRMS008MP 0.002
memory card processor. Used for: BMXP342020
- Backing up the program, constants, BMXP3420102/20302
7
symbols and data
- Activation of class B10 Web server
(1) BMXP3420102/20302 processors, combined with Unity Pro software version u 4.1 can be used to customize configuration
of the device Boot Up procedure compatible with CANopen third-party products.
(2) Memory cards for BMXP342pppp processors, to replace the standard memory card, used for:
- Backing up the program, constants, symbols and data
BMXP342020 - Activation of class B10 Web server
- File storage
8
BMXRMS008/128MPF 9
10
BMXXCAUSBH0pp

1/7
Introduction, Modicon™ M340™
description, automation platform
functions Power supply modules
Introduction
BMXCPSpppp power supply modules provide the power supply for each
1 BMXXBPpp00 Modicon™ M340™ rack and the modules installed on it.
The Modicon M340 power supply module offer includes:

bb Three power supply modules for DC line supplies:
vv 24 V c isolated power supply module, BMXCPS2010
vv 24 to 48 V c isolated power supply module, BMXCPS3020
vv 125 V c power supply module, BMXCPS3540T (extended operating
2 temperature -25° to +70°C)
bb Two power supply modules for AC line supplies:
vv 100 to 240 V a, 20 W power supply module, BMXCPS2000
vv 100 to 240 V a, 36 W power supply module, BMXCPS3500
Description
3 The power supply module is selected according to:
bb The electrical line supply: 24 V c, 48 V c, 125 V c or 100 to 240 V a
bb The required power (see the power consumption table on page 7/16) (1)
BMXCPSpppp power supply modules feature the following:

1 Display block is comprised of:
4 1
vv OK LED (green), lit if rack voltages are present and correct
vv 24 V LED (green), lit when the sensor voltage is present
(BMXCPS2000/3500/3540T AC power supply modules only)
2 Pencil-point RESET push button for a cold restart of the application
3 2-way connector that can take a removable terminal block (cage clamp or
spring-type) for connecting the alarm relay
4 5-way connector that can take a removable terminal block (cage clamp or
5 2 spring-type) for connecting the following:

vv c or a line supply
3 vv Protective earth ground
vv Dedicated 24 V c power supply for the input sensors (for
BMXCPS2000/3500/3540T AC power supply modules only)
4
Included with each power supply module:
6 bb Set of two cage clamp removable terminal blocks (5-way and 2-way)
BMXXTSCPS10
To be ordered separately (if necessary):

bb Set of two spring-type removable terminal blocks (5-way and 2-way)
BMXXTSCPS20
7 Functions
Alarm relay
The alarm relay incorporated in each power supply module has a volt-free contact,
accessible on the front panel, on the 2-way connector.
This relay is operated is as follows:
8 In normal operation, with the PAC in RUN, the alarm relay is energized and its
contact is closed (state 1).
The relay de-energizes and its associated contact opens (state 0) whenever the
application stops, even partially, due to any of the following:
bb Required interlock is not satisfied
bb Incorrect rack output voltages
bb Supply voltage missing or otherwise inoperative
9 ___________________________________________________________________________
(1) This power consumption calculation for the rack can also be performed by the Unity Pro
programming software.
10

1/8
Functions, Modicon™ M340™
references automation platform
Power supply modules
Functions (continued)
RESET push button
The power supply module in each rack has a RESET button on the front panel that, when pressed, triggers an 1
initialization sequence on the processor and the modules in the rack it supplies.
Pressing this push button triggers a sequence of service signals, that is the same as that for:
bb A power break, when the push button is pressed
bb A power-up, when the push button is released
In terms of the application, these operations represent a cold start (forcing the I/O modules to state 0 and
2
initializing the processor).
Sensor power supply

BMXCPS2000/3500 AC power supply modules and BMXCPS3540T DC power supply modules have an
integrated 24 V c supply for powering the input sensors.
Connection to this 24 V c sensor power supply is via the 5-way connector on the front panel.
The available power depends on the power supply module (0.45 A or 0.9 A).
3
References
Each BMXXBPpp00 rack requires a power supply module. These modules are inserted in the first two slots of
each rack (marked CPS).
The power required to supply each rack depends on the type and number of modules installed in the rack. It is
therefore necessary to draw up a power consumption table for each rack to determine which BMXCPSppp0
power supply module is correct for each rack (see page 7/16). 4
Power supply modules (1)
Line supply Available power (2) Nominal current Reference Weight
3.3 V c (3) 24 V c rack 24 V c Total 24 V c rack
(3) sensors (4) (3) kg
24 V c 8.3 W 16.8 W – 16.8 W 0.7A BMXCPS2010 0.290
isolated
5
24 to 48 V c 15 W 31.2 W – 31.2 W 1.3A BMXCPS3020 0.340
isolated
100 to 150 V c 15 W 31.2 W 21.6 W 36 W (5) 1.3A BMXCPS3540T 0.340
(5)
100 to 240 V a 8.3 W 16.8 W 10.8 W 20 W 0.7A BMXCPS2000 0.300
BMXCPS2010/3020
15 W 31.2 W 21.6 W 36 W 1.3A BMXCPS3500 0.360
6
Separate part
Description Type Composition Reference Weight
kg
Set of 2 removable Spring-type One 5-way terminal block and BMXXTSCPS20 0.015
connectors one 2-way terminal block
7
Replacement part
Description Type Composition Reference Weight
kg
8
Set of 2 removable Cage clamp One 5-way terminal block and BMXXTSCPS10 0.020
connectors one 2-way terminal block
BMXCPS2000/3500
(1) Include a set of 2 cage clamp removable connectors. Spring-type connectors available separately under reference
BMXXTSCPS20.
(2) The sum of the power consumed on each voltage (3.3 V c and 24 V c) must not exceed the available power of the module.
See the power consumption table on page 7/16.
(3) 3.3 V c and 24 V c rack voltages for powering modules in the Modicon™ M340™ PAC rack.
(4) 24 V c sensor voltage for powering the input sensors (voltage available via the 2-way removable connector on the front panel).
(5) Extended operating temperature -25° to +70°C (with power derating at extreme temperatures: 27 W between -25° and 0°C and 9
between 60° and 70°C).
10

1/9
function Single-rack configuration
Introduction
BMXXBPpp00 racks are the basic element in Modicon™ M340™ single-rack and
1 multi-rack configurations. They perform the following functions:
bb Mechanical function: they are used to install the modules in a PAC station (power
supply, processor, discrete, analog and application-specific I/O). These racks can be
mounted on a panel, plate or DIN rail:
vv Inside enclosures
vv On machine frames
bb Electrical function: the racks incorporate a Bus X (proprietary bus). They are used to:
2 vv Distribute the power supplies required for each module in the same rack
vv Distribute data and service signals for the entire PAC station
vv Hot swap modules during operation
Description
3 BMXXBPpp00 racks are available in 4, 6, 8 or 12-slot versions and feature:
1 Metal frame that performs the following functions:
2 1 5 3
- Holds the Bus X electronic card and helps to protect it against EMI and ESD type
interference
- Holds the modules
- Gives the rack mechanical rigidity
2 Earth ground terminal for grounding the rack
4 3 4 holes (big enough for M6 screws) for mounting the rack on a frame
4 2 mounting points for the shielding connection bar
5 Tapped holes to take the locking screw on each module
6 Connector for a rack expansion module, marked XBE
7 40-way female ½ DIN connectors forming the electrical connection between the rack
and each module, marked CPS, 00 to 11 (The rack is delivered with each connector
covered. The cover is removed before inserting the module)
5 4 7 6 8 4
8 Slots for anchoring the module pins
BMXXBP0600 rack with 6 slots To be ordered separately:

A BMXXSPpp00 cable shielding connection kit, used to help protect against
electrostatic discharge when connecting the shielding on cordsets for connecting:
vv Analog, counter and motion control modules
vv A Magelis™ XBT operator interface to the processor (via BMXXCAUSBH0pp
6
shielded USB cable)
The BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit is comprised of:

9 Metal bar that takes the clamping rings and the grounding terminal
10 Two sub-bases to be mounted on the rack
11 Earth grounding terminal
12 Not included in the shielding connection kit, the STBXSP30p0 clamping rings
(sold in lots of 10, cross-section 1.5 to 6 mm2 or 5 to 11 mm2)
7
10 9 12 11 10
BMXXSPpp00 cable shielding connection kit
Function
8 Addressing modules in a single-rack configuration (1)
Each rack requires a power supply module and a processor module.
CPS 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Installing the modules in the rack:

vv The power supply module occupies the CPS slot
vv The processor module is installed in slot 00
vv I/O modules and application-specific modules are installed from slot 01 to slot:
XBE
9 - 03 for a 4-slot rack

- 05 for a 6-slot rack
- 07 for an 8-slot rack
Example of installation with 8-slot rack - 11 for a 12-slot rack
___________________________________________________________________________
(1) For a multi-rack configuration with a BMXXBE1000 rack expansion module (XBE slot), see
page 1/12.
10

1/10
automation platform
Single-rack configuration
Racks
Description Type of module No. of slots Reference Weight
Racks
to be inserted
BMXCPS power supply,
(1)
4 BMXXBP0400
kg
0.630
1
BMXP34processor, I/O 6 BMXXBP0600 0.790
modules, communication
BMXXBP0400 modules and application- 8 BMXXBP0800 0.950
specific modules (counter, 12 BMXXBP1200 1.270
motion control and serial)
(1) Number of slots taking the processor module, I/O modules, communication modules and
application-specific modules (excluding power supply module).
2
BMXXBP0600
3
BMXXBP0800
4
BMXXBP1200
5
Accessories
Description For use with Reference Weight
kg
Shielding connection kits is BMXXBP0400 rack BMXXSP0400 0.280
6
comprised of: BMXXBP0600 rack BMXXSP0600 0.310
- 1 metal bar
BMXXBP0800 rack BMXXSP0800 0.340
- 2 support sub-bases
- 1 grounding terminal BMXXBP1200 rack BMXXSP1200 0.400
Spring clamping rings Cables, cross-section 1.5 to 6 mm2 STBXSP3010 0.050

Sold in lots of 10 Cables, cross-section 5 to 11 mm2 STBXSP3020 0.070
STBXSPpp00 + STBXP30p0
Protective covers (replacement Unoccupied slots on

parts) BMXXBPpp00 rack
BMXXEM010 0.005
7
Sold in lots of 5
10

1/11
description automation platform
Multi-rack configuration
Composition of a multi-rack configuration

4
Multi-rack configurations are made up of standard BMXXBPpp00 racks.
1
1
They feature:
bb 2 racks maximum for a station with BMXP341000 processor
bb 4 racks maximum for a station with BMXP342pp0 processor
Each rack is equipped with:

2 1 BMXCPSppppp power supply
2 BMXXBE1000 rack expansion module This module, inserted in the right-hand
2 end of the rack (XBE slot, see page 1/10) does not occupy rack slots 00 to 11
(4, 6, 8 or 12 slots are still available)
3 BMXXBE1000 rack expansion modules connected to each other by Bus X
cordsets
Bus X
3 Racks, distributed on the Bus X, are connected to each other by Bus X extension
cordsets 3 with a combined length of 30 m maximum.
Racks are connected in a daisy chain using BMXXBCpp0K (1) Bus X extension
cordsets connected to the two 9-way SUB-D connectors 7 and 8 on the front panels
of the BMXXBE1000 rack expansion modules 2.
1 4 3 Line terminators 4
4
Both expansion modules at the ends of the daisy chain require a line terminator 4
TSXTLYEX on the unused 9-way SUB-D connector.
Note: The processor module is positioned in the rack at address 0. However, in a Bus X daisy
chain, the order of the racks has no effect on operation. For example, the order of the daisy chain
can be 0-1-2-3, 2-0-3-1 or 3-1-2-0, etc.
Description
5 5 The front panel of the BMXXBE1000 rack expansion module features:
5 Safety screw for locking the module in its slot (at the far right-hand end of the rack)
6 6 Display block with 5 LEDs:
bb RUN LED (green): module in operation
7
bb COL LED (red): several racks have the same address, or rack address 0 does not
contain the BMXP34ppp0 processor module
6
bb LEDs 0, 1, 2 and 3 (green): rack address 0, 1, 2 or 3
7 9-way female SUB-D connector, marked Bus X, for the incoming Bus X cordset 3
8
connected to the upstream rack, or if it is the first rack, for the A/ line terminator
included in the TSXTLYEX 4 pack
8 9-way female SUB-D connector, marked Bus X, for the outgoing Bus X cordset 3
to the downstream rack, or if it is the last rack, for the /B line terminator included in
the TSXTLYEX 4 pack
7 On the right-hand side panel

A flap for accessing the 3 rack addressing micro-switches: 0 to 3.
4
Installation rules for BMXXBPppp0 racks

Rules for installing racks in enclosures (see our website www.schneider-electric.com).
___________________________________________________________________________
(1) BMXXBCpp0K extension cordsets, length 0.8 m, 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m or 12 m, with angled
8 connectors or TSXCBYp08K extension cordsets, length 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, 12 m, 18 m or 28 m,
with straight connectors.
10

1/12
automation platform
Multi-rack configuration
Rack expansion
Description Use Reference Weight
Modicon™ M340™ Standard module for mounting in each rack BMXXBE1000

kg
0.178
1
rack expansion (XBE slot) and used to interconnect:
module - Up to 2 racks with BMXP341000 processor module
- Up to 4 racks with BMXP342pppp processor module
Modicon M340 Complete kit for 2-rack configuration is comprised of: BMXXBE2005 0.700
rack expansion kit -- 2 BMXXBE1000 rack expansion modules
-- 1 BMXXBC008K extension cordset, length 0.8 m
-- 1 TSXTLYEX line terminator (set of 2) 2
BMXXBE1000
Cordsets and connection accessories

Description Use Composition Type of
connector
Length Reference Weight
kg 3
Bus X extension Between 2 2 x 9-way SUB-D Angled 0.8 m BMXXBC008K 0.165
cordsets BMXXBE1000 connectors 1.5 m BMXXBC015K 0.250
combined length rack expansion
3m BMXXBC030K 0.420
30 m max. modules
5m BMXXBC050K 0.650
12 m BMXXBC120K 1.440
BMXXBCpppK Straight 1m TSXCBY010K 0.160 4

3m TSXCBY030K 0.260
5m TSXCBY050K 0.360
12 m TSXCBY120K 1.260
18 m TSXCBY180K 1.860
28 m TSXCBY280K 2.860
Cable reel Length of cable to Cable with

be fitted with ends with flying
– 100 m TSXCBY1000 12.320 5
TSXCBYK9 leads, 2 line testers
connectors
Description Use Composition Sold in Reference Weight
Line terminators Required on the 2 2 x 9-way SUB-D

lots of
2 TSXTLYEX
kg
0.050
6
BMXXBPppp0 connectors marked A/ and /B
modules located
at either end of
the daisy chain
TSXTLYEX Bus X For 2 x 9-way SUB-D 2 TSXCBYK9 0.080
straight
connectors
TSXCBY1000
cables
straight connectors
7
Connector Fitting 2 crimping pliers, – TSXCBYACC10 –
assembly kit TSXCBYK9 1 pen
connectors (1)
(1) To fit the connectors on the cable, you will also need a wire stripper, a pair of scissors and a digital ohmmeter.
8
10

1/13
1
10
1/14
Contents chapter 2 I/O modules, application-specific
modules, quick wiring adapters
2.1 - Discrete I/O modules

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/2
bb Introduction, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/8
1
bb Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/9
bb Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/10
bb Complementary Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/11
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/12 2
2.2 - Analog I/O modules
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14
bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/18
bb Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/19
3
bb Connections, combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/20
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/22
bb Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/23 4
2.3 - Programmable process control
bb Introduction, functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/24
bb Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/25
5
2.4 - Distributed I/O
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/26
2.5 - Application-specific modules and

MFB motion control 6
bb Counter modules
vv Introduction, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/28

vv Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/29
vv References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/31
bb Motion control module

7
vv Introduction, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/32
vv Operation, references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/33
bb MFB motion control
vv Introduction, functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/34 8

vv Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/35
2.6 - Quick wiring adapters for Modicon™ M340™

bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/36
bb Compact™ modules/Modicon M340 modules compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/36

9
10
2/1
automation platform
Discrete I/O modules
Input modules
Applications Input module 16-channel input modules

8 channels
1 Connection via cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable block terminal
Type a c
3 Voltage 200 to 240 V 24 V 48 V
Current per channel 10.4 mA 3.5 mA 2.5 mA

(for U = 220 V to 50 Hz)
Modularity 8 isolated inputs and 16 isolated inputs and

(Number of channels and 1 common 1 common
4 commons)
Connection Via 20-way cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable terminal block
BMXFTB2000/2010/2020
Isolated inputs IEC/EN 61131-2 conformity Type 2 Type 3 Type 1
5 Logic – Positive (sink)
Type of input Capacitive Current sink
Sensor compatibility 2-wire a 2-wire c, 3-wire c PNP any type

IEC/EN 60947-5-2
Sensor power supply 170 to 264 V 19 to 30 V 38 to 60 V

6 (ripple included)
Protection of inputs Use one 0.5 A fast-blow fuse per group of channels
Maximum dissipated power 4.73 W 2.5 W 3.6 W

Operating temperature 0 to 60°C
Compatibility with –
7 installation help system
TeSys™ Quickfit
Compatibility with Passive connection –

pre-wired system sub-bases
Modicon™ Adaptor sub-bases with –
Telefast™ ABE7 relays
8 References BMXDAI0805 BMXDDI1602 BMXDDI1603

Page 2/12
10
2/2
16-channel input modules
Connection via cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable block terminal
1
a or c a c
24 V (a or c) 48 V 100 to 120 V 125 V 3

3 mA (a or c) 5 mA 2.4 mA
16 isolated inputs and

1 common
4
Via BMXFTB2000/2010/2020 20-way cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable block terminal
Type 1 (a) Type 3 –
Negative (source) (c) – Positive (sink)

5
Resistive Capacitive Current sink
2-wire c/a, 3-wire c PNP or 2-wire a –

NPN any type
19 to 30 V c 40 to 52 V 85 to 132 V 88 to 150 V
20 to 26 V a
6
Use one 0.5 A fast-blow fuse per group of channels
3W 4W 3.8 W 8.5 W (at 40°C)

0 to 60°C -25 to 70°C
–
7
–
BMXDAI1602 BMXDAI1603 BMXDAI1604 BMXDDI1604T 8

2/12
10
2/3
Selection guide (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Input modules and mixed I/O modules
Applications 32 or 64-channel high-density input modules

Connection via 40-way connectors with pre-assembled cordsets
Type c
3 Voltage 24 V
Current per channel Inputs 2.5 mA 1 mA
Outputs – –
Modularity 32 isolated inputs and 64 isolated inputs and
(Number of channels and 2 commons 4 commons
4 commons)
Connection Via one 40-way connector Via two 40-way connectors
Isolated inputs IEC/EN 61131-2 conformity Type 3 Non-IEC
Logic Positive (sink)
5 Type of input Current sink
Sensor compatibility 2-wire c, 3-wire c PNP any type –

IEC/EN 60947-5-2
Sensor power supply 19 to 30 V
(ripple included)
Protection of inputs Use one 0.5 A fast-blow fuse per group of channels
6 Isolated outputs Fallback –

IEC/EN 61131-2 conformity –
Protection –
Logic –
Preactuator power supply –
(ripple included)
7 Output fuse protection –

Maximum dissipated power 3.9 W 4.3 W

Compatibility with LU9 G02 splitter boxes (8 motor starters) and BMXFCCpp1/pp3 pre-assembled cordsets.
installation help system See pages 2/9 and 2/13.
8 TeSys™ Quickfit
Compatibility with pre-wired Passive connection Depending on model, 8 or 16-channel passive sub-bases, with or without LED, with common or
system sub-bases 2 terminals per channel.
Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 See pages 5/2 and 5/8.
Adaptor sub-bases with Depending on model, active sub-bases with solid state or electromagnetic relays (mounted or
relays removable), 16 channels, with common or 2 terminals per channel (screw or spring-type
9 connection).
See pages 5/2 and 5/8.
References BMXDDI3202K BMXDDI6402K
10
Page 2/12
2/4
16 or 32-channel mixed I/O module
Connection via cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable block terminal Connection via 40-way connector with pre-
assembled cordsets
1
c c and a (outputs only) c
Inputs: 24 V
Solid-state outputs: 24 V
Inputs: 24 V c
Relay outputs: 24 V c or 24 to 240 V a
Inputs: 24 V
Solid-state outputs: 24 V
3
3.5 mA 3.5 mA 2.5 mA
0.5 A 2 A (c or a) 0.1 A
8 isolated inputs and 1 common, 16 isolated inputs and 1 common,
8 isolated outputs and 1 common 16 isolated outputs and 1 common
Via BMXFTB2000/2010/2020 Via one 40-way connector

4
20-way cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable terminal block
Type 3
Positive (sink) – Positive (sink)
Current sink
5
2-wire c, 3-wire c PNP any type
19 to 30 V
Use one 0.5 A fast-blow fuse per group of channels
Configurable output fallback, continuous monitoring of output control and resetting of outputs in case of detected internal fault 6
Yes
Overvoltage, short circuit and overload protection – Overvoltage, short circuit and overload protection
Positive – Positive
19 to 30 V 19 to 30 V c 19 to 30 V
24 to 240 V a
Use a 2 A fast-blow fuse Use a 12 A fast-blow fuse Use a 2 A fast-blow fuse

7
3.7 W 3.1 W 4W
0 to 60°C
– LU9 G02 splitter boxes (8 motor starters) and
BMXFCCpp1/pp3 pre-assembled cordsets.
8
– Depending on model, 8 or 16-channel passive
sub-bases, with or without LED, with common or 2
terminals per channel. See pages 5/2 and 5/8.
– Depending on model, active sub-bases with solid

state or electromagnetic relays (mounted or
removable)
16 channels, with common or 2 terminals per 9
channel (screw or spring-type connection).
BMXDDM16022 BMXDDM16025 BMXDDM3202K
10
2/13
2/5
automation platform
Output modules
Applications 32 or 64-channel high-density output modules

Connection via 40-way connectors with pre-assembled cordsets
Type c transistor
3 Voltage 24 V
Current per channel 0.1 A
Modularity 32 outputs and 2 commons with overvoltage, 64 outputs and 4 commons with overvoltage,
(Number of channels and short-circuit and overload protection short-circuit and overload protection
commons)
4 Connection Via one 40-way connector Via two 40-way connectors
Isolated outputs Fallback Configurable output fallback, continuous monitoring of output control and resetting of outputs in
case of detected internal fault
IEC/EN 61131-2 conformity Yes
5 Protection Yes
Logic Positive
Preactuator power supply 19 to 30 V c

(ripple included)
6 Output fuse protection Use one 2 A fast-blow fuse per group of channels
Maximum dissipated power 3.6 W 6.85 W
7 Compatibility with
installation help system
TeSys™ Quickfit
LU9 G02 splitter boxes (8 motor starters) and BMXFCCpp1/pp3 pre-assembled cordsets.
Compatibility with Passive connection Depending on model, passive sub-bases with 8 or 16 channels, with or without LED, with
pre-wired system sub-bases common or with 2 terminals per channel.
Modicon™ Telefast™ABE7 See pages 5/2 and 5/8.
8 Adaptor sub-bases with

relays
Depending on model, active sub-bases with solid state or electromagnetic relays (mounted or
removable). 16 channels with 1 common or 2 terminals per channel, screw or spring-type
connection.
See pages 5/2 and 5/8
References BMXDDO3202K BMXDDO6402K
9 Page 2/12
10
2/6
16-channel output modules 8 or 16-channel output modules
Connection via cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable block terminal
c transistor a triac c relay c/a relay
24 V 100 to 240 V 100 to 150 V 24 V c, 24 to 240 V a 3

0.5 A 0.6 A 0.3 A (Ith) 2 A (Ith)
16 outputs and 1 commons with overvoltage, 16 outputs 8 outputs, 16 outputs and 2 commons
short-circuit and overload protection and 4 commons without common
Via BMXFTB2000/2010/2020 20-way cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable block terminal
4
Configurable output fallback, continuous monitoring Configurable output fallback
of output control and resetting of outputs in case of
detected internal fault
Yes Yes
Yes – 5
Positive (source) Negative (sink) –
19 to 30 V 100 to 240 V 100 to 150 V 19 to 30 V c

24 to 240 V a
Use one 6.3 A

fast-blow fuse per group of channels
Use one 3 A fast-blow
fuse per group of
Use one 0.5 A, 250 V DC
fast-blow fuse on each
fuse on each channel
fuse on each group of 6
channels relay channels
4W 2.26 W – 3.17 W 2.7 W 3W
0 to 60°C -25 to 70°C 0 to 60°C

–
7
–
–
8
BMXDDO1602 BMXDDO1612 BMXDAO1605 BMXDRA0804T BMXDRA0805 BMXDRA1605

2/12 9
10
2/7
Introduction
1
The Modicon™ M340™ discrete I/O modules are standard modules occupying a
single slot on the rack. These modules are equipped with either of the following:
bb Connector for a screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block
bb One or two 40-way connectors
These discrete I/O modules can be used to meet multiple requirements, including:
bb Functions, AC or DC I/O, positive or negative logic
bb Modularity, 8, 16, 32 or 64 channels per module
2 The inputs receive signals from the sensors and perform the following functions:
bb Acquisition
bb Adaptation
bb Electrical isolation
bb Filtering
bb Protection against interference signals
3 The outputs memorize commands issued by the processor to enable control of the
preactuators via the decoupling and amplification circuits.
4 Description
BMXDpI/DpO/DRA discrete I/O modules are standard format (1 slot). They have a
case, that helps to ensure IP 20 protection of the electronics, and are locked into
position by a captive screw.
1
5 2 I/O modules connected via 20-way removable terminal block

3 1 Rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card
2 Module reference marking (a label is also visible on the right-hand side of the
module)
3 Channel status display block
4 Connector taking the 20-way removable terminal block for connecting sensors or
6 4 preactuators
To be ordered separately:
5 1 BMXFTB20p0 20-way removable terminal block (identification label supplied
with each I/O module) or a pre-assembled cordset with a 20-way removable
terminal block at one end and flying leads at the other (see page 2/9).
Module for connection via 20-way removable terminal block
7 I/O modules connected via 40-way connector(s)

1
2 5 1 Rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card
2 Module reference marking (a label is also visible on the right-hand side of the
3 module)
3 Channel status display block
8 4 One or two 40-way connectors (32 or 64 channels) (1) for connecting sensors or
preactuators
5 With the 64-channel module, a push button that, with successive presses,
4
displays the state of channels 0 to 31 or 32 to 63 on the display block 3 (see
page 2/10)
To be ordered separately, depending on the type of module:
9 32 and 64-channel modules for connection

One or two pre-assembled cordset(s) with a 40-way connector (see page 2/9)
(1) Fujitsu FCN 40-way connector

via one or two 40-way connector(s)
10
Processors: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

page 1/2 page 3/2 page 4/2 page 6/2
2/8
Connections Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Connecting modules with removable terminal blocks

There are three types of 20-way removable terminal block:
bb Screw clamp terminal block
bb Cage clamp terminal block
1
bb Spring-type terminal block
Each removable terminal block can accept:
bb Bare wires
bb Wires equipped with DZ5CE cable ends
A
A : One version of the removable terminal block is equipped with 3, 5 or 10 m cordsets
with color-coded flying leads (BMXFTWpp1). Use limited to voltages of y 48 V.
2
Cage clamp terminal blocks
The capacity of each terminal is:
Pre-assembled cordset with bb Minimum: One 0.34 mm2wire (AWG 22)
20-way removable terminal block at one end and
3
bb Maximum: One 1 mm2 wire (AWG 18)
flying leads at the other
BMXFTB2000 cage clamp connectors are equipped with captive screws (maximum
tightening torque 0.5 N.m).
1 Screw clamp terminal blocks

The capacity of each terminal is:
2 bb Minimum: One or two 0.34 mm2 wires (AWG 22)
bb Maximum: Two 1.5 mm2 wires (AWG 15)
BMXFTB2010 screw clamp connectors are equipped with captive screws (maximum 4
tightening torque 0.5 N.m).
3
B BB
AA
Spring terminals
AA
The capacity of each terminal in the BMXFTB2020 spring-type terminal blocks is:
bb Minimum: One 0.34 mm2 wire (AWG 22)
BB
Pre-assembled cordset with

bb Maximum: One 1 mm2 wire (AWG 18)
5
40-way connector and two ends with flying leads
Connecting modules with 40-way connectors
Pre-assembled cordsets with 40-way connector at one end and flying leads at
the other
1 B : Pre-assembled cordsets can be used for easy direct wire-to-wire connection
between the I/O of modules with 40-way connectors1 and the sensors, preactuators
or intermediate terminal blocks. 6
2
These pre-assembled cordsets are comprised of:
5 bb At one end, a 40-way connector 2 with either of the following:
-- One sheath containing 20 wires with a cross-section of 0.34 mm2 (AWG 22)
3 (BMXFCWpp1)
C -- Two sheaths 3, each containing 20 wires with a cross-section of 0.34 mm2
(AWG 22) (BMXFCWpp3)
bb At the other end, color-coded flying leads 4 conforming to standard DIN 47100. 7
Pre-assembled cordset with
40-way connectors and HE10 connectors for
Modicon Telefast ABE7 system
Pre-assembled cordsets with 40-way connector and HE 10 connector(s)
C : Two types of cordset can be used for connecting the I/O of modules 1 with
40‑way connectors to Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 rapid wiring connection and
1 adaptation interfaces, (see page 5/8).
These pre-assembled cordsets are comprised of:
8
bb At one end, a 40-way connector 2 with either of the following:
-- One sheath containing 20 wires (BMXFCCpp1)
-- Two sheaths 3 each containing 20 wires (BMXFCCpp3)
bb At the other end, one or two HE 10 connectors 5.
7
6
Connection to TeSys Quickfit system 9
D : 1 BMXDDI3202K/6402K input modules, BMXDDO3202K/6402K output
modules and BMXDDM3202K mixed I/O modules with 40-way connectors are
D designed, among other things, for use in conjunction with the TeSys™ Quickfit
mounting system via theLU9 G02 splitter module 6 (for 8 motor starters).
The splitter modules are easily connected using 7 BMXFCCpp1/pp3 pre-assembled
10
cordsets.
Example of connection to the TeSys Quickfit installation help

system

2/9
Functions Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Functions (1)
The discrete I/O modules provide the following functions:
1 bb Hot swapping: Due to their special integrated devices, I/O modules (including
application-specific modules) can be removed or added while the power is on.
bb I/O assignment: The channels of discrete I/O modules are grouped into blocks of
4, 8 or 16 consecutive channels depending on the type of module. Each group of
channels can be assigned to a specific application task, namely master or fast.
2 bb Protection of DC inputs: The 24 V c and 48 V c inputs are constant-current
type. This characteristic helps to limit the current consumed at the inputs.
bb Protection of DC outputs: Active transistor outputs have overload, short-circuit,

reverse polarity and inductive over-voltage protection.
bb Reactivation of DC outputs: If a detected fault has caused an output to trip, the

3 output can be reactivated using this parameter if no other detected terminal fault is
present. Reactivation is controlled by means of a group of 8 channels. It can be
programmed or automatic.
bb RUN/STOP command: An input can be configured to control the RUN/STOP

changeover for the PAC.
4 bb Output fallback: This parameter defines the fallback mode used by the DC
transistor outputs when the PAC stops. It can assume the “fallback” value at state 0
or state 1 for the corresponding group of 8 channels or the “maintain” value
representing the state of the outputs before the PAC stops.
bb I/O module diagnostics: Each discrete I/O module is equipped with a display
block on the front panel centralizing the information necessary for module control,
5 diagnostics and maintenance.
Diagnostics via Unity Pro software:

Using the integrated diagnostics in Unity Pro programming software, this local
diagnostics on the module front panel is complemented by system diagnostics
based on predefined screens at global hardware configuration level, module level
and channel level (see page 4/4).
6 Remote diagnostics using a web browser on a “Thin Client” PC:

In addition, the diagnostics described above can be performed remotely using a
Display block for module BMXDDO6402K
simple web browser thanks to the standard web server integrated in the Modicon™
M340™ platform (processor with integrated Ethernet port or Ethernet module), using
the “ready-to-use” Rack Viewer function (see page 3/14).
bb Compatibility with 2-wire and 3-wire sensors: The discrete input modules can
7 be used in conjunction with OsiSense™ XS inductive proximity sensors (for
compatibility, see page 7/10) and with OsiSense XU photo-electric sensors (for
compatibility, see page 7/8).
(1) For further information, please consult our website at www.schneider-electric.com.
10

2/10
Specifications Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Complementary Specifications
The following specifications are specific to the discrete I/O modules listed in the
selection guide on pages 2/2 to 2/7. 1
DC input modules BMXDDI 16pp/1604T/3202K/6402K and BMXDAI1602
bb Input impedance at nominal voltage: 6.4 to 19.2 kΩ, depending on model
bb Reverse polarity: Protection for modules BMXDDI1602/1603/3202K
bb Paralleling of inputs (1), for modules BMXDDI1602/1603
bb Dielectric strength between group of channels: 500 V c for modules
BMXDDI3202K/6402K
bb Temperature derating for module BMXDDI1604T: No derating up to 40°C, a
2
maximum of 25% of inputs at state 1 at 70°C
AC input modules BMXDAI16pp/0805

bb Input frequency: 47 to 63 Hz
bb Current peak on activation at nominal voltage: 5 to 240 mA depending on model
bb Input impedance at nominal voltage and F = 55 Hz: 6 to 21 kΩ, depending on model 3
Triac output modules BMXDAO1605
bb Current via common: 2.4 A
bb Current for 4 commons combined: 4.8 A
4
DC transistor output modules BMXDDO16pp/3202K/6402K
bb Dielectric strength between groups of channels: 500 V c for modules
BMXDDO3202K/6402K
Relay output modules BMXDRA080pp/1605

bb Protection against AC inductive overvoltage: Use an RC circuit or ZNO surge
limiter appropriate to the voltage in parallel on each output.
bb Protection against DC inductive overvoltage: Use a discharge diode on each output.
5
Mixed I/O relay module BMXDDM16025
bb Input impedance at nominal voltage: 6.8 kΩ
bb Dielectric strength between groups of inputs: 500 V c
DC mixed I/O modules BMXDDM16022/3202K

bb Input impedance at nominal voltage: 6.8 to 9.6 kΩ, depending on model
bb Reverse polarity on the inputs: Protection
6
bb Paralleling of outputs: Yes, for a maximum of 2 outputs for module BMXDDI16022
and a maximum of 3 outputs for module BMXDDI3202K
(1) This characteristic allows several inputs to be wired in parallel on the same module or on
different modules for input redundancy.
7
10

2/11
automation platform
Input modules and output modules
References
Discrete input modules (1)
1 Type of
current
Input voltage Connection via
(2)
IEC/EN
61131-2
No. of channels
(common)
Reference Weight
conformity kg
c 24 V (positive Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDDI1602 0.115
logic) removable terminal block (1 x 16)
One 40-way connector Type 3 32 isolated inputs BMXDDI3202K 0.110
(2 x 16)
2 Two 40-way connectors Non-IEC 64 isolated inputs

(4 x 16)
BMXDDI6402K 0.145
BMXDDI160pp
BMXDAIpppp 24 V (negative Screw or spring-type 20-way Non-IEC 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1602 0.115
48 V (positive Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 1 16 isolated inputs BMXDDI1603 0.115

3 125 V (positive Screw or spring-type 20-way 16 isolated inputs BMXDDI1604T 0.144

a 24 V Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 1 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1602 0.115

removable terminal block (1 x 16)
48 V Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1603 0.115
4 BMXDDI3202K BMXDDI6402K
100 to 120 V
removable terminal block
Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 3
(1 x 16)
16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1604 0.115
200 to 240 V Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 2 8 isolated inputs BMXDAI0805 0.152
5
Discrete output modules (1)
Type of Output voltage Connection via IEC/EN No. of channels Reference Weight
current (2) 61131-2 (common)
conformity kg
c 24 V/0.5 A 20-way removable terminal Yes 16 protected (3) BMXDDO1602 0.120
6 transistor (positive logic) block, screw or spring-type outputs
(1 x 16)
24 V/0.5 A 20-way removable terminal – 16 protected (3) BMXDDO1612 0.120
(negative logic) block, screw or spring-type outputs
(1 x 16)
24 V/0.1 A One 40-way connector Yes 32 protected (3) BMXDDO3202K 0.110
(positive logic) outputs
BMXDDO16p2 BMXDRA (2 x 16)
7 0805/1605 Two 40-way connectors Yes 64 protected (3)
outputs
BMXDDO6402K 0.150
(4 x 16)
a triac 100 to 240 20-way removable terminal – 16 outputs BMXDAO1605 0.140
block, screw or spring-type (4 x 4)
c relay 100 to 150 V c/ 20-way removable terminal Yes 8 outputs BMXDRA0804T 0.178
8
0.3 A block, screw or spring-type
c or a 24 V c/2 A 20-way removable terminal Yes 8 outputs BMXDRA0805 0.145

relay 24 to 240 V a/ block, screw or spring-type (without common)
2A
20-way removable terminal Yes 16 outputs BMXDRA1605 0.150
block, screw or spring-type (2 x 8)
9 BMXDDO3202K BMX DDO6402K
(1) Typical consumption: See the power consumption table on page 7/16.
(2) 64-channel modules have 2 connectors and therefore require 2 connection cables.
(3) Includes overvoltage, short-circuit and overload protection.
10

2/12
References (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Mixed I/O modules, accessories
References (continued)
Discrete mixed I/O modules (1)
Number of Connection
I/O
No. of input channels
(common)
No. of output
channels
IEC/EN
61131-2
Reference Weight
kg
1
(common) conformity
16 Screw or 8 (positive logic) 8, transistor Inputs, BMXDDM16022 0.115
spring-type (1 x 8) 24 V c/0.5 A type 3
20‑way (1 x 8)
removable 8, relay 24 V c or Inputs, BMXDDM16025 0.135
terminal block
2
24 to 240 V a type 3
(1 x 8)
BMXDDM BMX DDM3202K 32 One 40-way 16 (positive logic) 16, transistor 24 V Inputs, BMXDDM3202K 0.110
1602p connector (1 x 16) c/0.1 A type 3
(1 x 16)
Removable terminal blocks

Description For use with Type Reference Weight
kg 3
20-way removable terminal For module with 20-way removable terminal block Cage clamp BMXFTB2000 0.093
blocks Screw clamp BMXFTB2010 0.075
Spring BMXFTB2020 0.060
BMXFTB2p00 Pre-assembled cordsets for 16-channel I/O modules with removable terminal block
Description Composition Cross- Length Reference Weight
4
section kg
Pre-assembled cordsets One 20-way spring-type removable 0.324 mm2 3 m BMXFTW301 0.850
with one end with flying terminal block (BMXFTB2020) and 5m BMXFTW501 1.400
leads for 16-channel I/O one end with color-coded flying
10 m BMXFTW1001 2.780
modules leads
Operating voltage y 48 V
BMXFTWp01
Pre-assembled cordsets for 16, 32 and 64-channel I/O modules with 40-way connectors
5
Description No. of Composition Cross- Length Reference Weight
sheaths section kg
Pre-assembled cordsets 1 x 20 One 40-way 0.324 mm2 3 m BMXFCW301 0.820
with one end with flying wires (16 connector and 5m BMXFCW501 1.370
leads channels) one end with color-coded
flying leads
10 m BMXFCW1001 2.770 6
2 x 20 One 40-way 0.324 mm 2
3m BMXFCW303 0.900
BMXFCWp01 wires (32 connector and 5m BMXFCW503 1.490
channels) two ends with color-
10 m BMXFCW1003 2.960
(2) coded flying leads
Pre-assembled cordsets 1 x 20 One 40-way connector

for Modicon Telefast ABE7 wires (16 and one HE 10
0.324 mm2 0.5 m BMXFCC051 0.140 7
1m BMXFCC101 0.195
BMXFCWp03 sub-bases channels) connector
2m BMXFCC201 0.560
3m BMXFCC301 0.840
5m BMXFCC501 1.390
10 m BMXFCC1001 2.780
2 x 20 One 40-way connector 0.324 mm2 0.5 m

wires (32 and two HE 10 connectors
BMXFCC053 0.210 8
1m BMXFCC103 0.350
channels)
2m BMXFCC203 0.630
BMXFCCp01 (2)
3m BMXFCC303 0.940
5m BMXFCC503 1.530
10 m BMXFCC1003 3.000
9
(2) 64-channel modules have 2 connectors and therefore require 2 connection cables.
10

2/13
automation platform
Analog I/O modules
Input modules
Applications Analog inputs
Type of input Isolated low-level inputs, voltage, thermocouples, temperature probes, resistors
3 Type Multi-range
Range Voltage ± 40 mV, ± 80 mV, ± 160 mV, ± 320 mV, ± 640 mV, ± 1.28 V
Current –
4 Thermocouple
Temperature probe
Resistor
Thermocouples, type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U
2, 3 or 4-wire temperature probes, type Pt100, JPt100, Pt1000, JPt1000, Ni100, Ni1000
(in accordance with DIN 43760) and Cu 10
2, 3 or 4-wire resistors, 400 Ω or 4000 Ω
Modularity 4 inputs 8 inputs
Acquisition period 400 ms for the 4 inputs 400 ms for the 8 inputs
5
Conversion time –
Resolution 15 bits + sign
Isolation Between channels 750 Vc
6 Between channels and bus 1400 Vc
Between channels and earth 750 Vc

ground
Connection Directly to the module Via 40-way connector Via two 40-way connectors
7 Via pre-assembled cordsets Cordsets with one end with color-coded flying leads
BMXFCWp01S (3 or 5 m long)
Compatibility with pre-wired Connection sub-base 4-channel sub-base for direct connection of 4 thermocouples plus connection
system and provision of cold junction compensation.
Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 See page 5/8
8 Type of connection sub-base ABE7CPA412
Type of pre-assembled BMXFCApp2

cordsets (1.5, 3 or 5 m long)
References BMXART0414 BMXART0814

9
Page 2/22
10
2/14
Analog inputs
Isolated high-level inputs Non-isolated high-level inputs Isolated high-level inputs
Voltage/current 3
± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 1..5 V, ± 5 V
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, ± 20 mA
–
4
4 inputs 8 inputs
Fast: 1 + (1 x no. of declared channels) ms Fast: 1 + (1 x no. of declared channels) ms

Default: 5 ms for the 4 channels Default: 9 ms for the 8 channels
5
–
16 bits 15 bits + sign
300 Vc – 300 Vc
1400 Vc
6
1400 Vc
Via 20-way removable terminal block (screw or Via 28-way removable terminal block (spring-type)
spring-type) BMXFTB20p0 BMXFTB2820
Cordsets with one end with color-coded flying leads Cordsets with one end with color-coded flying leads 7
BMXFTWp01S (3 or 5 m long) BMXFTWp08S (3 or 5 m long)
4-channel sub-base for direct connection of 4 inputs, 8-channel sub-base for direct connection of 8 current/voltage inputs. See page 5/8
delivers and distributes 4 isolated power supplies.
See page 5/8
ABE7CPA410 ABE7CPA02/03/31/31E ABE7CPA02/31/31E

8
BMXFCApp0 BMXFTApp0
(1.5, 3 or 5 m long) (1.5 or 3 m long)
BMXAMI0410 BMXAMI0800 BMXAMI0810

9
2/22
10
2/15
automation platform
Analog I/O modules
Output modules and mixed I/O modules
Applications Analog Outputs
Type of I/O Isolated high-level outputs Isolated high-level outputs High-level outputs
non-isolated
3 Type Voltage/current Current
Range Voltage ± 10 V –
Current 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
4 Modularity 2 outputs 4 outputs 8 outputs
Acquisition period –
(inputs)
Conversion time y 1 ms y 4 ms
(outputs)
5 Resolution Inputs –
Outputs 15 bits + sign
Isolation Between channels: 750 V c
Between channels and bus: 1400 V c

6 Between channels and earth ground: 1400 V c
Connection Directly to the module Via 20-way removable terminal block (screw or spring-type)
BMXFTB20p0
Via pre-assembled cordsets Cordsets with one end with color-coded flying leads
BMXFTWp01S (3 or 5 m long)
7 Compatibility with pre-wired Connection sub-base 4-channel sub-base for direct connection 8-channel sub-base for direct
system of 2/4 current/voltage outputs. See page 5/8 connection of
Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 8 current/voltage inputs.
See page 5/8
Type of connection sub-base ABE7CPA21 ABE7CPA02
8 Type of pre-assembled
cordsets
BMXFCApp0
(1.5, 3 or 5 m long)
BMXFTApp2
(1.5 or 3 m long)
References BMXAMO0210 BMXAMO0410 BMXAMO0802
Page 2/22
10
2/16
Mixed analog I/O
Non-isolated high-level inputs and outputs
Voltage/current
3
Inputs: ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 1..5 V
Outputs: ± 10 V
Inputs: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
Outputs: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
4 inputs and 2 outputs 4
Fast: 1 + (1 x no. of declared channels) ms
Default: 5 ms for the 4 channels
y 1 ms
14 to 12-bit in U range
12-bit in I range
5
12-bit in U range
11-bit in I range
Between groups of input or output channels: 750 V c
Between channels and bus: 1400 V c
Between channels and earth ground: 1400 V c

6
Via 20-way removable terminal block (screw or spring-type) BMXFTB20p0
BMXFTWp01S cordsets with one end with color-coded flying leads (3 or 5 m long)
–
7
–
8
BMXAMM0600
2/22
10
2/17
automation platform
Analog I/O modules
Introduction
1
The product offering for the Modicon™ M340™ Analog I/O modules features:
bb 5 analog input modules:
vv 2 modules with 4 and 8 isolated channels, low-level voltage, thermocouples,
Pt, JPt, Ni or Cu temperature probes and resistors, 15 bits + sign
BMXART0414/0814
vv 1 module with 4 high-speed isolated analog channels, high-level voltage or
current, 16 bits BMXAMI0410
2 vv 2 modules with 8 high-speed non-isolated analog channels, high-level voltage

or current, 15 bits + sign BMXAMI0800/0810
bb 3 analog output modules:
vv 1 module with 2 isolated analog channels, high-level voltage or current, 15 bits
+ sign BMXAMO0210
vv 1 module with 4 isolated analog channels, high-level voltage or current, 15 bits
+ sign BMXAMO0410
3 vv 1 module with 8 non-isolated analog channels, high-level current, 15 bits + sign
BMXAMO0802
bb 1 mixed analog I/O module with 4 input channels and 2 output channels
(non‑isolated), voltage or current, 12 to 14 bits according to type of channel and
range BMXAMM0600
Analog I/O modules are equipped with a connector for a 20 or 28-way removable
4 terminal block, except for BMXART0414/0814 analog input modules for
thermocouples/temperature probes that are equipped with one or two 40-way
connector(s).
Analog modules occupy a single slot in BMXXBPppp racks. These modules can be
installed in any slot in the rack, except the first two (PS and 00) that are reserved for
the power supply module in the BMXCPSpp0 rack and the BMXP34pp0 processor
5 module respectively.
The power supply for the analog functions is supplied by the backplane bus (3.3 V
and 24 V). Analog I/O modules are hot-swappable (see page 2/10).
10

2/18
automation platform
Analog I/O modules
Description
BMXAMp/ART analog I/O modules are standard format (1 slot). They have a case
that helps to ensure IP 20 protection of the electronics, and are locked into position
by a captive screw
1
I/O modules connected via 20 or 28-way removable terminal block
1 BMXAMp analog I/O modules feature the following:
1 Rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card
2 2 Module reference marking (a label is also visible on the right-hand side of the
module) 2
3 3 Module and channel status display block
4 Connector taking the 20 or 28-way removable screw or spring-type terminal
block for directly connecting the sensors or preactuators to the module.
4
1 A BMXFTB20p0 or BMXFTB2820 20 or 28-way removable terminal block
(referencing label supplied with each I/O module) or pre-wired cables with: 3
5 -- 20-way terminal block at one end and flying leads at the other
(BMXFTWp01S)
-- 28-way terminal block at one end and flying leads at the other
(BMXFTWp08S)
Module for connection via 20 or 28-way -- 20 or 28-way terminal block and a 25-way SUB-D connector (BMXFCApp0
4
removable terminal block or BMXFTApp0), for connection to Modicon™ Telefast ™ABE7 sub-bases
(see page 2/23).
I/O modules connected via 40-way connector
1
BMXARTanalog input modules feature the following:
3
module)
3 Module and channel status display block
5
4 One (or two) 40-way connector(s) for connecting the sensors
1 Pre-wired cables with:
4 5 -- 40-way connector at one end and flying leads at the other BMXFCWp01S
-- 40-way connector and a 25-way SUB-D connector (BMXFCApp2) for direct
connection to the Modicon Telefast ABE7 sub-bases (see page 2/23) 6
bb Shielding connection kit to help protect against electrostatic discharge, consisting
of a metal bar and two sub-bases for mounting on the rack supporting the analog
Module for connection for 40-way connector modules
bb Set of STBXSP3020 clamping rings for the shielding braids of analog signal
cables 7
10

2/19
Connections, Modicon™ M340™
combinations automation platform
Analog I/O modules
Connecting modules with removable terminal blocks

BMXAMI0410, BMXAMO and BMXAMM modules with 20-way terminal block
1 The 20-way removable terminal blocks (BMXFTB20p0 ) are the same as those used
for discrete I/O modules (screw clamp, cage clamp or spring-type) (see page 2/9).
One version of the removable terminal block is equipped with a 3 or 5 m cordset with
color-coded flying leads (BMXFTWp01S). These pre-assembled cordsets with
reinforced shielding have color-coded flying leads at the other end 1.
2
BMXAMI0800/0810 modules with 28-way terminal block
The 28-way removable terminal blocks (BMXFTB2820) are spring-type.
One version of the removable terminal block is equipped with a 3 or 5 m cordset with
color-coded flying leads (BMXFTWp08S). These pre-assembled cordsets with
1 reinforced shielding have color-coded flying leads at the other end 1.
BMXFTWp01S cordset
(with 20-way removable terminal block at one end and flying
Connecting modules with 40-way connectors
3
leads at the other)
BMXART0p14 modules with 40-way connectors
Two types of cordset are available:
bb Pre-assembled cordsets with reinforced shielding (BMXFCWp01S) have
color-coded flying leads at the other end 2. Available in 3 or 5 m lengths, they enable
easy direct wire-to-wire connection of the analog sensors via terminal blocks.
bb Pre-assembled cordsets with reinforced shielding (BMXFCAp02) have a 25-way
SUB-D connector at the other end 3. Available in 1.5, 3 or 5 m lengths, they enable
4 direct connection to the Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7CPA412 sub-base (see below).
Use with Modicon Telefast ABE7 sub-bases

Using the Modicon Telefast ABE7 pre-wired system makes it easier to install the
modules since the inputs (or outputs) can be accessed via screw terminals. 7 special
5 sub-bases are available:
2 Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA410 sub-base

BMXFCWp01S cordset
(with 40-way connector at one end and flying leads at the
The Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA410 sub-base is mainly used in conjunction with the
other) BMXAMI0410 voltage/current analog 4-input module. This sub-base allows you to:
bb Directly connect 4 sensors
bb Remotely locate the input terminals in voltage mode
6 bb Power the 4 to 20 mA conditioning units one channel at a time with a 24 V voltage,
limited to 25 mA, while maintaining isolation between channels
bb Help protect the current impedance matching resistors integrated in the sub-base
against overvoltages
Connection is via the BMXFCApp0 cordset (1.5, 3 or 5 m long).
Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub-base

7 The Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub-base is specially designed as a wiring
interface for the BMXART0414 and BMXART0814 thermocouple modules. This
sub-base allows you to:
bb Connect 4 thermocouple probes
bb Provide external cold junction compensation with a temperature probe integrated
in the sub-base
bb Help ensure continuity of the shielding
8 BMXFCApp2 cordset The BMXART0814 module requires two Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA412
sub‑bases. The connection with each sub-base is made via a BMXFCApp2 cordset
BMXART0414 (1.5, 3 or 5 m long).
4-channel module

3 The Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA21 sub-base is compatible with the BMXAMO0210
9 output module. This sub-base allows you to:

bb Directly connect 2 current/voltage outputs
ABE7CPA412 sub-base bb Help ensure continuity of the shielding
Connection is via the BMXFCApp0 3 cordset (1.5, 3 or 5 m long).
10

2/20
Combinations (continued), Modicon™ M340™
specifications automation platform
Analog I/O modules
Use with Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 sub-bases (continued)

The Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA02 sub-base can be used in combination with: 1
bb The BMXAMI0800/0810 analog current input modules with 8 inputs
bb The BMXAMO0802 analog current output modules with 8 outputs
This sub-base allows you to:
bb Connect the 8 analog inputs or outputs point-to-point
The BMXAMI0800/0810 modules are connected by means of the 1.5 or 3 m long
BMXFTApp0 cables.
2
The BMXAMO0802 module is connected by means of the 1.5, 3 or 5 m long
BMXFTApp2 cables.
3
The Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA03 sub-base can be used in combination with the
BMXAMI0800 voltage/current analog 8-input module. This sub-base allows you to:
bb Directly connect 8 analog inputs
bb Power the current inputs one channel at a time with a voltage of 24 V that is limited
to 25 mA
The BMXAMI0800 module is connected by means of the 1.5 or 3 m long
BMXFTApp0 cables.
4
Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA31/31E sub-bases
The Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA31/31E sub-bases can be used in combination with
the BMXAMI0800/0810 voltage/current analog 8-input modules. This sub-base
allows you to:
bb Directly connect 8 analog inputs
bb Power the current inputs one channel at a time with 24 V converters
5
The BMXAMI0800/0810 modules are connected by means of the 1.5 or 3 m long
BMXFTApp0 cables.
Complementary specifications
BMXART0414/0814 analog input modules
BMXART0414/0814 modules are multi-range input modules with 4 or 8 low-level
6
isolated inputs (15 bits + sign) respectively. Depending on the choice made during
configuration, the modules offer, for each of the inputs, the following ranges:
bb Temperature probe: Pt100, JPt100, Pt1000, JPt1000, Cu10, Ni100 or Ni1000 (in
accordance with DIN43760), with open-circuit detection
bb Thermocouple: B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T or U with broken wire detection
bb Resistor: 0 to 400 or 0 to 4000 W, 2, 3 or 4-wire
bb Voltage: ± 40 mV, ± 80 mV, ± 160 mV, ± 320 mV, ± 640 mV, ± 1.28 V
7
BMXAMI0410 analog input modules
The BMXAMI0410 module is a high-level analog input module with 4 isolated inputs
(16 bits). Used with sensors or transmitters, it performs monitoring, measurement
and process control functions for continuous processes.The module offers the
following ranges for each of the inputs depending on the choice made during 8
configuration:
bb Voltage ± 10 V, ± 5 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V and 1 to 5 V
bb Current 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA and ± 20 mA, depending on the choice made
during configuration
BMXAMI0800/0810 analog input modules

The BMXAMI0800/0810 analog input modules are modules with 8 high-level
9
isolated/non-isolated analog inputs (15 bits + sign). The modules offer the following
ranges for each of the inputs depending on the choice made during configuration:
bb Voltage: ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, ± 5 V
bb Current: 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA
10

2/21
Specifications (continued), Modicon™ M340™
Analog I/O modules
Input modules, output modules and mixed module
BMXAMO0210 analog output module
1 The BMXAMO0210 module is a module with 2 high-level isolated outputs (0.15 bits + sign).
The BMXAMO0210 module offers the following ranges for each of the inputs depending on the choice made
during configuration:
bb Voltage: ± 10 V
BMXAMO0410/0802 analog output modules

2 The BMXAMO0410/0802 analog output modules are modules with 4 or 8 high-level isolated/non-isolated analog
outputs (16 bits/15 bits + sign).
The BMXAMO0410 module offers the following ranges for each of the outputs depending on the choice made
during configuration:
bb Voltage: ± 10 V
3 The BMXAMO0802 module offers the current ranges 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA.
BMXAMM0600 analog mixed I/O module

The BMXAMM0600 mixed module is a non-isolated I/O module with 4 inputs (14/12) bits and 2 outputs (12 bits).
The module offers the following ranges for each of the inputs or outputs depending on the choice made during
configuration:
bb Voltage: ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V and 1 to 5 V
4 bb Current: 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA
References
Analog input modules (1)
Type of input Input signal range Resolution Connection No. of Reference Weight
channels kg
5 Isolated high-level
inputs
± 10 V, 0 to 10 V,
0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, ± 5
V, 0 to 20 mA,
16 bits Removable terminal block,
20-way
cage clamp, screw clamp
4 channels BMXAMI0410 0.143
4 to 20 mA, ± 20 mA or spring-type
High-level inputs ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 15 bits Removable terminal block, 8 channels BMXAMI0800 0.175

non-isolated 5 V, 1 to 5 V, + sign 28-way, spring-type
± 5 V, 0 to 20 mA
6 Isolated high-level ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 15 bits + Removable terminal block, 8 channels BMXAMI0810 0.175

inputs 5 V, 1 to 5 V, ± 5 V, 0 sign 28 way, spring-type
BMXAMp0pp0
to 20 mA,
Isolated low-level Temperature probe, 15 bits + 40-way connector 4 channels BMXART0414 0.135
inputs thermocouple, sign 8 channels BMXART0814 0.165
± 40 mV, ± 80 mV,
7 ± 160 mV, ± 320 mV,
± 640 mV, ± 1.28 V
Analog output modules (1)

Type of outputs Output signal Resolution Connection No. of Reference Weight
range channels kg
8 BMXART0414
Isolated high-level
outputs
± 10 V,
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20
16 bits Removable terminal block,
20-way, cage clamp,
2 channels BMXAMO0210 0.144
mA screw clamp or spring-type

High-level outputs ± 10 V, 15 bits Removable terminal block, 4 channels BMXAMO0410 0.175
isolated 0 to 20 mA, + sign 20-way, cage clamp,
4 to 20 mA, ± 20 mA screw clamp or spring-type
High-level outputs 0 to 20 mA, 15 bits Removable terminal block, 8 channels BMXAMO0802 0.175
9 non-isolated 4 to 20 mA + sign 20-way, cage clamp,

screw clamp or spring-type
Analog mixed I/O module (1)
Type of I/O Signal range Resolution Connection No. of Reference Weight
channels kg
Mixed I/O, non-isolated ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 14 bits or 12 Removable terminal block, Inputs: BMXAMM0600 0.155
0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, bits 20-way, cage clamp, 4 channels
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 depending screw clamp or spring-type Outputs:
10 mA on the range
2 channels

2/22
automation platform
Analog I/O modules
Accessories
Connection accessories for analog modules (1)
Description For use with
modules
Type, composition Length Reference Weight
kg
1
20-way removable BMXAMI0410 Cage clamp – BMXFTB2000 0.093
terminal blocks BMXAMO0210 Screw clamp – BMXFTB2010 0.075
MXAMO0410
MXAMO0802 Spring – BMXFTB2020 0.060
BMXAMM0600
BMXFTB20p0 28-way removable
terminal block
BMXAMI0800
BMXAMI0810
Spring – BMXFTB2820 0.080
2
Pre-assembled BMXAMI0410 One 20-way terminal block 3m BMXFTW301S 0.470
cordsets BMXAMO0210 (BMXFTB2020) and one end 5m BMXFTW501S 0.700
MXAMO0410 with color-coded flying leads
MXAMO0802
BMXAMM0600
BMXFTWp01S BMXAMI0800
BMXAMI0810
1 removable terminal block,
28-way, BMXFTB2820, and
one end with color-coded
3m
5m
BMXFTW308S
BMXFTW508S
0.435
0.750
3
flying leads
BMXART0414 One 40-way connector and one 3 m BMXFCW301S 0.480
BMXART0814 end with color-coded flying leads 5 m BMXFCW501S 0.710
Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 pre-wired system

Description For use with Type, composition Length or Reference Weight
4
modules connection kg
technology
Modicon Telefast BMXAMI0410 Distribution of isolated power Screws ABE7CPA410 0.180
ABE7 sub-bases supplies
Delivers 4 isolated power
5
ABE7CPA41p/21 supplies for 4 to 20 mA
inputs.
Direct connection of 4 inputs
BMXART0414 Connection and provision of Screws ABE7CPA412 0.180
BMXART0814 (2) cold-junction compensation for
thermocouples
BMXAMO0210 Direct connection of 2/4 outputs Screws ABE7CPA21 0.210
BMXAMO0410
BMXAMI0800 Point-to-point connection of 8 I/O Screws ABE7CPA02 0.317 6
BMXAMI0810
BMXAMO0802
BMXAMI0800 Direct connection of 8 inputs Screws ABE7CPA03 0.307
Delivers 8x 24 V c power
supplies limited to 25 mA to the 8
current inputs
BMXAMI0800
BMXAMI0810
Delivers 8x 24 V c power
Screws ABE7CPA31 0.498
7
supplies isolated and limited to Spring ABE7CPA31E 0.508
25 mA to the 8 current inputs
Pre-assembled BMXAMI0410 One 20-way removable terminal 1.5 m BMXFCA150 0.320

cordsets for BMXAMO0210 block and one 25-way SUB-D 3m BMXFCA300 0.500
Modicon Telefast BMXAMO0410 connector for ABE7CPA410/
8
ABE7 sub-bases CPA21 sub-base 5m BMXFCA500 0.730
BMXART0414 One 40-way connector and one 1.5 m BMXFCA152 0.330

BMXFCApp0 BMXART0814 (2) 25-way SUB-D connector for 3m BMXFCA302 0.510
ABE7CPA412 sub-base
5m BMXFCA502 0.740
BMXAMI0800 One 28-way removable terminal 1.5 m BMXFTA150 0.374
BMXAMI0810 block and one 25-way SUB-D 3m BMXFTA300 0.500
connector for sub-bases
ABE7CPA02/03/31/31E
9
BMXAMO0802 One 20-way removable terminal 1.5 m BMXFTA152 0.374
block and one 25-way SUB-D
3m BMXFTA302 0.500
connector for ABE7CPA02
sub-bases
BMXFCApp2
(1) The shielding on the cordsets carrying the analog should always be connected to the BMXXSPpp00 shielding
connection kit mounted under the rack holding the analog modules (see page 1/11).
(2) The BMXART0814 8-channel module requires two ABE7CPA412 sub-bases and two BMXFCApp2 cordsets. 10

2/23
functions automation platform
Programmable process control
Unity™ Pro software
Process control in machines

Versatile, functional Unity™ Pro software is a key ingredient in providing
1 programmable process control. This software contains CONT_CTL, a library of 36
function blocks used to create control loops for machine control.
Requirements for closed loop control functions in machines are readily met by the
Modicon™ M340™ PAC thanks to the wealth of functions in the library and the flexibility
with which function blocks can be linked together through programming. This solution
2
helps to eliminate the need for external controllers and simplifies the overall control
architecture of the machine, as well as its design, roll-out and operation.
The function blocks, EF or EFB, can be used in the following Unity Pro languages:
LD, ST, IL and FBD. FBD is particularly suitable for accessing control processing
operations in Unity Pro through its assistant for entering and viewing parameters and
CONT_CTL, programmable process control integrated in function block variables.
3 Unity Pro
CONT_CTL library functions
The library consists of five function families:
bb Input data conditioning
bb Controllers
bb Mathematical functions
bb Measurement processing
4 bb Output value processing
Input data conditioning

DTIME Pure delay time
INTEGRATOR Integrator with limiting
5 LAG_FILTER
LDLG
First order time lag
Lead/lag function with smoothing
LEAD Lead function with smoothing
MFLOW Mass flow calculation based on the measurement of differential
pressure or flow speed with pressure and temperature
compensation
QDTIME Dead time term
6 SCALING
TOTALIZER
Scaling
Integrator (typically of flow) until a limit (typically a volume) is
reached, with automatic reset
VEL_LIM Velocity limiter, with manipulated variable limiting
AUTOTUNE PIDFF Controllers

TT18_PV PV PV_O PV OUTD
TT18_SP SP SP_O SP PI_B Basic PI controller: PI algorithm with a mixed structure
7
TC18_OUT RCPY PARA_C TC18_PARA FF (series/parallel)
TC18_START START TC18_OUT RCPY
TC18_PREV PREV 1 MAN_AUTO MA_O PIDFF Complete PID controller: PID algorithm with a parallel or mixed
TC_PARA PARA PARA
TR_I TRI TR_I
INFO
STATUT
structure (series/parallel)
TR_S TRS
TC2_OUT
TR_S
OUT OUT TC2_OUT
AUTOTUNE Automatic tuner setting for the PIDFF (complete PID) controller or
INFO
STATUS the PI_B (basic PI) controller
MS
vv Identification using Ziegler Nichols type method
TC2_OUT IN
vv Modelling based on first order process
FORC vv Building of control parameters with criterion for prioritizing
8
MA_FORC
MAN_AUTO OUTD either the reaction time to disturbance (dynamic) or the stability of
PARA MA_O the process
TR_I STATUT
TR_S IMC Model-based controller The model is a first order model with delay.
TC18_OUT OUT OUT TC18_OUT
This controller is useful:
Example: PID controller with MS manual control vv When there are serious delays compared with the main time
constant of the process; this scenario cannot be satisfactorily
resolved by standard PID process control
vv For regulating a non-linear process IMC can handle any stable
and aperiodic process of any order
9 SAMPLETM Control of controller startup and sampling
STEP2 Simple two-position controller
STEP3 Three-position controller for temperature regulation
Mathematical functions
COMP_DB Comparison of two values, with dead zone and hysteresis
10
K_SQRT Square root, with weighting and threshold, useful for linearization
of flow measurements
MULDIV_W Weighted multiplication/division of 3 numerical values
SUM_W Weighted summation of 3 numerical values

2/24
Functions (continued), Modicon™ M340™
setup automation platform
Programmable process control
CONT_CTL library functions (continued)

Measurement processing
AVGMV
AVGMV_K
Moving average with mounted number of samples (50 max.)
Moving average with constant correction factor, 10,000 samples
1
max.
DEAD_ZONE Dead zone
LOOKUP_TABLE1 Linearization of characteristic curves using first order interpolation
SAH Detection of a rising edge

HYST_XXX (1)
INDLIM_XXX (1)
Detection of high threshold with hysteresis
Detection of high and low thresholds with hysteresis
2
Output value processing
MS Manual control of an output
MS_DB Manual control of an output with dead zone
Programming in Unity Pro in offline mode PWM1 Control via pulse width modulation
SERVO
SPLRG
Control for servo motors
Control of two Split Range actuators
3
Setpoint management
RAMP Ramp generator, with separate ascending and descending ramps
RATIO Ratio controller

SP_SEL Selection of setpoint value: local (operator) or remote (processing)
4
Configuration
Configuring process control function blocks
Based on the sequencing of function blocks, the FBD language integrated in Unity
Pro is a programming language particularly suitable for building control loops.
5
Designers can use FBD to easily associate blocks from the CONT_CTL library with
their own DFB blocks written in Unity Pro’s ST, IL or LD language, or in C language.
Debugging, operation
6
Unity™ Pro provides multiple, standard debugging services (see page 4/4). In
particular, the Modicon™ M340™ processor simulator can be used to check correct
execution of processing offline.
Compatibility
The CONT_CTL control function block library is available in Unity Pro. It is
compatible with the processors in the Modicon M340 product ranges.
Resources 7
Supplied technical documentation provide many examples of how to set up
programmable process control function blocks in FBD, LD, IL and ST languages.
The techniques for adjusting process control loops are described in the document
Programming in online mode “Process control” available online at www.schneider-electric.com
8
___________________________________________________________________________
(1) XXX depending on the type of variable: DINT, INT, UINT, UDINT, REAL
10

2/25
automation platform
Distributed I/O
Type of splitter box/module Monobloc IP 67 I/O splitter boxes
1 Modicon™ FTB Modicon ETB Modicon FTM
Available buses and CANopen Ethernet Modbus™ TCP/IP CANopen

networks Ethernet/IP™ Profibus™ DP
4
DeviceNet™
Max. number per connection point 1 monobloc splitter box 1 module with
1 monobloc splitter box
5 Discrete I/O Modularity Splitter box with 16 I, 8 I + 8 O, Splitter box with 16 configurable 8 I, 16 I,
12 I + 4 O, 16 I/O or 8 I + 8 I/O I/O, 16 I, 12 I + 4 O, or 8 I + 8 O 8 configurable I/O,
16 configurable I/O,
Input voltage 24 V c
Output voltage 24 V c
6 Analog I/O – 4 I/4 O
Application-specific I/O –
I/O connection M12 connectors M8 or M12 connectors,

depending on models
8
Type of housing Plastic and metal Plastic
Module type FTB1 ETB1Eppp FTM1

9
Page Please consult the catalog pages on our website www.schneider-electric.com
10
2/26
Monobloc IP 20 distributed I/O Optimum IP 20 distributed I/O Modular IP 20 distributed I/O
Modicon™ Momentum™ Modicon OTB Modicon STB

1
Ethernet Modbus™ TCP/IP Ethernet Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet Modbus TCP/IP

Modbus Plus CANopen Ethernet/IP
4
FIPIO™ Modbus (RS 485) CANopen
InterBus® Modbus Plus
Profibus™ DP FIPIO
DeviceNet™ InterBus
Profibus DP
DeviceNet
1 sub-base with 1 processor or 1 communication 1 interface module + 7 Twido expansion modules 1 “NIM” (Network Interface Module) + 32 I/O
module modules
Sub-base with 16 I, 32 I, 8 O, 16 O, 32 O, 10 I/8 O, 16 12 I/8 O (interface module) Module with 2 I, 4 I, 6 I, 16 I, 2 O, 4 O, 6 O or 16 O

5
I/8 O, 16 I/12 O or 16 I/16 O 8 I, 16 I, 32 I, 8 O, 16 O, 32 O, 4 I/4 O and 16 I/8 O
(expansion modules)
24 V c, 120 V a and 230 V a 24 V c 24 V c, 115 V a and 230 V a
24 V c, 120 V a and 230 V a and relay 24 V c and relay 24 V c, 115/230 V a and relay
8 I, 16 I or 4 O (voltage/current) sub-bases 2 I, 4 I, 8 I, 1 O, 2 O, 2 I/1 O and 4 I/2 O Modules with 2, 4 or 8 inputs and 1 or 2 outputs
6
Sub-base with 4 thermocouple or probe inputs (expansion modules) (voltage/current)
voltage/current, thermocouple or Module with 2 thermocouple or probe inputs
temperature probe
10 kHz/200 kHz 2-channel counter sub-base Integrated in interface module: Counter module with 1 x 40 kHz channel
- 2 x 5 kHz/20 kHz channels
6 I/3 O 120 V a sub-base with 1 Modbus port

- 2 PWM function channels
– Parallel interface modules for TeSys™ Quickfit and
7
TeSys U motor starters, integrated connection for
third-party CANopen products
Screw or spring-type removable terminal blocks Removable screw terminal block (interface module) Removable screw or spring-type connectors,
Removable screw terminal block, non-removable Telefast connectors.
8
spring-type terminal block and HE 10 connector
(expansion modules)
Plastic
170ADp OTB1p0DM9LP STBppp

9
Please consult the catalog pages on our website www.schneider-electric.com
10
2/27
BMXEHC0200/0800 counter modules
Introduction
BMXEHC0200 and BMXEHC0800 counter modules for the Modicon™ M340™
1 automation platform are used to count the pulses generated by a sensor or to
process the signals from an incremental encoder.
The two modules differ in their number of counter channels, maximum input
frequencies, functions and auxiliary input and output interfaces:
Counter No. of Maximum Integrated No. of No. of
Module channels frequency functions physical physical
2
inputs outputs
BMXEHC0200 2 60 KHz Upcounting 6 2
Downcounting
Period meter
Frequency meter
Frequency generator
Axis control
BMXEHC0800 8 10 KHz Upcounting 2 –
3 Downcounting
Measurement
The sensors used on each channel can be:

bb 2-wire 24 V proximity sensors
bb 3-wire 24 V proximity sensors
bb 10/30 V output signal incremental encoders with push-pull outputs
BMXEHC0200/0800 counter modules can be used to meet the demands of
4 applications such as:
bb Detcted alarm generation on empty unwinder status using the ratio
bb Sorting small parts using the period meter
bb Single electronic cam using the dynamic setting thresholds
bb Speed control using the period meter
These standard format modules can be installed in any available slot of a
5 Modicon M340 PAC. They are hot-swappable.

In a Modicon M340 PAC configuration, the number of BMXEHC0200/0800 counter
modules should be added to the number of application-specific modules
(communication).
The function parameters are set by configuration using the Unity™ Pro software.
Description
6 1 BMXEHC0200/0800 counter modules are standard format. They occupy a single
slot in BMXXBPppp racks. They come in a plastic case that helps to ensure IP 20
protection of the electronics, and are locked into position by a captive screw.
2
BMXEHC0200 module, 2 channels, 60 KHz
The front panel of the BMXEHC0200 counter module features:
3
7 4
2 16-way connector for connecting the sensors of counter 0
3 16-way connector for connecting the sensors of counter 1
4 10-way connector for connecting:
-- Auxiliary outputs
BMXEHC0200 -- Sensor power supplies
8 bb BMXXTSHSC20 kit containing two 16-pin connectors and one 10-pin connector
bb BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit if the rack is not already equipped with one
(see page 1/11).
BMXEHC0800 module, 8 channels, 10 KHz

1 The front panel of the BMXEHC0800 counter module features:
9 2 Connector taking the 3 BMXFTB20p0 20-way removable terminal block (same
as that of I/O modules)
2 To be ordered separately:
bb 20-way removable terminal block 3 (cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type)
3 BMXFTB20p0
bb BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit if the rack is not already equipped with one
10 (see page 1/11).
BMXEHC0800 BMXFTB20p0

2/28
automation platform
Operating modes for module BMXEHC0200

8 configurable modes Frequency meter This mode measures frequency, speed, data rate, or an event stream.
As standard, this mode measures the frequency received on the IN A input.
This frequency is expressed in Hz (number of pulses/second), with a precision of 1 Hz. 1
The maximum frequency on the IN A input is 60 kHz.
The maximum cyclic ratio at 60 kHz is 60%.
Event counting This mode is used to determine the number of events received.
In this mode, the counter calculates the number of pulses applied to the IN_A input at time
intervals defined by the user.
The module counts the pulses applied to the IN_A input each time the pulse for this input lasts
2
longer than 5 μs (without anti-bounce filter).
Period measurement This mode is used to:

bb Determine the duration of an event
bb Determine the time between 2 events
bb Time and measure the execution time of a process
It measures the time elapsed during an event or between 2 events (IN_A input) according to a
selectable time base of 1 μs, 100 μs or 1 ms.
3
The IN_SYNC input can be used to enable or stop a measurement.
The module can carry out a maximum of 1 measurement every 5 ms.
The shortest measurable pulse is 100 μs, even if the unit defined by the user is 1 μs.
The maximum measurable duration is 4,294,967,295 units (unit to be defined).
Ratio counting Ratio counting mode only uses the IN_A and IN_B inputs. There are 2 possible modes:
bb Ratio 1: Used to divide 2 frequencies. This is for applications such as flowmeters
and mixers.
bb Ratio 2: Used to subtract 2 frequencies. This is for the same applications, but for those
4
requiring more precise regulation (more similar frequencies).
Ratio 1 mode gives the results in thousandths for better accuracy (a display of 2000 corresponds
to a value of 2) and ratio 2 mode gives the results in Hz.
The maximum frequency that the module can measure on the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 60 kHz.
Downcounting This mode is used to list a group of operations. In this mode, activating the synchronization
function starts the counter from a user-defined preset and decreases with each pulse applied to
5
the IN_A input, until it reaches 0. This downcounting is made possible when the enable function
has been activated. The counting register is thus updated at 1 ms intervals.
One basic use of this mode is to signal, using an output, the end of a group of operations (when
the counter reaches 0).
The shortest pulse applied to the IN_SYNC input is 100 μs.

The maximum frequency applied to the IN_SYNC input is 1 pulse every 5 ms.
The maximum user-defined preset value is 4,294,967,295.
The maximum count value is 4,294,967,295 units.
6
Loop (modulo) counting This mode is used in packaging and labelling applications where actions are repeated on sets
of moving objects:
bb In upcounting, the counter increases until it reaches the user-defined “modulo - 1” value. On
the next pulse, the counter is reset to 0 and upcounting restarts.
bb In downcounting, the counter decreases until it reaches 0. On the next pulse, the counter is
reset to the user-defined “modulo - 1” value. Downcounting can then restart.
7
The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 60 kHz.
The maximum frequency of the modulo event is 1 event every 5 ms.
The maximum modulo value is 4,294,967,296 (possible by declaring 0 in the
modulo adjust value).
32-bit counter counting This mode is mainly used in axis following.
The maximum frequency applied simultaneously to the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 60 kHz.
The maximum frequency of the referencing event is 1 event every 5 ms.
8
The counter value is between - 2,147,483,648 and + 2,147,483,647.
Width modulation In this operating mode, the module uses an internal clock generator to supply a periodic signal
on the module's O0 output. Only the O0 output is affected by this mode, as the O1 output is
independent of it.
The maximum output frequency is 4 kHz.

As O0 is a source output, a load resistor is necessary for the O0 output signal to change to 0 at
9
the correct frequency.
The cyclic ratio adjustment range varies according to the frequency of the O0 output.
10

2/29
Functions (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Operating modes for module BMXEHC0800

5 configurable 16-bit Frequency meter This mode measures frequency, speed, rate, or data stream control.
1 modes As standard, this mode measures the frequency received on the IN A input.
This frequency is expressed in Hz (number of pulses per second), with a precision of 1 Hz.
The maximum frequency on the IN A input is 10 kHz.

The maximum cyclic ratio at 10 kHz is 60%.
Event counting This mode is used to determine the number of events received.
In this mode, the counter calculates the number of pulses applied to the IN_A input at time
2
intervals defined by the user.
As an option, it is possible to use the IN_AUX input during a period of time, provided that the
enable bit has been configured.
The module counts the pulses applied to the IN_A input each time the pulse for this input lasts
longer than 50 μs (without anti-bounce filter).
Pulses with less than 100 ms synchronization are lost.
Downcounting This mode is used to list a group of operations. In this mode, when counting is enabled
3 (software validation via the valid_sync command), a rising or falling edge on the IN_AUX input
causes a value, defined by the user, to be loaded in the counter. The latter decreases with each
pulse applied to the IN_A input until it reaches the value 0. Downcounting is made possible
when the force_enable command is high (software positioning).
The smallest pulse applied to the IN_AUX input varies according to the selected filter level.
The maximum frequency applied to the IN_AUX input is 1 pulse every 25 ms.
4
Loop (modulo) counting This mode is used in packaging and labelling applications where actions are repeated on sets
of moving objects.
The counter increases with each pulse applied to the IN_A input until it reaches the user-
defined “modulo - 1” value. On the next pulse in the upcounting direction, the counter is reset to
0 and upcounting restarts.
The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A input is 10 kHz.

The smallest pulse applied to the IN_AUX input varies according to the selected filter level.
The maximum frequency of the modulo event is 1 event every 25 ms.
5 The maximum modulo value is 65,536 units.
Up/down counter This mode is used for an accumulation, upcounting or downcounting operation on a
single input.
Each pulse applied to the IN_A input produces:
bb Upcounting of pulses if the IN_AUX input is high
bb Downcounting of pulses if the IN_AUX input is low
6
The counter values vary between the limits - 65,536 and + 65,535.
The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A input is 10 kHz.
Pulses applied to the IN_A input after a change of direction are only upcounted or downcounted
after a period corresponding to the delay for taking account of the state of the IN_AUX input due
to the programmable filter level on this input.
One 32-bit mode 32-bit counter counting 32-bit counter counting mode is available for channels 0, 2, 4 and 6 (channels 1, 3, 5 and 7 are
now inactive). It behaves in the same way as the up/down counting mode using up to 3 physical
7 inputs. It enables simultaneous upcounting and downcounting.
The counter values vary between the limits - 2,147,483,648 and + 2,147,483,647 (31 bits +
sign).
The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 10 kHz.
The smallest pulse applied to the IN_AUX input is defined according to the filtering applied to
this input.
The maximum frequency of loading the preset value is 1 every 25 ms.
10

2/30
automation platform
References
BMXEHC0200/0800 counter modules (1)
Description No. of
channels
Specifications Reference Weight
kg
1
Counter modules 2 60 kHz counting BMXEHC0200 0.112
for 24 V c
2 and 3-wire sensors and 8 10 kHz counting BMXEHC0800 0.113
10/30 V c incremental
encoders with push-pull
outputs
2
BMXEHC0200
Connection accessories (2)

Description Composition Unit reference Weight
Pack of connectors Two 16-way connectors and BMXXTSHSC20

kg
0.021
3
for BMXEHC0200 module one 10-way connector
20-way removable Cage clamp BMXFTB2000 0.093

terminal blocks Screw clamp BMXFTB2010 0.075
for BMXEHC0800 module
4
Spring BMXFTB2020 0.060
BMXEHC0800
Shielding connection kit Is comprised of a metal bar and two See page1/11 –
for BMXEHC0200/0800 support bases for mounting on rack
modules
(2) The shielding on the cordsets carrying the counter signals should be connected to the
BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack that holds the BMXEHC0200 5
module (see page 1/11).
BMXFTB20p0
10

2/31
BMXMSP0200 motion control module
Introduction
The BMXMSP0200 motion control pulse train output (PTO) module 1 for the
1 1 Modicon™ M340™ automation platform is used for controlling third-party variable
speed drives 2 that have an integrated position loop and inputs that are compatible
with open collector outputs.
The BMXMSP0200 control module is also directly compatible with the Lexium™ 32C
and 32M 3 servo drive products that have an integrated pulse control interface.
2 The BMXMSP0200 motion control PTO module has two independent PTO channels.
Like any other application-specific module, it is installed in the rack slots (labelled 01
to 11). The number of modules is limited by the maximum number of application-
specific channels permitted according to the CPU type:
3
2 bb Standard BMXP341000: Maximum of 20 application-specific channels (1)
bb Performance BMXP3420p0: Maximum of 36 application-specific channels (1)
3
Description
The BMXMSP0200 motion control module is standard format (1 slot). Its housing
provides IP 20 protection of the electronics and it is locked in each slot (01 to 11) by a
Servo motors captive screw.
4 The BMXMSP0200 motion control module features:

module)
5 6 Display block indicating:
vv Module status, 4 LEDs (RUN, ERR, I/O and DL)
6
5 vv Status of the auxiliary inputs, 4 per channel
vv Status of the PTO outputs, 2 per channel
vv Status of the auxiliary outputs, 2 per channel
7 Connector for a 28-way terminal block, for connecting to a removable spring
7 terminal block on sensors and preactuators
6 8 8 28-way removable spring terminal block BMXFTB2820, supplied with a channel

identification label
bb Shielding connection kit to help protect against electrostatic discharge, consisting
of a metal bar and two sub-bases for mounting on the rack: BMXXSPpp00 (reference
dependent on the number of slots in the rack) (see page 1/11)
BMXMSP0200 BMXFTB2820 bb Set of clamping rings STBXSP30p0 for the connection cable shielding braids
(reference dependent on the cable Ø) (see page 1/11)
7
(1) Application-specific channels: BMXEHC0200 (2-channel) and BMXEHC0800 (8‑channel)
counter modules, BMXMSP0200 (2-channel) motion control module and BMXNOM0200
(2-channel) and BMXNOR0200H (1-channel) serial communication modules
10

2/32
Operation, Modicon™ M340™
BMXMSP0200 motion control module
Operation
Block diagram of a BMXMSP0200 module channel
1
Inputs/outputs per channel
PTO output CWp Speed Servo drive
Integrator
PTO output CCWp Servo
Pulses
motor
24 V c output D_Enable Position

loop
Velocity
loop
Torque
loop
2
24 V c output C_Clear
C_Position Wait position
D_Ready Servo ready 3

Origin Homing
Proximity sensor
Proximity
Position switch
BMXMSP0200
4
References
Motion control modules (1)
Description Number of Description Reference Weight
channels per channel kg
PTO module
(PTO = Pulse
2 2 x 200 kHz max. PTO outputs
2 x 24 V c/50 mA auxiliary outputs
BMXMSP0200 0.145 5
Train Output) 4 x 24 V c auxiliary inputs
Cabling accessories
Description Description, use Length Reference Weight
kg
28-way
removable
Spring – BMXFTB2820 0.080
6
terminal block
BMXFTB2820 Connection From BMXMSP0200 (screw terminal block) 3 m (3) VW3M8223R30 –

BMXMSP0200 cable for daisy module to Lexium 32C or 32M (RJ45 connector)
chain (cable with flying leads at one end and an RJ45
connector at the other)
7
or pulse
control (2)
Shielding Is comprised of a metal bar and two support – See page1/11 –

connection kit bases
for module for mounting on rack
BMXMSP0200
(2) The shielding on the cordsets carrying the motion control signals should be connected to the BMXXSPpp00
8
shielding connection kit mounted under the rack holding the BMXMSP0200 module (see page 1/11).
10

2/33
MFB motion control
Introduction
Modicon™ Premium™ MFB (Motion Function Blocks) is a library of function blocks integrated in Unity™ Pro
1 software that is used to set up motion control in the architectures of drives and servo
drives on CANopen buses:
Modicon™ M340™ bb Altivar™ 312: For asynchronous motors from 0.18 to 15 kW
bb Altivar™ 71: For synchronous or asynchronous motors from 0.37 to 500 kW
bb Lexium™ 32: For servo motors from 0.15 to 7 kW
bb IclA IFA/IFE/IFS: For integrated motor drives from 0.05 to 0.25 kW
2 The MFB library, designed to PLCopen specifications, allows both easy and flexible
motion programming with Unity Pro, as well as axis diagnosis. In maintenance
operations, drives can be replaced quickly by using drive parameter download blocks.
Altivar™ 312
Altivar™ 71 Configuring drives on the CANopen network is facilitated through Motion Tree
CANopen
Manager organization in the Unity Pro browser, making it easy for users to access
the application drives.
3 Applications
The features of the Motion Function Blocks library are particularly suitable for
machines with independent axes. In the case of these modular/special machines,
MFB function blocks are the solution for controlling single axes. The following are
Lexium™ 32 typical applications for this type of architecture:
bb Automatic storage/removal
bb Material handling
4 IclA
bb Palletizers/depalletizers
bb Conveyors
MFB: Motion control distributed over CANopen
bb Packaging, simple label application
bb Grouping/ungrouping
bb Adjustment axes in flexible machines.
Functions
5 The table below lists the function blocks of the MFB library and the drives compatible
with them. The premount indicates the block family:
bb MC: Function block defined by the Motion Function Blocks PLCOpen standard
bb TE: Function block specific to Schneider Electric products
bb Lxm: Function block specific to Lexium servo drives
6 Type Function Function block Altivar 312 Altivar 71 Lexium 32 IclA IFA/
IFE/IFS
Management Read an internal parameter MC_ReadParameter
and motion Write an internal parameter MC_WriteParameter
Read the current position MC_ReadActualPosition
Read the instantaneous speed MC_ReadActualVelocity
Acknowledge detected error messages MC_Reset
7 Stop active movement

Axis coming to standstill
MC_Stop
MC_Power
Movement to absolute position MC_MoveAbsolute
Relative movement MC_MoveRelative
Additional movement MC_MoveAdditive
Homing MC_Home
Movement at given speed MC_MoveVelocity
8 Read diagnostic data
Read servo drive status
MC_ReadAxisError
MC_ReadStatus
Torque control MC_TorqueControl
Read actual torque value MC_ReadActualTorque
Manual control MC_Jog
Save and Read parameters and store in PAC memory TE_UploadDriveParam
restore
9 parameters
(FDR)
Write parameters from the PAC memory TE_DownloadDriveParam
Advanced Read a motion task Lxm_UploadMTask

Lexium Write a motion task Lxm_DownloadMTask
functions
Start a motion task Lxm_StartMTask (1)
Set the reduction ratio, signed Lxm_GearPosS (1)
System Communication with the servo drive TE_CAN_Handler
10 Compatible (1) The Lxm_StartMTask and Lxm_GearPosS function blocks are only compatible with the M
type Lexium 32 (LXM 32M) servo drives.

2/34
Setup Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
MFB motion control
Motion Tree Manager

Motion Tree Manager is part of Unity™ Pro’s MFB library and is integrated into its
browser. It provides specific assistance for:
bb Axis object management
1
bb Axis variable definition
bb Drive parameter management
Motion Tree Manager automatically creates links between the CANopen bus
configuration and the MFB function block data using a limited amount of
configuration data. 2
General axis parameters
In this tab, the designer is prompted to define:
bb The name of the axis that will identify it in the browser for the entire application
bb The address of the drive on the CANopen bus
Axis parameters
3
The drop-down lists in this tab are used to determine the exact type of drive: Family,
version.
4
Variable names
This last tab is used to identify data structures:
bb Axis_Reference: Used by the instances of function blocks for the axis in question
bb CAN_Handler: Used to manage communication with the drive via the CANopen
Motion Tree Manager integrated in the Unity Pro browser network
5
Recipe definition
The “recipes” attached to the axis are the data structures containing the adjustment
parameters of a given drive. This data is used when:
bb Changing the drive with restoration of the context during “Faulty Device
Replacement” (FDR) maintenance
bb Changing the manufacturing program of the machine and calling up an
appropriate set of parameters: servo control gains, limitations, etc. adapted to the
weight and size of the moving parts
bb Saving parameters in the initial values of the PAC application 6
Programming, diagnostics and maintenance
Communication between the PAC and drive is automatically set up by the system as
soon as a TE_CAN_Handler instance is declared in the Unity Pro task with which the
axis is associated. Movements are then programmed by sequencing function blocks
from the library in the user's chosen Unity Pro editor (LD, ST, FBD).
7
The two function blocks, MC_ReadStatus, and in some cases MC_ReadAxisError,
are useful for determining the overall status of the axis, as well as the code of active
General parameters: Axis name and address
warnings or error messages.
The function blocks TE_UploadDriveParam and TE_DownloadDriveParam allow the

application to save the parameters of a drive (recipe) and to then quickly reload them
into another drive if the first one becomes inoperative.
8
MFB: Programming a movement in absolute mode 9
10

2/35
compatibility automation platform
Quick wiring adapters for Modicon M340 PAC
Introduction
Quick Wiring Adapters are a set of connectors for the Modicon™ M340™ automation
1 platform. These connectors simplify the replacement of a legacy Modicon Compact™
PAC with our latest offer, the M340 PAC.
The adapters allow I/O field wiring connectors to be removed from the Compact PAC
and plugged directly into the M340.
Thirteen new references make the necessary wiring translations between Compact
and M340 I/O modules and fully meet the mechanical environmental specifications
of the M340 range.
2 Quick Wiring Adapters Features
Quick Wiring Adapters have the same look and feel as the standard M340 I/O module
connectors. The new connectors increase the depth and extend below the I/O module.
bb The quick wiring adapters use the same mounting/retention screws to hold the
adapter to the M340 module
bb The adapter receptacles accept the two (2) Compact I/O module field
3 wiring connectors
bb A clear cover is sized to retain the wiring harness
bb The cover also has features to accept and retain the wiring label that was used on
the Compact I/O module
Compact modules/Modicon™ M340™ modules compatibility

4 Type of
module
Compact Module
Reference Comment
M340 Module
Reference Comment
M340 Compatibility Quick Wiring
Adapter
reference
Digital input AS-BDE O 216 24 VDC 16 Point Input BMXDDI1602 16 point 24 VDC input sink O.K. 990XSM00206
Module
AS-BDEP 208 230 VAC 8 Point Input – – No exact replacement but Modicon –
Module Telefast separate product line can handle
it.
AS-BDEP 209 120 VAC 8 Point Input BMXDAI1604 16 point 110 VAC input O.K. 990XSM00213
5 AS-BDEP 210
Module
115 VAC 8 Point Input
Module
BMXDAI1604 16 point 110 VAC input O.K. 990XSM00213
AS-BDEP 211 115 VAC 8 Point Input BMXDAI1604 16 point 110 VAC input O.K. None
Module
AS-BDEP 214 12-60 VDC 16 Point Input BMXDDI1603 16 point 48 VDC input No replacement for 12 V, 24 V and 60 V 990XSM00206
Module
AS-BDEP 215 5 VDC TTL 16 Point Input – – No exact replacement but can be replaced None
Module with HMI functionality.
6
AS-BDEP 216 24 VDC 16 Point Input BMXDDI1602 16 point 24 VDC input sink O.K. 990XSM00206
Module
AS-BDEP 217 24 VDC 16 Point Input BMXDAI1602 16 point 24 VDC input sink OK but need negative logic. 990XSM00201
Module
AS-BDEP 218 115 VAC 16 Point Input BMXDAI1604 16 point 110 VAC input O.K. 990XSM00201
Module
AS-BDEP 220 Fast 24 VDC 16 Point Input Depending upon the response time there None
Module are replacements.
AS-BDEP 254 12-60 VDC 16 Point Input BMXDDI1603H 16 point 48 VDC input BMXDDI1603 input threshold is 34 V 990XSM00206
Module versus 12 V for AS-BDEP254.
7 Temperature is 0 to + 60 °C for
BMXDDI1603 where AS-BDEP254 is
rated for - 40 to + 70 °C
AS-BDEP 254C 12-60 VDC 16 Point Input BMXDDI1603H 16 point 48 VDC input BMXDDI1603 input threshold is 34 V 990XSM00206
Module, ext temp + Coated versus 12 V for AS-BDEP254.
Temperature is 0 to + 60 °C for
BMXDDI1603 where AS-BDEP254 is
rated for - 40 to + 70 °C
AS-BDEP 256 24 VDC 16 Point Input BMXDDI1602H 16 point 24 VDC input sink BMXDDI1602 is only rated for 0 to + 60 °C 990XSM00206
8
Module versus - 40 to + 70 °C for AS-BDEP256.
AS-BDEP 256C 24 VDC 16 Point Input BMXDDI1602H 16 point 24 VDC input sink BMXDDI1602 is only rated for 0 to + 60 °C 990XSM00206
Module, ext temp + Coated versus - 40 to + 70 °C for AS-BDEP256C
AS-BDEP 257 110 VDC 16 inputs Ext. BMXDDI1604T 16 point 125 VDC input Nominal input voltage for BMXDDI1604 is 990XSM00206
Temp 100 to 150 VDC versus 55 to 170 VDC for
AS-BDEP257. Response time for
BMXDDI1604 is 9 ms versus 6 ms for the
AS-BDEP257. Temperature for
BMXDAI1604T is -25 to + 70 °C versus
- 40 to + 70 °C.
9 AS-BDEP 257C 110 VDC 16 inputs, ext

temp + Coated
BMXDDI1604T 16 point 125 VDC input Nominal input voltage for BMXDDI1604 is
100 to 150 VDC versus 55 to 170 VDC for
AS-BDEP257. Response time for
990XSM00206
BMXDDI1604 is 9 ms versus 6 ms for the

AS-BDEP257. Temperature for
BMXDDI1604T is -25 to + 70 °C versus -
40 to + 70 °C. No conformal coat available.
AS-BDEP 296 60 VDC 16 inputs – – No replacement –
AS-BDEP 297 48 VDC 16 inputs BMXDDI1603 16 point 48 VDC input O.K. 990XSM00206
10
Green color with no comments reflect the functional equivalent of M340 module for Compact module.
Green color with comment reflect the functional equivalent with differences noted. Check with your application.
Orange color indicates that inputs are replaced by the M340 module but differences from the Compact module are noted. For example maxi current per point. Check with your application.
Red color indicates that there are no direct replacements but there are workarounds. Please consult Schneider Electric for assistance.
2/36
Compatibility (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform

Type of Compact Module M340 Module M340 Compatibility Quick Wiring
1
module Reference Comment Reference Comment Adapter
reference
Digital AS-BDAO 216 24 VDC 16 Point Output BMXDDO1602 16 point Output 24 VDC O.K with slightly slower response. 990XSM00206
output Module BMXDDO1602 response time 1.2 ms vs. <
1 ms for AS-BDAO216
AS-BDAP 204 4 Point Relay (NO) Module BMXDRA0805 8 point relay outputs O.K. 4 relay on Compact 8 on M340. 990XSM00203
AS-BDAP 208 8 Point Relay (NO) Module BMXDRA0805 8 point relay outputs O.K. 990XSM00206
AS-BDAP 258 8 Point Relay (NO) Module BMXDRA0805H 8 point relay outputs O.K. But Extended temperature 990XSM00206
differences
2
AS-BDAP 258C 24 VDC 8 Point Relay (NO) BMXDRA0805H 8 point relay outputs O.K. Temperature limitation where 0 to + 990XSM00206
Module, ext temp + Coated 60 °C versus - 40 to + 70 °C and the
BMXDRA0805H.
AS-BDAP 209 120 VAC 8 Point 1A Output BMXDAO1605 16 point output 110 VAC to Less amperage available. 990XSM00204
Module 230 VAC BMXDAO1605 is limited to 600 mA vs. 1A
for AS-BDAP 210
AS-BDAP210 nominal voltage goes down
to 85 V vs. 100 V for BMXDAO1605
AS-BDAP 210 24-230 VAC 8 Point Output BMXDAO1605 16 point output 110 VAC to Less amperage available. 990XSM00204
Module 230 VAC BMXDAO1605 is limited to 600 mA vs. 1A
for AS-BDAP210.
AS-BDAP 210 nominal voltage goes down
to 85 V vs. 100 V for BMXDAO1605
3
AS-BDAP 212 24 VDC 8 Point Input/4 BMXDDM16025 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 Compact 2 groups of 2 outputs, M340 1 990XSM00205
Point Output 2A point relay output group of 8. Input isolation is different.
AS-BDAP 252 24 VDC 8 Point Input/4 BMXDDM16025H 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 Compact 2 groups of 2 outputs, M340 1 990XSM00205
Point Output 2A point relay output group of 8. Input isolation is different.
Extended temperature differences
AS-BDAP 216 24 VDC 16 Point Output BMXBMXDDO1602 16 point 24 VDC output Compact is 2 groups of 8, M340 1 group of 990XSM00206
4
Module 16. So difference inputs isolation
AS-BDAP 256 24 VDC 16 Point Output BMXBMXDDO1602H 16 point 24 VDC output Compact is 2 groups of 8, M340 1 group of 990XSM00206
Module 16. So difference inputs isolation
AS-BDAP 217 5-24 VDC 16 Point Output BMXBMXDDO1612 16 point 24 VDC output Response time is slightly slower. 990XSM00206
Module sink BMXDDO1612 at 1.2 ms versus <1 ms for
AS-BDAP217. Also Compact is 2 groups
of 8, M340 1 group of 16.
AS-BDAP 218 24-240 VAC 16 Point BMXDAO1605 16 point output 110 VAC to Less amperage available. 990XSM00202
Output Module 230 VAC BMXDAO1605 is limited to 600 mA vs. 1 A
for AS-BDAP210
AS-BDAP 210 nominal voltage goes down
to 24 V vs. 100 V for BMXDAO1605.
5
If 24 V is needed select a different module.
AS-BDAP 211 120 VAC Mixed Press and – – None None
Stamp Module, Inputs
controlling Outputs
Digital AS-BDAP 220 24 VDC 8 Point Input/ BMXDDM16022 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 BMXDDM16022 is limited to 0.625 A per 990XSM00207
input/output Output Module 2A point 24 VDC output channel versus AS-BDAP220 2 A. Also
6
response time is 1.2 ms versus < 1 ms for
AS-BDAP220
AS-BDAP 250 24 VDC 8 Point Input/ BMXDDM16022H 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 BMXDDM16022 is limited to 0.625 A per 990XSM00207
Output Module point 24 VDC output channel versus AS-BDAP250 2 A and is
not conformally coated.
Also response time is 1.2 ms versus < 1
ms for AS-BDAP220.
BMXDDM16022 is 0 to + 60 °C versus - 40
to + 70 °C for AS-BDAP250C.
AS-BDAP 250C 24 VDC 8 Point Input/ BMXDDM16022H 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 BMXDDM16022 is limited to per channel 990XSM00207
Output Module, ext temp +
Coated
point 24 VDC output versus AS-BDAP250 2 A. Also response
time is 1.2 ms versus <1 ms for
AS-BDAP220. DDM16022 is 0 to + 60 °C
7
versus - 40 to + 70 °C for AS-BDAP250C.
AS-BDAP 212 24 VDC 8 inputs 4 outputs BMXDDM16025 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 Compact 2 groups of 2 outputs, M340 1 990XSM00205
point relay output group of 8. So difference inputs isolation.
AS-BDAP 252 24 VDC 8 inputs 4 outputs BMXDDM16025H 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 BMXDDM16025 is 0 to + 60 °C versus - 40 990XSM00205
point relay output to + 70 °C. Compact 2 groups of 2
outputs, M340 1 group of 8. So difference
8
inputs isolation.
AS-BDAP 252C 24 VDC 8 inputs 4 outputs, BMXDDM16025H 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 BMXDDM16025 is 0 to + 60 °C versus - 40 990XSM00205
ext temp + Coated point relay output to + 70 °C. Compact 2 groups of 2
outputs, M340 1 group of 8. So difference
inputs isolation.
AS-BDAP 253 110 VDC 8 inputs 4 outputs BMXDDM16025H 8 point 24 VDC input + 8 1) Compact inputs 110 VDC, M340 24 None
point relay output VDC
2) Compact 2 groups of 2 outputs, M340 1
group of 8.
a) Output isolation is different
AS-BDAP 253C 110 VDC 8 inputs 4

outputs, ext temp + Coated
BMXDDM16025H 8 point 24 VDC input + 8
point relay output
b) 4 unused references,
1) Compact inputs 110 VDC, M340 24
VDC
None 9
2) Compact 2 groups of 2 outputs, M340 1
group of 8.
a) Output isolation is different
b) 4 unused references
AS-BDAP 292 60 VDC 8 Inputs 4 outputs – – No exact replacement but contact None
Schneider Electric Technical support for
workarounds.
10
2/37
automation platform

1
reference
Analog AS-BADU 204 4 Channel, ± 0,5 V, BMXART0414 Analog 4 channel TC/RTD O.K., but ± 0.5V missing, also M340 has None
input Register, PT100, 11 Bit Isolated inputs Channel to Channel and Channel to Bus
Isolation
AS-BADU 205 4 Channel Register Input BMXAMI0410 Analog 4 channel Current/ O.K. Scaling differences 990XSM00208
Voltage Input Isolated
AS-BADU 205 4 Channel Register Input BMXAMM0600 Analog 4 channel Current/ O.K. Scaling differences 990XSM00209
voltage input non-isolated
and 2 channel Current/
2 AS-BADU 206 4 Channel Register Input

isolated
BMXAMI0410
voltage output non-isolated
Analog 4 channel Current/ O.K, however M340 does not have ± 1V
Voltage Input Isolated range.
990XSM00210
AS-BADU 206 4 Channel Register Input BMXAMM0600 Analog 4 channel Current/ O.K, however M340 does not have ± 1V 990XSM00211
isolated voltage input non-isolated range.
and 2 channel Current/ No isolation
AS-BADU 210 4 Channel Voltage/Current BMXAMI0410 Analog 4 channel Current/ O.K. Scaling differences 990XSM00210
Input isolated Voltage Input Isolated M340 does not match the voltage ranges.
3 AS-BADU 210 4 Channel Voltage/Current BMXAMM0600

Input isolated
Analog 4 channel Current/ O.K. Scaling differences
voltage input non-isolated M340 does not match the voltage ranges.
and 2 channel Current/ No isolation
990XSM00211

AS-BADU 211 8 Channel Analog Input BMXART0814 Analog 8 channel TC/RTD O.K. M340 missing 2, 5, or 10 V input None
Module Thermo Isolated inputs capability or 4-20 mA , ± 20 mA and
missing external 24 V
AS-BADU 212 8 Channel Analog Input BMXART0814 Analog 8 channel TC/RTD O.K. M340 missing 2, 5, or 10 V input None
Module Thermo Isolated inputs capability or 4-20 mA , ± 20 mA and
missing external 24 V
4 AS-BADU 214 4/8 Channel Multi Range BMXART0414

Analog/Digital Input
Analog 4 channel TC/RTD M340 missing Voltage range 0 - 10 V, 1 to
Isolated inputs 5, 2 to 10. and no loop capability.
None
AS-BADU 216 4/8 Channel Thermocouple BMXART0814 Analog 8 channel TC/RTD OK None
isolated Isolated inputs
AS-BADU 254 4 Channel Register Input BMXAMI0410H Analog 4 channel Current/ Ok, and M340 has CH/CH isolation and None
Voltage Input Isolated CH/Bus where Compact has none.
AS-BADU 254 4 Channel Register Input BMXAMM0600H Analog 4 channel Current/ Ok. M340 has 4 inputs and 2 outputs. None
Voltage input and 2 Extended temperature differences
5 AS-BADU 254C 4 Channel Register Input, BMXAMI0410H

channel Current Voltage
Output
Analog 4 channel Current/ Ok, and M340 has CH/CH isolation and None
ext temp + Coated Voltage Input Isolated CH/Bus where Compact has none.
AS-BADU 254C 4 Channel Register Input, BMXAMM0600H Analog 4 channel Current/ OK, M340 has 4 inputs and 2 outputs. None
ext temp + Coated Voltage input and 2 With no isolation
channel Current Voltage Extended temperature differences
Output
AS-BADU 256 4 Channel Register Input BMXAMI0410H Analog 4 channel Current/ OK but Extended temperature differences None
6 AS-BADU 256
Isolated
4 Channel Register Input
Isolated
BMXAMM0600H
Voltage Input Isolated
Analog 4 channel Current/ OK, M340 has 4 inputs and 2 outputs.
Voltage input and 2 With no isolation
None
channel Current Voltage Extended temperature differences
Output
AS-BADU 256C 4 Channel Register Input BMXAMI0410H Analog 4 channel Current/ OK but Extended temperature differences 990XSM00210
Isolated, ext temp + Voltage Input Isolated
Coated
AS-BADU 256C 4 Channel Register Input BMXAMM0600H Analog 4 channel Current/ OK M340 has 4 inputs and 2 outputs with 990XSM00211
7
Isolated, ext temp + Voltage input and 2 no isolation
Coated channel Current Voltage
Output
AS-BADU 257 8 Channel Thermocouple BMXART0814H Analog 8 channel TC/RTD Ok but extended temperature differences None
Isolated inputs
AS-BADU 257C 8 Channel Thermocouple, BMXART0814H Analog 8 channel TC/RTD Ok but extended temperature differences None
ext temp + Coated Isolated inputs
Analog AS-BDAU 202 2 Point AN Outputs, ± 10 V, BMXAMO0210 Analog 2 channel Current/ M340 has no negative 20 mA capability. 990XSM00212
output ± 20 mA Voltage Output Isolated
AS-BDAU 204 4 Channel Analog BMXAMO0210 Analog 2 channel Current/ M340 does not support 0 to 1 V, 0 to 5 V, ± None
8 AS-BDAU 208
Output,Opto-Isol.
8 Channel Register Output
Voltage Output Isolated 1V. +-5 V ranges
No 8 point analog output Need to use two None
modules.
AS-BDAU 252 2 Point AN Outputs, ± 10 V, BMXAMO0210H Analog 2 channel Current/ M340 has no negative 20 mA capability. 990XSM00212
± 20 mA Extended Voltage Output Isolated Extended temperature differences
Temperature
AS-BDAU 252C 2 Point AN Outputs, ± 10 V, BMXAMO0210H Analog 2 channel Current/ M340 has no negative 20 mA capability. 990XSM00212
± 20 mA , ext temp + Voltage Output Isolated Extended temperature differences
Coated
9 Comm. AS-BBKF 202

AS-BBKF201-16
INTERBUS S Slave
16 Word INTERBUS S
Master
–
–
–
–
No replacement
No replacement
None
None
AS-BBKF201-64 64 Word INTERBUS S – – No replacement None

Master
CM900 Auto Interface – – No replacement None
10
2/38
automation platform

1
reference
Ser. Comm. AS-BKOS260-24 24 Word Universal Comm – – Contact Schneider Electric Technical None
support for appropriate alternatives.
READ_VAR functionality might replace
this.
AS-BKOS260-64 64 Word Universal Comm – – Contact Schneider Electric Technical None
support for appropriate alternatives.
READ_VAR functionality might replace
this.
M7251
M7350
Programmable limit switch
Resolver Decoder
–
–
–
–
No replacement, No Motion
No replacement, No Motion
None
None 2
Motion AS-BMOT 201 Axis Motion Control – – Contact Schneider Electric Technical None
Module Encoder support for appropriate alternatives.
AS-BMOT 202 Axis Motion Control – – Contact Schneider Electric Technical None
Module Resolver & support for appropriate alternatives.
Encoder
Counter AS-BFRQ 204 4 point Frequency Module BMXEHC0200 High Speed Counter 2 No 5 V input. Also contact Schneider None
channel Electric Technical support for correct
AS-BFRQ 254C 4 point Frequency Module, BMXEHC0200H

ext temp + Coated
High Speed Counter 2
channel
replacement
No 5 V input. Also contact Schneider
Electric Technical support for correct
None 3
replacement
AS-BVIC200 VRC200 4 High Speed Pulse or 4 – – Contact Schneider Electric Technical None
VRC Inputs support for appropriate alternatives.
AS-BVIC205 CTR205 4 High Speed Pulse or 4 – – Contact Schneider Electric Technical None
5V TTL Inputs support for appropriate alternatives.
AS-BVIC212 CTR212 4 High Speed Pulse or 12 – – Contact Schneider Electric Technical None
4
VDC Inputs support for appropriate alternatives.
AS-BVIC224 CTR224 4 High Speed Pulse or 24 BMXEHC0800 High Speed Counter 8 Contact Schneider Electric Technical None
VDC Inputs channel support for appropriate alternatives.
AS-BZAE 201 High speed Counter/ BMXEHC0200 High Speed Counter 2 Counter 12 V O.K., no relay outputs, no None
Positioner (2 Relay) channel 5V, no positioning
AS-BZAE 204 4 Channel High speed BMXEHC0800 High Speed Counter 8 O.K. No outputs None
Counter/Positioner channel
CPU AS-B984-A145 up to BMXP342020 + – Only 1 Modbus port on CPU. 2 port NOM None
E984-285 BMXCSP3020 serial module available.
5
AS-P120 000 105 to 240 VAC inputs, 24 BMXCSP2000 / – – None
VDC 1.0A outputs BMXCSP3500
Notes:
vv Extended temperature modules for M340 have an “H” suffix at the end of the part number.
vv The Modicon Compact PAC line had an extended temperature range of - 40 °C to + 70 °C. The M340 line has an extended temperature of - 25 °C to + 70 °C.
Derating of temperature might apply inputs certain applications.
vv As with any PAC migration even an exact module to module replacement might not yield the same results (due to scan time, etc).
10
2/39
1
10
2/40
Contents chapter 3 Communication
Communication selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/2
3.1 - Ethernet Modbus™/TCP and Ethernet/IP networks

bb Ethernet Modbus/TCP communication services
1
vv Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8
vv Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/9
bb Web services
vv Standard Web services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/14
vv FactoryCast™ Web services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/15
vv Web Designer configuration software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/16
2
vv SOAP/XML Web services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/17
bb Processors with integrated Ethernet Modbus/TCP port
vv Introduction, description, references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/18
bb Ethernet Modbus/TCP network modules
vv Introduction, description, references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/19 3
bb Modbus/TCP and Ethernet/IP network module
vv Introduction, functions, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/20
vv References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/21
3.2 - RTU communication systems

bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/22 4
bb Functions, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/24
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/25
3.3 - ConneXium™ cabling systems for Ethernet

and Wi-Fi networks
bb ConneXium cabling systems for Ethernet networks 5
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/26
vv Infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/38
vv Connection components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/40
vv Hub and transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/42
vv Unmanaged switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/43
vv Managed switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/45
6
bb ConneXium cabling systems for Wi-Fi networks
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/48
vv Wi-Fi access points and clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/58
vv Wi-Fi antennas, cables and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/59
3.4 - Modbus Plus network 7

bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/60
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/61
3.5 - Profibus™ DP bus

bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/62
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/63
8
3.6 - CANopen™ machine and installation bus
bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/64
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/66
bb Cabling systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/67
9
3.7 - AS-Interface™ bus
bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/70
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/71
3.8 - Modbus and Character mode serial links

bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/72 10
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/75
bb Cabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/76
3/1
automation platform
Communication, integrated ports and modules
Applications Ethernet communication

Type of device Processors with integrated Ethernet modules
1 Modbus™/TCP port
Network protocols
Ethernet Modbus/TCP
3 Structure Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Type of connector RJ45

Access method CSMA-CD
4 Medium
Data rate 10/100 Mbps
Double twisted pair copper cable, category CAT 5E
Optical fiber via ConneXium cabling system
Configuration Maximum number of devices –
Max. length 100 m (copper cable), 4000 m (multi-mode optical fiber), 32,500 m (single-mode optical fiber)
5 Number of modules of the same type 1 2 Ethernet or RTU modules per station with any
per station BMXP34processor
Standard services Modbus/TCP messaging

Transparent Ready conformity class B10 B30 C30
Embedded Web Standard services Rack Viewer PAC diagnostics, Data Editor access to PAC data and variables
6 server services Configurable services – Alarm Viewer and
Graphic Data Editor
Hosting and display of user
Web pages (14 MB)
Transparent Ready™ I/O Scanning service – Yes
communication Global Data service – Yes
services
7
NTP time synchronization – Yes (module version u 2.0)
FDR service Yes (client) Yes (client/server)
SMTP e-mail notification service Yes, via EF function block –
Unity Pro u 4.0
SOAP/XML Web service – – Server
SNMP network management service Yes Yes
RSTP redundancy service – – –
8 RTU communication
QoS (Quality of Service) service
Master or Slave configuration
–
–
– –
services Time and date stamped data exchange –

IEC 60870-5-104,
DNP3 IP or RTU time synchronization –
IEC 60870-5-101, Management and buffering of time –
DNP3 serial and date stamped events
9
Automatic transfer of time and date –
stamped events to the Master/SCADA
Data Logging service – – –
Compatibility with processor – Standard and Performance (see page 1/2)
Processor or module No other integrated port BMXNOE0100 BMXNOE0110

references depending
on other type of Serial link BMXP342020
10 integrated port Ethernet Modbus/TCP

CANopen BMXP3420302
Page 3/18 3/19
3/2
Ethernet communication RTU communication
Ethernet modules RTU module
Ethernet/IP and Modbus™/TCP Modbus/TCP, IEC 60870-5-104, Serial link, External modem link,
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
DNP3 (subset level 3)
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (Modbus/TCP),
IEC 60870-5-101, DNP3 (subset level 3)
Non-isolated RS 232/485 (Serial link),
3
PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet) Non-isolated RS 232 (Radio, PSTN, GSM,
for ADSL external modem link GPRS/3G external modem link)
Four RJ45 connectors (2 connectors for a ring topology) One RJ45 connector One RJ45 connector
CSMA-CD CSMA-CD (Modbus/TCP), Master/slave (IEC 101/DNP3)
Master/slave (IEC 104/DNP3)
10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps (Modbus/TCP)
Double twisted pair copper cable, category CAT 5E, optical fiber via ConneXium cabling system
0.3 to 38.4 Kbps (Serial link)
Double shielded twisted pair copper cable,
4
Crossover serial cable (Serial link),
Direct serial cable (External modem link)
128 (Ethernet/IP or Modbus/TCP) 128 (Modbus/TCP), 32 max.
32 slaves/servers (IEC 104/DNP3)
100 m (copper cable), 4000 m (multi-mode optical fiber), 32,500 m (single-mode optical fiber) 15 m (Non-isolated serial link),
2 Ethernet or RTU modules per station with any BMXP34processor

1000 m (Serial link with insulating case)
Depending on application-specific channels 5
(20/36 application-specific channels with
BMXP341000/P34 2pppp)
Ethernet/IP and Modbus/TCP messaging Modbus/TCP messaging Reading/writing digital and analog I/O, counters
B30 C30 –
Rack Viewer PAC diagnostics, Data Editor access to PAC data and variables –
– – – 6
– Hosting and display of user Web pages –
Yes –
– –
7
– Yes
Yes (client/server) Yes (client) –
– Yes –
– Server –
Yes Yes (agent) –
Yes –
Yes
–
–
Yes, IEC101/104 and DNP3
8
– Interrogation via polling and exchanges on change of status (RBE), unsolicited messaging
– Yes, IEC101/104 and DNP3
9
Buffer holding 10,000 events (per connected client, 4 clients max.)
– Yes, on SD 128 MB memory card, in CSV files, access via FTP or sent by e-mail
Standard and Performance (see page 1/2)
BMXNOC0401
BMXNOR0200H
BMXNOR0200H
10
3/21 3/25
3/3
automation platform
Applications CANopen communication AS-Interface

communication
1 Type of device Processors

with integrated CANopen port
AS-Interface
actuator/sensor bus module
3
Network protocols CANopen AS-Interface
Structure Physical interface ISO 11898 (9-way SUB-D connector) AS-Interface V3 standard
Type of connector 9-way SUB-D 3-way SUB-D

4 Access method CSMA/CA (multiple access) Master/slave
Data rate 20 Kbps to 1 Mbps depending on distance 167 Kbps
Medium Double shielded twisted pair copper cable Two-wire AS-Interface cable
5 Configuration Maximum number of devices 63 depending on the devices connected 62 slaves
Max. length 20 m (1 Mbps) to 2500 m (20 Kbps) 100 m,

500 m max. with 2 repeaters
Number of links of the same type per 1 BMXP341000 processor:
station 2 AS‑Interface modules
BMXP3420p0 processor:
6
4 AS‑Interface modules
Standard services PDO implicit exchange (application data) Transparent exchanges with
SDO explicit exchange (service data) the sensors/actuators
Conformity class Class M20 M4 profile
SMTP service – Yes, via EF function block –
notification by e-mail Unity™ Pro u 4.0
Compatibility with processor – Standard and Performance
7
(see page 1/2)
Type of processor or None BMXEIA0100

module depending
on other integrated Serial link BMXP3420102
port Ethernet Modbus™/TCP BMXP3420302
CANopen
8 Page 3/66 3/71
10
3/4
Serial link communication
Processors
with integrated serial link
2-channel serial link
module 1
3
Modbus™ and Character mode
Non-isolated RS 232, 4-wire Non-isolated RS 232, 8-wire
Non-isolated RS 485, 2-wire Isolated RS 485, 2-wire
RJ45 2 RJ45 and 1 RJ45
Master/slave with Modbus link,

4
Full duplex (RS 232)/Half duplex (RS 485) in Character mode
0.3 to 38.4 Kbps 0.3 to 115.2 Kbps in RS 232
0.3 to 57.6 Kbps in RS 485
Double shielded twisted pair copper cable Shielded twisted pair copper cable
32 per segment, 247 max.

5
15 m (non-isolated), 15 m with non-isolated RS 232,
1000 m with insulating case 1000 m with non-isolated RS 485
1 20/36 application-specific channels with BMXP341000/P34 2pppp
(1 application-specific channel = 1 counter, motion control module or serial link
channel)
Read/write bits and words, diagnostics in Modbus mode

Send and receive character string in Character mode
6
–
–
– Standard and Performance (see page 1/2)
BMXP341000/2000
7
BMXNOM0200
BMXP342020
BMXP3420102
3/75 8
10
3/5
automation platform
Applications Modbus™ Plus communication

Type of device M340 Modbus Plus proxy module (external)
Network protocols Ethernet Modbus/TCP Modbus Plus
3 Structure Physical interface 10/100BASE-T Modbus Plus standard
Type of connector Two RJ45 connectors Two 9-way female SUB-D connectors
Access method CSMA-CD Token ring
Data rate 10/100 Mbps 1 Mbps

4 Medium Double shielded twisted pair copper cable, Twisted pair copper cable
category CAT 5E (direct or crossover)
Configuration Maximum number of devices 128 32 per segment
64 maximum for multiple segments
Max. length 100 m 450 m per segment
1800 m with 3 repeaters
5 Number of links of the same 1 max.

type per station
Standard services Modbus/TCP messaging Modbus Plus messaging
Conformity class – –
6 Embedded Web server

service
Standard service
Configurable services
Configuration, diagnostics
–
Communication services Modbus Plus server (scanned by the PAC) Reading/writing variables
FDR service Global database
SNMP agent network management service Peer Cop service
7
24 V c external power supply 19.2 to 31.2 V
Module types TCSEGDB23F24FA
8
Page 3/61
10
3/6
Profibus™ DP and Profibus PA communication
Profibus Remote Master (PRM) module (external)
Ethernet Modbus™/TCP Profibus DP V1
3
Profibus PA (via gateway)
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Isolated RS 485
Two RJ45 connectors (supporting daisy chain topology) One 9-way female SUB-D connector
CSMA-CD Master/slave
10/100 Mbps 9.6 Kbps to 12 Mbps
Double shielded twisted pair copper cable, Shielded twisted pair copper cable
4
category CAT 5E (direct or crossover)
Several PRMs can be connected to the Ethernet port on the M340, Premium or 125 slaves
Quantum PAC, as long as the I/O scanner capacity is not exceeded
100 m (copper) 1200 (9.6 Kbps), 4800 m with 3 repeaters,
100 m (12 Mbps), 400 m with 3 repeaters
– 5
Modbus/TCP messaging Cyclic and acyclic data exchange with slaves
Transparent Ready Class A20 Class 1 and Class 2
–
– 6
Modbus server (scanned by the PAC) Master/slave communication
FDR service Global Control service
SNMP agent network management service Acyclic communication (read/write) in Class 1 and Class 2
Support for extended diagnostics
Auto-scanning service of slaves on the bus 7
18 to 30 V
TCSEGPA23F14F
8
3/63
10
3/7
automation platform
Ethernet Modbus™/TCP network
Ethernet Modbus/TCP communication services
Introduction
BMXP342020/20302 processors via their integrated Ethernet port…
1 BMXNOE0100/0110 network modules…and the BMXNOR0200H RTU module… all
provide transparent communication on the Ethernet Modbus™/TCP network using
Transparent Ready™ communication services.
Time FDR Faulty Device Replacement Messaging

Services Network Global Web E-mail I/O
synchro-
management Data server Scanning
2 nization
Applications SNMP NTP RTPS DHCP TFTP FTP HTTP SMTP Modbus
MIB Transparent Ready
MIB 2 standard
Transport UDP TCP
3 Link IP
Physical Ethernet 802.3 and Ethernet II
4
Ethernet communication services for the BMXNOE0100/0110 module
The following Transparent Ready communication services are designed for use in
automation applications. They supplement the universal Ethernet services (HTTP,
BOOTP/DHCP, FTP, etc):
bb Modbus/TCP messaging for class 10 or 30 devices
bb I/O Scanning service for class 30 devices
bb FDR (Faulty Device Replacement) for class 10 or 30 devices
5 bb SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) network management for class 10
or 30 devices
bb Global Data, for class 30 devices
bb Bandwidth management for class 10 or 30 devices
bb NTP (Network Time Protocol) synchronization for class 30 devices
bb E-mail detected alarm notification via SMTP server, via Unity Pro function block
6 Note: See selection guide on page 3/2 for the communication services supported by
BMXP342020/20302 processors, BMXNOE0100/0110 network modules and the
BMXNOR0200H RTU module on the Modicon M340 platform.
The following pages (3/9 to 3/13) present the various options available through these
services to facilitate the optimum choice of solutions when defining a system
integrating Transparent Ready devices.
7
10
Processors: I/O: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

page 1/2 pages 2/2 and2/14 page 4/2 page 6/2
3/8
automation platform
Functions
Ethernet universal services
The Modicon M340 automation platform utilizes the following universal 1
Ethernet services:
bb HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol):

vv This protocol is used for transmitting Web pages between a server and a browser.
vv Web servers embedded in Transparent Ready™ automation products provide
easy access to products located anywhere in the world from a standard web
browser such as Internet Explorer. 2
bb BOOTP/DHCP (RFC1531):
vv These protocols are used to provide devices with IP parameters automatically.
This avoids having to manage each device address individually by transferring this
management to a dedicated IP address server.
3
vv The DHCP protocol (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is used to assign
configuration parameters to devices automatically. DHCP is an extension
of BOOTP.
vv Schneider Electric devices can be “BOOTP clients” (used to retrieve the IP
address automatically from a server) or “BOOTP servers” (allowing the device to
distribute IP addresses to the network stations).
vv Schneider Electric uses standard BOOTP/DHCP protocols for its FDR (Faulty
Device Replacement) service.
bb FTP (File Transfer Protocol) (RFCs 959, 2228, and 2640):

4
vv This protocol provides the basic elements for file sharing. Many systems use it
to exchange files between devices.
bb TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) (RFCs 959, 2228, and 2640):
vv This network transfer protocol can be used to connect to a device and download
code to it.
vv For example, it can be used to transfer a boot code to a workstation without a
5
disk drive or to connect and download updates of network device firmware.
vv Transparent Ready devices implement FTP and TFTP for transferring certain
information to or from devices, in particular for downloads of firmware or user-
defined Web pages.
bb SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) (RFCs 1155, 1156 and 1157):
vv The SNMP standard manages the various network components via a
6
single system.
vv The network management system can exchange data with SNMP agent
devices. This function allows the manager to display the status of the network and
devices, modify their configuration and feed back detected alarms in the event of a
detected fault.
vv Transparent Ready devices are SNMP-compatible and can be integrated
naturally in a network managed via SNMP.
7
bb COM/DCOM (Distributed Component Object Model) (RFCs 1155, 1156 and 1157):
vv COM/DCOM or OLE (Object Linking and Embedding) protocol is the name of
the technology consisting of Windows objects that enable transparent
communication between Microsoft Windows® applications.
vv These technologies are used in the OFS (OLE for Process Control Factory
Server) data server software.
8
.
Modbus standard communication protocol
Modbus™ protocol, the industry communication standard since 1979, has been
combined with Ethernet Modbus/TCP, the medium for the Internet revolution, to form
Modbus/TCP, a completely open Ethernet protocol.
The development of a connection to Modbus/TCP does not require any proprietary
9
component, nor purchase of a license.
This protocol can easily be combined with any product supporting a standard TCP
communication stack. The specifications can be obtained free of charge from the
following website: www.modbus-ida.org.
10

3/9
automation platform
I/O Scanning Service
1
Word table 1
Read Write
2 1 Modicon™ M340™ device with I/O Scanning service
Ethernet Modbus™/TCP
3
Input words
Output words
of devices
4 2 Device with Modbus™ TCP messaging in server mode 2 2 2
I/O Scanning Service is used to manage the exchange of remote I/O states on the
Ethernet network after a simple configuration operation, with no need for special
programming.
I/O scanning is performed transparently by means of read/write requests according
to the Modbus™ client/server protocol on the TCP profile.
5 This principle of scanning via a standard protocol enables a device with the I/O
Scanning service to communicate with any device supporting Modbus TCP
messaging in server mode.
This service can be used to define:
bb A word zone reserved for reading inputs
bb A word zone reserved for writing outputs
bb Refresh periods independent of the PAC scan
6 During operation, the module:
bb Manages TCP connections with each remote device
bb Scans devices and copies the I/O to the configured word zone
bb Feeds back status words used to check that the service is working correctly from
the PAC application
bb Applies pre-configured fallback values if a communication become inoperative
7 A range of hardware and software products is available enabling the I/O Scanning
protocol to be implemented on any type of device that can be connected to the
Ethernet network (please consult the Modbus-IDA website: www.modbus-ida.org.
Specifications
8 bb Each Modicon M340 station can exchange a maximum of 100 words for writing
and 125 words for reading.
bb Maximum size in the Modicon M340 PAC that manages the service (64 stations
max.) with BMXNOE0100/0110 and BMXNOC0401 network modules: 2 Kwords
(input) and 2 Kwords (output).
I/O Scanning service diagnostics
9 I/O Scanning service diagnostics can be performed in one of five ways:

bb Via the application program from a specific PAC data zone
bb From the setup software debug screen
bb From the PAC system diagnostic function displayed by means of an internet
browser on a PC station
bb Using the TCSEAZ01PSFE10 ConneXview diagnostic software
bb Using standard SNMP manager software
10

3/10
automation platform
FDR (Faulty Device Replacement) service

Faulty Device Replacement service uses standard address management
technologies (BOOTP, DHCP) and the TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) file
management service, to simplify the maintenance of Ethernet devices.
1
FDR service is used to replace an inoperative device with a new device that will be
detected, reconfigured and automatically rebooted by the system.
The main steps in replacement are:
a 1 Device using the FDR service becomes inoperative.
2 Another similar device is taken from the maintenance store, preconfigured with
the Device name for the inoperative device, then reinstalled on the network.
Depending on the device, addressing can be performed using rotary selector
2
switches (as for Modicon™ STB distributed I/O a, or Modicon OTB for example)
or can be given using the keypad integrated in the device (as for Altivar™ variable
speed drives for example).
NIM network module for
3 The FDR server detects the new device, allocates it an IP address and transfers
Modicon™ STB I/O the configuration parameters to it.
4 The substituted device checks that these parameters are compatible with its own
specifications and switches to operational mode.
3
The FDR server can be the BMXNOE0100/0110 Ethernet module or the
BMXNOC0401 module.
NTP time synchronization service

Introduction 4
Modicon™ M340™
BMXCPS Processor BMXNOE NTP
power module server
supply
5
Internal
clock NTP request
NTP
client Ethernet network
NTP response
The time synchronization service is based on the NTP (Network Time Protocol) that
is used to synchronize the time of a client or a server on Ethernet from a server or 6
another reference time source (radio, satellite, etc).
Operation
BMXNOE0100/0110, BMXNOC0401 and BMXNOR0200H Ethernet Modbus/TCP
modules have an NTP client component.
These modules connect to an NTP server using a client request (Unicast) to update
their local time. The module clock is updated periodically (1 to 120 s) with typical
7
precision of 5 ms. If the NTP server cannot be reached, the Ethernet TCP/IP module
switches to a standby NTP server.
The PAC processor clock is updated with a precision of 5 ms. A function block is
used to read this clock, thus enabling Unity Pro application events or variables to be
time and date stamped.
8
The Ethernet module is configured by means of a Web page. The time zone can be
configured. A time synchronization service (NTP) diagnostic Web page is also available.
Information on the time synchronization service (NTP) is also available in the

Transparent Ready™ private MIB that can be accessed via the SNMP network
management service.
9
10

3/11
automation platform
Global Data service
1
Distribution group 1
Data exchange 4 KB max.

IP multicast 239.255.255.251
Modicon™ Premium™ PAC
2
Modicon™ Quantum™ PAC
Ethernet Modbus/TCP
3 Modicon™ M340™ PAC
IP multicast 239.255.255.250
Data exchange 4 KB max.
Distribution group 2
4 The Global Data service performs data exchanges in real-time between stations
belonging to the same distribution group. It is used to synchronize remote applications,
or to share a common database between a number of distributed applications.
Exchanges are based on a standard producer/consumer protocol, guaranteeing
optimum performance with a minimum load on the network. This RTPS (Real Time
Publisher Subscriber) protocol is promoted by Modbus-IDA (Interface for Distributed
5 Automation), and is already a standard adopted by several manufacturers.
Specifications
A maximum of 64 stations can participate in Global Data within a single distribution
group. Each station can:
bb Publish one 1024-byte variable. The publication period can be configured from 1
to n processor master task (Mast) periods.
6 bb Subscribe to between 1 and 64 variables. The validity of each variable is controlled
by status bits (Health Status bits) linked to a refresh timeout configurable between
50 ms and 1s. Access to an element of the variable is not possible. The maximum
size of subscribed variables amounts to 4 K contiguous bytes.
To further optimize the performance of the Ethernet network, Global Data can be
configured with the “multicast filtering” option that, together with switches in the
7 ConneXium™ range (see page 3/26), broadcasts data only to Ethernet ports where
there is a Global Data service subscriber station. If these switches are not used,
Global Data is sent in “multicast” mode to each switch port.
Global Data service diagnostics

The diagnostic screens use a color code to show the Global Data status:
bb Configured/not configured/inoperative.
8 bb Published/subscribed.
Global Data service diagnostics can be performed in one of five ways:

bb Via the application program from a specific PAC data zone.
bb From the setup software debug screen.
bb From the PAC system diagnostic function displayed by means of an internet
9
browser on a PC station.
bb Using the TCSEAZ01PSFE10 ConneXview diagnostic software.
bb Using standard SNMP manager software.
10

3/12
automation platform
SNMP network management service
From a network management station, SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) 1
monitors and checks components of the Ethernet architecture and thus helps
ensures quick diagnostics.
It is used to:
bb Interrogate network components such as computer stations, routers, switches,
bridges or terminal devices to view their status.
bb Obtain statistics about the network to which the devices are connected.
This network management software complies with the conventional client/server

2
model. However, to avoid confusion with other communication protocols that use this
terminology, we talk instead about:
bb ConneXview™ network diagnostics software, TCSEAZ01PSFE10. For more
information, please refer to the “Machines and installations, industrial communication
networks” catalog.
bb Network manager for the client application that operates on the computer station.
bb SNMP agent for the network device server application.
3
Transparent Ready™ devices can be managed by any SNMP network manager,
including HP Openview and IBM Netview.
Standard SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is used to access

configuration and management objects contained in the device MIBs (Management
Information Bases). These MIBs comply with specific standards to allow access by
4
any commercially-available manager, but depending on the complexity of products,
manufacturers can add certain objects to private databases.
Automatic recognition of IP devices via the ConneXview™
diagnostic software for Ethernet industrial networks The Transparent Ready private MIB presents management objects specific to the
Schneider Electric offer. These objects simplify the installation, setup and
maintenance of Transparent Ready devices in an open environment using standard
network management tools.
5
Transparent Ready devices support 2 levels of SNMP network management:
bb The Standard MIB II interface: This interface accesses a first level of network
management. It enables the manager to identify the devices making up the
architecture and retrieve general information about the configuration and operation
of Ethernet Modbus/TCP interfaces.
bb The Transparent Ready MIB interface: This interface improves the management
6
of Transparent Ready devices. This MIB has a set of data enabling the network
management system to supervise the Transparent Ready services.
The Transparent Ready MIB can be downloaded from the FTP server of any
Transparent Ready Ethernet module to a PAC.
10

3/13
Standard Web services
Introduction of Web services

Standard Web server functions are integrated in a wide variety of Schneider Electric
1 Ethernet products: Modicon™ automation platform processors and Ethernet
modules, distributed I/O modules, variable speed drives and gateways. These
functions are mainly integrated in BMXP342020/20302 processors, in
BMXNOE0100/ 0110 and BMXNOC0401 Ethernet network modules, in the
BMXNOR0200H RTU module, and the TCSEGDB23F24FA Modbus Plus™ proxy
module on the Modicon M340™ platform.
2 From a simple Internet browser, the standard Web server authorizes the following
“ready-to-use” functions:
bb Remote diagnostics and maintenance of products
bb Display and adjustment of products (read/write variables, status)
With the BMXNOE0110 FactoryCast™ module equipped as standard with the

BMXRWSFC032M card, the Web server also offers the following functions:
3 bb Management of PAC system and application detected alarms with partial or
complete acknowledgement (ready-to-use Alarm Viewer function pages)
bb Hosting and display of Web pages created by the user
The embedded Web server is a real-time data server. Data can be presented in the
form of standard Web pages in HTML format and can therefore be accessed using
any Web browser that supports the embedded Java® code. The standard functions
4 provided by the Web server are supplied “ready-to-use” and do not require
programming of either the PAC or the client PC device supporting a Web browser.
Standard Web server on the Modicon M340 platform

Rack Viewer PAC diagnostics function
The Rack Viewer function can be used for PAC system and I/O diagnostics. It
5 displays the following in real time:
bb Status of LEDs on the PAC front panel
bb PAC type and version
bb Hardware configuration of the PAC including status of the system bits and words
bb Detailed diagnostics of:
vv Each of the I/O module channels or application-specific channels in the
configuration
6
vv Devices connected to the CANopen bus
Modicon M340 hardware configuration Data Editor read/write function for PAC data and variables
The Data Editor function can be used to create tables of animated variables for
7
real-time read/write access to PAC data in the form of lists.
Various animation tables containing specific application variables to be monitored or

modified can be created by the user and saved in the standard Web server module.
In addition to the functions provided by the standard
Web server, the BMXNOE0110 Ethernet module's
FactoryCast Web server offers the following:
b Display of variables: Variables can be entered and
8 displayed either in their symbolic form (S_Pump 234)
or as their address (%MW99).
b Write access to variables: This can be enabled or
disabled for each of the variables using the
FactoryCast module configuration software.
b Read/write function: This can be used on tools
such as a pocket PC or PDA terminal.
9
Data Editor variables table
10

3/14
automation platform
FactoryCast™ Web services
BMXNOE0100 module FactoryCast™ Web server

In addition to the standard services, the embedded Web server in the BMXNOE0110
FactoryCast module offers the functions described below. 1
Alarm Viewer function
The alarm viewer is a ready to use, password-protected function. It is used to
process detected alarms (display, acknowledgement and deletion) managed at PAC
level by the system or using diagnostic function blocks known as DFBs (system-
specific diagnostic function blocks and application-specific diagnostic function
blocks created by the user). 2
These detected alarms are stored in the diagnostic buffer managed by the Modicon™
M340™ platform (dedicated memory space for storing the diagnostic events).
The diagnostic viewer is a Web page is comprised of a list of messages that displays
the following information for each detected alarm:
Alarm display from the diagnostic buffer

bb Dates and times of the occurrence/removal of a detected fault
bb Alarm message 3
bb Alarm status
bb Type of associated diagnostic function block (DFB)
Graphic Data Editor function

This function is used to create the graphic views animated by the PAC variables that
can be accessed via their address or via their symbol (access to located data). The
ready-to-use graphic editor is available in online mode when connected to the
4
BMXNOE0110 module.
These views are created from a library of predefined graphic objects by simple
copy/paste operations. The objects are configured to suit the user's requirements
(color, PAC variables, name, etc).
List of graphic objects available:
bb Analog and digital indicators
5
bb Horizontal and vertical bar charts
bb Boxes for displaying messages and entering values
bb Push button boxes
bb Trend recorders
Library of predefined graphic objects bb Vats, valves, motors
Customized graphic objects can be added to this list and can be reused in user Web
6
pages that have been created using standard software for editing HTML pages. The
views thus created are saved in the BMXNOE0110 module and can be displayed
using any Web browser.
New screen pending
User Web page hosting and display function
The BMXNOE0110 FactoryCast module has a 16 Mbyte non-volatile memory that is 7
accessed in the same way as a hard drive. This allows hosting of Web pages and
any user-defined Microsoft Word or Adobe Acrobat Reader document (for example,
maintenance manuals, wiring diagrams).
Web pages can be created using any standard tool for creation and editing in HTML
format. They can be enhanced by inserting animated graphic objects linked to PAC
variables. These animated objects are created using the Graphic Data Editor. They
are then downloaded to the BMXNOE0110 module via the FactoryCast Web server
8
configuration software.
These user Web pages can be used, for example, to:

Real-time supervision graphic interface bb Display and modify PAC variables in real time
bb Create hyperlinks to other external Web servers (documentation, suppliers)
This function is particularly suitable for creating graphic interfaces used for the
9
following purposes:
bb Real-time display and supervision
bb Production monitoring
bb Diagnostics and help with maintenance
bb Operator guides
10

3/15
automation platform
Web Designer configuration software
Web Designer configuration software

Web Designer configuration software is supplied on CD-ROM with the
1 BMXNOE0110, BMXNOC0401 Ethernet network modules and the
BMXNOR0200H RTU module.
Web Designer The software is used for the configuration and administration of the Web server
embedded in the modules. It makes it easier to create customized Web human/
machine interfaces (HMIs). It is also used for easy configuration of embedded
advanced processing functions for numerous Web server modules and RTU modules:
2 bb FactoryCast™ Web server modules for Modicon™ M340™, Quantum™ and
Premium™ PACs
bb FactoryCast HMI Web server modules for Modicon Premium and Quantum PACs
bb ETG 1000/3000 FactoryCast Gateways for remote access
bb RTU module for Modicon M340
Web Designer software is compatible with the Windows 2000 SP2, Windows XP
Professional and Windows Vista® Professional 32-bit operating systems.
3 For optimum use, it requires Java Virtual Machine 1.4.2 minimum.
Web Designer software offers the following functions:

bb Configuring the Web Designer function parameters:
vv Definition of access security, passwords
vv Importing of PAC symbol databases
vv Definition of access to write-enabled variables
4 bb Management of the Web site:
vv Management of default site Web pages
vv Management of user site Web pages
vv Graphic Data Editor for animating Web pages (BMXNOE0110 module only).
This integrated editor can be used for easy customization of graphic objects: bar
charts, gauges, LEDs, curves, cursors, operator input fields, alphanumeric display
fields, buttons, etc.
5 vv Downloading of Web pages between the PC and the module
vv Debugging of Web pages in online mode or in simulation mode (including
animations and Java beans)
bb Simulation mode:
vv The application and the Web site (including the Java animations) can be set up
Graphic Data Editor
in online mode or in simulation mode.
vv Simulation mode is used to test the operation of the Web application without a
6 module (with no physical connection to a PAC) – simplifying debugging.
bb Creation of user Web pages:
vv User Web pages are created graphically using an external HTML editor
(FrontPage or similar, not supplied).
vv User Web pages created with the graphic editor are actual animated
supervisory control screens and can be used to monitor the process. Based on
Web technologies (HTML and Java), they provide real-time access to PAC
7 variables using the FactoryCast library of graphic objects (Java beans)
(BMXNOC0401 module only) (1).
bb Data Logging (for BMXNOR0200H module only):
vv This service is used to archive the application data: events, detected alarms,
process data, device states, process values, etc.
vv Data is logged in CSV files in ASCII format that are stored locally on the SD
memory card in the BMXNOR0200H module.
8 bb Sending detected alarm notifications or reports via Email or SMS

BMXNOR0200H module only):
vv The BMXNOR0200H module can send e-mails or SMS messages
automatically in real-time to send detected alarm notifications, maintenance calls,
Configuring the Data Logging function for production reports or factory status updates, etc to specified users.
BMXNOR0200H module vv E-mails or SMS messages are sent when a predefined application or process is
triggered.
9
(1) Web Designer includes a plug-in for FrontPage 2000. This plug-in makes it easier to set up
animations for real-time access to the PAC variables in HTML pages created by the user.
They are created in the HTML editor by simply inserting customized graphic objects.
10

3/16
automation platform
SOAP/XML Web services
SOAP/XML Web services

BMXNOE0110, BMXNOC0401 Ethernet network modules and BMXNOR0200H
RTU modules incorporate a standard SOAP/XML data server that provides direct
interoperability between control system devices and computer management
1
applications (MES, ERP, SAP, pNet application, etc).
SOAP/XML Web services embedded in the PAC

These Web services conform to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) Web service
standards. They offer standard open communication resources allowing the control
peripherals to interact directly with computer management applications using a 2
non-proprietary SOAP protocol.
SOAP/XML Web services are based on the following standards:

bb SOAP (Simple Object Access Protocol), the exchange protocol executed via the
HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol) channel
3
bb WSDL (Web Services Description Language), in XML format
bb XML (eXtensible Markup Language), the universal standard for data exchange
Development tool ModbusXMLDa Web services: SOAP server interface

The implementation of ModbusXMLDa (Modbus XML Data access) services in
control system device Web servers means IT engineers can easily create their own
SOAP
server application to access the desired information directly in the PAC, in real time.
WSDL
1, 2
Applications such as Microsoft.NET, SQL Server®, Microsoft Office (Excel®), IBM® 4
(WebSphere®), SUN® (Java®, Eclipse™), Lotus®, Oracle®, SAP®, MES, and ERP can
Visual Studio pNET
interact directly with the PAC module Web server.
Exchanges are initiated by the SOAP client application (the server responds to these
3 requests). Data exchanges are made in XML standard format in response to a request
SOAP
5
request using the SOAP protocol.
FactoryCast™
module
bb Step 1: Creation of the client application and the learning of the Web services.
BMXNOE0110 The development environment (for example, Visual Studio® pNET) looks in the
FactoryCast server for the list of available services and their WSDL standard
pNET Java
interfaces provided by the module.
bb Step 2: Development of the client application. The developer integrates the
Web service functions using the code retrieved at step 1 of the learning process.
bb Step 3: Execution of the client application. The client application 6
communicates in real time with the FactoryCast Web server module using the
SOAP protocol.
10

3/17
references Processors with integrated Ethernet Modbus™/
TCP port
Introduction
BMXP342020 and BMXP3420302 standard format Modicon™ M340™ processors
1 (with integrated Ethernet port) occupy a single slot marked “00” in the rack on the
Modicon M340 platform.
1
Description
The front panel of BMXP342020/20302 Modicon M340 processors features:
2 2
1 Screw for locking the module in a slot in the rack.
2 Display block with 8 LEDs, including 3 relating to the Ethernet port:
vv ETH ACT LED (green): Activity on the Ethernet network
3 vv ETH STS LED (green): Ethernet network status
4 Depending on processor version:
5 vv Version 1: ETH 100 LED (green): data rate on the Ethernet network (10 or
100 Mbps)
3 6
vv Version 2 and later: ETH LNK LED (green): Ethernet link status
7 3 Mini B USB connector for a programming terminal (or Magelis™ XBTGT/GK/

GTW HMI terminal).
4 Slot equipped with its Flash memory card for saving the application and
activating the standard Web server (Transparent Ready™ class B10).
5 RJ45 connector for the connection to the Ethernet network.
4 Depending on model:
6 BMXP342020 processor: An RJ45 connector for the Modbus™ serial link or
Character mode link (RS 232C/RS 485, 2-wire, non-isolated)
7 BMXP3420302 processor: A 9-way SUB-D connector for the master CANopen
machine and installation bus.
5 On the rear panel: 2 rotary switches for selecting the IP address using one of
3 assignment methods:
vv Address set by the position of the two switches
vv Address set by the application parameters
vv Address set by the Ethernet network BOOTP server
6 References
Description I/O capacity Other integrated Reference Weight
Memory capacity communication ports kg
Processors with 1024 discrete I/O Modbus serial link BMXP342020 0.205
integrated Ethernet 256 analog I/O or Character mode
Modbus/TCP link 36 app-specific
channels 4096 KB CANopen bus BMXP3420302 0.215
7
Transparent Ready
class B10 integrated
BMXP342020 BMXP3420302
10

3/18
references Ethernet Modbus™/TCP network modules
Introduction
BMXNOE0100 and BMXNOE0110 standard format modules occupy a single slot in
the rack on the Modicon™ M340™ platform equipped with a Standard or Performance
processor.
1
Description
1 The front panel of BMXNOE0100 and BMXNOE0110 modules features:
2
2 Display block with 6 LEDs, including 3 relating to the Ethernet port:
2
vv ETH ACT LED (green): Activity on the Ethernet network
vv ETH STS LED (green): Ethernet network status
3 Depending on processor version:
vv Version 1: ETH 100 LED (green): data rate on the Ethernet network (10 or 100
4 Mbps)
vv Version 2 and later: ETH LNK LED (green): Ethernet link status
3
3 Slot equipped with its Flash memory card for saving the application and
5 activating the Web server (Transparent Ready™ class B30 or C30 depending on
the model).
4 RJ45 connector for connection to the Ethernet network.
5 Pencil-point RESET push button for a cold restart of the module.
On the rear panel: 2 rotary switches for assigning the IP address in one of three 4
ways:
vv Address set by the position of the two switches
vv Address set by the application parameters
vv Address set by the Ethernet network BOOTP server
References
5
Description Data rate Transparent Ready Reference Weight
Class kg
Ethernet Modbus/ 10/100 Mbps B30 BMXNOE0100 0.200
TCP network
modules C30 BMXNOE0110(1) 0.200
6
Spare parts
Description Size Supplied Reference Weight
as standard with kg
Flash memory 8 MB BMXNOE0100 BMXRWSB000M 0.002
BMXNOE0100/0110
cards
32 MB BMXNOE0110 BMXRWSFC032M 0.002
(1) The Web Designer software is supplied on CD-ROM with the BMXNOE0110 module.
7
This software is used for the configuration and administration of the Web server embedded in
the module, see page 3/16.
10

3/19
functions, automation platform
description Modbus™/TCP and Ethernet/IP network module
Introduction
The BMXNOC0401 network module acts as an interface between the M340 PAC
1 and other Ethernet network devices via the Modbus™/TCP and Ethernet/IP
communication protocols.
The standard format BMXNOC0401 network module occupies a single slot in the
rack of the Modicon™ M340™ platform. The BMXNOC0401 will function correctly with
either the Standard BMXP341000 or Performance BMXP342 processor.
2 Functions
The BMXNOC0401 module includes the following functions:
bb Modbus/TCP and Ethernet/IP protocols operating simultaneously.
bb Ring topologies on 2 Ethernet ports using RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol).
bb Priority of Ethernet packets using QoS (Quality of Service) service.
bb Automatic module configuration recovery using FDR (Faulty Device Replacement)
3 service.
bb Support for SCADA functions via the OPC protocol.
bb Embedded Web server for application monitoring and module diagnostics.
bb Sharing data between PACs.
bb Network management using SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).
4 Description
The front panel of the BMXNOC0401 module features:
1 2 Display block with 5 LEDs:
vv RUN LED (green): Operating status
2 vv ERR LED (red): Error detected
5 3
vv MS LED (green/red): Module status
vv NS LED (green/red): Network connection status
vv ETH STS LED (amber): Ethernet link status
3 Four RJ45 connectors for connection to the Ethernet network. The two bottom
connectors 3b support ring topologies (RSTP protocol).
3b Each RJ45 connector has two associated LEDs:

6 vv LNK LED (yellow): Ethernet link established
vv ACT LED (green): Transmission/reception activity
On the rear panel, 2 rotary switches for selecting the IP address module using one
of 4 assignment methods:
vv IP address defined by the Ethernet network BootP server
vv IP address configured by the application parameters
7 vv Default IP address
vv IP address defined by the position of the 2 rotary switches
10

3/20
automation platform
Modbus™/TCP and Ethernet/IP network module
References
Description Data rate Transparent Reference Weight
Ethernet/IP, 10/100 Mbps

Ready™ Class
B30 BMXNOC0401(1)
kg
0.345
1
Modbus™/TCP
network module
(1) The “Unity™ Pro configuration tool” software is supplied on CD-ROM with the module. This
software is used to update the Unity Pro hardware catalog (addition of the new module DTMs).
2
BMXNOC0401
10

3/21
automation platform
RTU communication systems
Introduction
RTU communication systems are designed to meet the needs of the water/waste
1 water industry, the oil and gas sector and other infrastructures, where remote
monitoring and telecontrol are required to manage sites and substations spread over
a wide geographical area.
RTU protocols and Telemetry systems provide communications suitable for the process
values, maintenance and remote monitoring needs of infrastructures disseminated
over a vast geographical area that may be difficult to access.
2 An RTU system consists of the following elements:
bb A Telemetry Supervisor (SCADA) in a central control room
bb A network infrastructure and a variety of suitable communication methods
(LAN, WAN, modems, etc)
bb A large number of RTU substations geographically distributed throughout the field
3 SCADA master station
TCP/IP, LAN/WAN, XdSL or Serial networks

PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) or GPRS/3G modem connections
4 Radio modem connections
Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2
RTU RTU
RTU RTU
Radio network 1
5 Radio network 2
RTU
RTU RTU RTU RTU
Example of an RTU system architecture

6 Main functions
Main RTU system functions include:
bb Remote communications:
vv Between remote RTU sites (coordination, synchronization)
vv With the SCADA host system, controlling the central operator station
(monitoring, detected alarm reports) and centralized databases (archiving of
7 detected alarms or events)
vv With the on-call staff (detected alarm indication)
vv With the technical station (diagnostics, maintenance)
bb Data acquisition, processing and memorization:
vv Process data sampling using standard or dedicated sensors, validation
vv Exchange of data with other devices within the station, including controllers and
operator consoles
8 vv Use of digital or analog I/O, serial links, fieldbuses and LANs
vv Event detection, time and date stamping, prioritization and logging as required
by the application
bb Other functions:
vv IEC 1131-3 programmable control: forcing, access control, load sharing,
servo control
vv Data logging
9 vv Detected alarm and report notification by e-mail/SMS
vv Web HMI: displaying the process, detected alarm handling, trend analysis,
telecontrol
10

3/22
Introduction (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
RTU communication protocols
Introduction (continued)
Currently, people working in the industrial Telemetry sectors use standard protocols
for communication between control centers (SCADA) and RTU stations. 1
The following protocols are commonly used:
bb IEC 60870-5: IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission), in particular IEC
60870-5-101/104 (commonly known as IEC 101 or 104)
bb DNP3: Distributed Network Protocol version 3
DNP3 is the predominant protocol in North America, Australia and South Africa
whereas, in certain European countries, the IEC protocol is required by the legislation.
2
IEC is also commonly used in the Middle East.
The geographical distribution of these protocols is as follows:

bb DNP3: North America, Australia, New Zealand, UK, etc, Asia, South America
bb IEC 60870-5: Europe, Middle East, etc, Asia, South America
These protocols offer similar functions.

3
They are both particularly suited to “transient communications” (modem, radio) and
data exchanges with limited bandwidth for the following reasons:
bb They transfer data between the SCADA system and the RTU devices
bb They are essentially “event-triggered” protocols (exchanges on changes of state,
exchanges of time and date stamped events).
They offer the following transmission modes:

4
bb Interrogation via polling
bb Data exchanges on changes of state (RBE: Report By Exception)
bb Unsolicited messaging (a slave station can start an exchange of data with the
master station).
Both protocols offer native data management and time and date stamped events:
bb Time synchronization between the master station and auxiliary stations via 5
protocol functions
bb Time and date stamping of data and events
bb Automatic transfer of time and date stamped events between the RTU stations
and SCADA (control room).
10

3/23
Introduction (continued), Modicon™ M340™
functions, automation platform
description RTU communication module
Le Introduction (continued)
The BMXNOR0200H communication module integrates RTU (Remote Terminal
1 Unit) functions and protocols into the Modicon™ M340™ platform – for industrial
Telemetry applications and other widely distributed infrastructures.
The BMXNOR0200H module can be used to connect an RTU M340 PAC directly to
a Telemetry supervisor or to other RTU stations, via the standard DPN3 protocols
(subset level 3) or IEC 60870-5-101/104 with different connection methods: Ethernet
TCP/IP, LAN, WAN, serial link or modem connections (radio, PSTN, GSM, GPRS/3G,
2 ADSL).
The BMXNOR0200H module is designed to operate in a harsh environment

(conformal coating), in an extended temperature range (-25 to +70°C).
Functions
3 The BMXNOR0200H module offers the following functions:

bb Upstream RTU communication to the SCADA (server or slave mode)
bb Downstream RTU communication to field devices (master mode)
bb RTU protocols: Time synchronization, exchanges of time and date stamped data
via polling (on change of state and unsolicited), management of time and date
stamped events
bb Application Data Logging with time and date stamping in the module Flash
4 memory card
bb Event notifications via e-mail or SMS
bb Embedded Web server for configuring the RTU protocol parameters, diagnostics
and monitoring
bb Communications on Ethernet port:
vv 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX physical interface
vv Modbus/TCP protocol (client and server)
5
vv Integrated RTU protocols for Ethernet communications: DNP3 IP (client or server)
and IEC 60870-5-104 (over IP) (client or server)
vv Connection of ADSL external modem on the Ethernet port, via the PPPoE
(Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet) protocol
vv Advanced Ethernet functions: NTP client, FTP client or server, HTTP server,
SOAP/XML server, SNMP agent, SMTP agent
bb Communications on serial port:
6
vv Non-isolated RS232/RS485 point-to-point serial links
vv Integrated RTU protocols for serial and modem communications: IEC 60870-5-
101 (master or slave) and DNP3 serial (master or slave)
vv Connection of external modems (radio, PSTN, GSM, GPRS/3G) via the PPP
(Point-to-Point Protocol) protocol
Description
7 The BMXNOR0200H module can be installed in either a standard or “ruggedized”
configuration, equipped with a standard BMXP34ppppp or “ruggedized”
1 BMXP34pppppH processor.
2 The front panel of the BMXNOR0200H module features:

2 Display block with 8 LEDs, 4 relating to the serial and Ethernet
8 3
4
communication ports.
3 Dlot for a Flash memory card (SD card), with protective cover.
4 RJ45 connector for the connection to the Ethernet network.
5 RJ45 connector for connection of the serial link or an external modem.
5 On the rear panel: 2 rotary switches for selecting the IP address assignment
method for the module.
9
10

3/24
automation platform
RTU communication module
References
Description Communication Protocol Reference Weight
RTU
port
Ethernet bb Modbus™/TCP (client or BMXNOR0200H
kg
0.205
1
communi- 10BASE- server), Transparent Ready (2)
cation module 100BASE-TX class C30
(1) bb DNP3 IP (client or server)
bb IEC 60870-5-104 (over IP)
(client or server)
Serial, External bb Non-isolated RS232/

2
modems RS485 point-to-point serial
links
bb DNP3 serial (master or
slave)
BMXNOR0200H bb IEC 60870-5-101 (master
or slave)
3
Spare parts
Description Usage Supplied with module Reference Weight
kg
128 MB Flash Web pages, BMXNOR0200H BMXRWS128MWF 0.002
memory card
supplied as
standard with
Storage of
data logging
files (CSV)
4
the module
(1) See ruggedized module specifications, pages 6/2 and 6/8.

(2) The Web Designer software is supplied on CD-ROM with the module. This software can be
used to configure and download the embedded website and to configure advanced services: 5
data logging, sending detected alarm notifications via SMS or e-mail, see page 3/16.
10

3/25
automation platform
Cabling systems for Ethernet networks
ConneXium™ hub and transceiver
Type of device Hub
2 Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE-T ports

Shielded connectors RJ45
Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E
Maximum length of 100 m
pair
3 Fiber optic ports Number and type

Connectors
–
–
Medium –
Length of optical fiber 50/125 µm –
62.2/125 µm –
Optical fiber 50/125 µm fiber –
attenuation analysis 62.2/125 µm fiber –
4
Topology Number of hubs Cascaded 4 max.
In a ring –
Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies
5 Power supply Voltage

Consumption
24 V c (18 to 32), safety extra low voltage (SELV)
80 mA (130 max. at 24 V c)
Removable terminal block 5-way
Operating temperature 0 to + 60°C

Relative humidity 10 to 95% non condensing
6 Degree of protection IP 30
Dimensions WxHxD 40 x 125 x 80 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide
Weight 0.530 kg
7 Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142, UL 1604 and CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2,
e, GL, C-Tick
FM 3810, FM 3611 class 1 division 2
LED indicators Power supply, activity, link
8 Alarm relay Power supply detected fault, Ethernet network detected fault or communication port detected
fault (volt-free contact 1 A max. at 24 V c)
Reference 499NEH10410
Pages 3/42
10
3/26
Transceiver
1 x 100BASE-TX port
2
RJ45
Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E
100 m
1 x 100BASE-FX port
SC 3
Multimode optical fiber
3000 m (1)
3000 m (1)
8 dB
11 dB
4
–
–
P1 and P2 redundant power supplies

160 mA (190 max. at 24 V c)
5
5-way
0 to + 60°C
10 to 95% non condensing
IP 20 6
47 x 135 x 111 mm
On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide
0.230 kg
cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142, UL 1604 and CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2, e, GL, C-Tick 7
P1 and P2 power supplies, Ethernet link/port status
Power supply detected fault, Ethernet network detected fault or communication port detected fault (volt-free contact 1 A max. at 24 V c)
8
499NTR10100
3/42
(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fiber (typical value: 2000 m)
10
3/27
automation platform
ConneXium™ unmanaged switches
Type of device Unmanaged switches, copper twisted pair
2
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports 8 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports
Shielded connectors M12 (type D) RJ45
3 Maximum length of
pair
100 m
Fiber optic ports Number and type – –

Connectors – –
Medium – –
Length of optical fiber 50/125 µm – –
4 Optical fiber
62.2/125 µm
50/125 µm fiber
–
–
–
–
attenuation analysis
62.2/125 µm fiber – –
Ethernet services Storage and re-routing of received data, –
auto MDI/MDX, automatic negotiation of
10/100 Mbps and duplex mode
5 (on each port)
Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring –
Redundancy – P1 and P2 redundant power supplies
6 Power supply Voltage

Consumption
100 mA max. 125 mA (290 mA max.)
Removable terminal block 5-way, M12 (type A, male) 5-way

Relative humidity – 10 to 95% non condensing
7 Degree of protection IP 67 IP 20
Dimensions WxHxD 60 x 126 x 31 mm 47 x 135 x 111 mm

Mounting – On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide
Weight 0.210 kg 0.230 kg
8 Conformity to standards cUL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142 cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142,
UL 1604 and CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1
division 2, e, GL, C-Tick
LED indicators Power supply, link status, data rate P1 and P2 power supplies, Ethernet link/port
status
9 Alarm relay – Power supply detected fault, Ethernet

network detected fault or communication
port detected fault (volt-free contact
1 A max. at 24 V c)
Reference TCSESU051F0 499NES18100

10 Pages 3/43
3/28
Unmanaged switches, copper Unmanaged switches, 4 and 5 ports, copper twisted pair and fiber optic
twisted pair (continued)
2
8 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports 3 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports 4 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports 5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports
RJ45 RJ45
Shielded twisted pair, category Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E
3
CAT 5E
100 m 100 m
– – 1 x 100BASE-FX port –
– – Duplex SC –
– – Multimode optical fiber –
– – 5000 m (1) –
–
–
–
–
4000 m (1)
8 dB
–
–
4
– – 11 dB
Storage and re-routing of received Storage and re-routing of received data, auto MDI/MDX,
data, auto MDI/MDX, automatic automatic negotiation of 10/100 Mbps and duplex mode (on each port)
negotiation of 10/100 Mbps and
duplex mode (on each port),
automatic change of polarity 5
Unlimited Unlimited
– –
– –
24 V c (9.6 to 32) SELV

4.1 W max.
24 V c (9.6 to 32 V) safety extra low voltage (SELV)
2.2 W max. 3.9 W max. 2.2 W max.
6
3-way 3-way removable screw terminal block
0 to + 60°C 0 to + 60°C
95% max. without condensation 95% max. without condensation
IP 30 IP 30 7
35 x 138 x 121 mm 25 x 114 x 79 mm
On symmetrical DIN rail, On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide
35 mm wide
0.246 kg 0.113 kg 0.120 kg 0.113 kg
UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No.142 UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142 8
IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC 60825-1 class 1, CISPR 11A
IEC 60825-1 class 1, CISPR 11A
Power supply, copper port activity, Power supply, copper port activity, 10 or 100 Mbps data rate
10 or 100 Mbps data rate
9
– Fiber port activity and status –
– –
TCSESU083FN0 TCSESU033FN0 TCSESU043F1N0 TCSESU053FN0

3/43 3/44
10
3/29
automation platform
ConneXium™ managed and unmanaged switches
Type of device Unmanaged switches, 5 ports, copper twisted pair and fiber optic
2
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE-T/ 3 x 10BASE-T/ 4 x 10BASE-T/ 3 x 10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports
3
pair
Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports
Connectors SC
Medium Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber
Length of optical 50/125 µm 5000 m (1) –
fiber 62.2/125 µm 4000 m (1) –
9/125 µm fiber – 32,500 m (2)
4 Optical fiber 50/125 µm fiber
attenuation analysis 62.2/125 µm fiber
8 dB
11 dB
–
–
9/125 µm fiber – 16 dB
Ethernet services –

5 Redundant in a ring –
Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies
Power supply Voltage 24 V c (18 to 32 V) safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Consumption 200 mA max. 240 mA max. 200 mA max. 240 mA max.
6 Removable terminal block 5-way
Operating temperature - 40 to + 70°C

Relative humidity 10 to 95% non condensing
Degree of protection IP 20
Dimensions WxHxD 47 x 135 x 111 mm

7 Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide
Weight 0.330 kg 0.335 kg 0.330 kg 0.335 kg
Conformity to standards cUL 60950, cUL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142, UL 1604 and CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2,
e, GL, C-Tick
8 LED indicators P1 and P2 power supplies, Ethernet link status, transmission activity
Alarm relay Activity, power supply detected fault, Ethernet network detected fault or communication port
detected fault (volt-free contact 1 A max. at 24 V c)
Reference 499NMS25101 499NMS25102 499NSS25101 499NSS25102
9 Pages 3/44
(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fiber
(typical value: 2000 m)
(typical value: 15,000 m)
10
3/30
Managed switches, 4 ports, copper twisted pair and fiber optic
2
3x 2x 3x 2x
10/100BASE-TX ports 10/100BASE-TX ports 10/100BASE-TX ports 10/100BASE-TX ports
RJ45
100 m
1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 3

Duplex SC
Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber
5000 m (1) –
4000 m (1) –
– 32,500 m (2)
8 dB
11 dB
–
–
4
– 16 dB
FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol, configuration via Web access
VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream control, secure port
Unlimited
50 max. 5
Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling
9.6 to 60 V c/18 to 30 V a safety extra low voltage (SELV)

6.5 W 7.3 W 6.5 W 7.3 W
6-way
6
0 to + 60°C
10 to 90% non-condensing
IP 20
47 x 131 x 111 mm
On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide 7
0.400 kg
IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 class 1 division 2, CSA 22.2 No. 142 (cUL), CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2 (cUL), e, GL, C-Tick
Power supply status, alarm relay status, active redundancy, redundancy management, copper port status and copper port activity
8
Power supply detected fault, Ethernet network detected fault, communication port detected fault, redundancy detected fault (volt-free contact 1 A max. at 24 V c)
TCSESM043F1CU0 TCSESM043F2CU0 TCSESM043F1CS0 TCSESM043F2CS0
3/45
9
(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fiber (typical value: 15,000 m)
10
3/31
automation platform
ConneXium™ managed switches
Type of device Managed switches, 4 and 8 ports, copper twisted pair
2 Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 3 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

pair
3 Fiber optic ports Number and type

Connectors
–
–
–
–
Medium – –
Length of optical fiber 50/125 µm – –
62.2/125 µm – –
9/125 µm fiber – –
4
Attenuation analysis 50/125 µm fiber – –
62.2/125 µm fiber – –
9/125 µm fiber – –
Ethernet services FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol,
configuration via Web access,VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol),
priority port, data stream control, secure port

5 Redundant in a ring 50 max.
Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling
Power supply Voltage 9.6 to 60 V c/18 to 30 V a safety extra low voltage (SELV)
Consumption 5.3 W
6 Removable terminal block, 6-way

Relative humidity 10 to 90% non-condensing
7
Dimensions WxHxD 47 x 131 x 111 mm 74 x 131 x 111 mm
Conformity to standards IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 class 1 division 2, CSA 22.2 No. 214 (cUL),
CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2 (cUL), e, GL, C-Tick
8 LED indicators Power supply status, alarm relay status,

active redundancy, redundancy management,
Power supply status, alarm relay status,
active redundancy, redundancy management,
copper port status and copper port activity fiber port status and fiber port activity
Alarm relay Power supply detected fault, Ethernet network detected fault or communication port detected
9 TCSESM043F23F0 TCSESM083F23F0
Reference
Pages 3/45
10
3/32
Managed switches, 8 ports, copper twisted pair and fiber optic
7x 6x 7x 6x 2
10/100BASE-TX ports 10/100BASE-TX ports 10/100BASE-TX ports 10/100BASE-T ports
RJ45
100 m
1 x 100BASE-FX port
Duplex SC
2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports
3
5000 m (1) –
4000 m (1) –
– 32,500 m (2)
4
8 dB –
11 dB –
– 16 dB
Unlimited
50 max. 5
9.6 to 60 V c/18 to 30 V a, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

6.5 W 7.3 W 6.5 W 7.3 W
6-way
6
0 to + 60°C
IP 20
7
75 x 131 x 111 mm
0.410 kg
IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 class 1 division 2, CSA 22.2 No. 214 (cUL), CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2 (cUL), e, GL, C-Tick
Power supply status, alarm relay status, active redundancy, redundancy management, fiber port status and fiber port activity
8
TCSESM083F1CU0 TCSESM083F2CU0 TCSESM083F1CS0 TCSESM083F2CS0

9
3/46
(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fiber (typical value: 15,000 m)
10
3/33
automation platform
Type of device Managed switches, 8 extended ports, copper twisted pair and fiber optic
2 Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 6 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 6 10/100BASE-T ports
pair
Fiber optic ports Number and type – 2 x 100BASE-FX ports
3 Connectors
Medium
–
–
Duplex SC
Length of optical fiber 50/125 µm – 5000 m (1) –
62.2/125 µm – 4000 m (1) –
9/125 µm fiber – – 32,500 m (2)
Attenuation analysis 50/125 µm fiber – 8 dB –
4 62.2/125 µm fiber
9/125 µm fiber
–
–
11 dB
–
–
16 dB
5 Redundant in a ring 50 max.
Redundancy Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling,

rings supporting MRP, Fast Hiper Ring and RSTP
Power supply Voltage 18 to 60 V c

Consumption 10 W 12 W
6 Removable terminal block 2 terminal blocks, 2-way

7 Dimensions
Mounting
WxHxD 120 x 137 x 115 mm
Weight 1 kg
Conformity to standards IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 class 1 division 2, CSA 22.2 No. 214 (cUL),
CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2 (cUL), e, GL, C-Tick, LR, BV
8 LED indicators Power supply status, alarm relay status, active redundancy, redundancy management,
copper port status and copper port activity
fault (volt-free contact 1 A max. at 24 V c, 2-way)
Reference TCSESM083F23F1 TCSESM063F2CU1 TCSESM063F2CS1

9 Pages 3/46
1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fiber
(typical value: 2000 m)
(typical value: 15,000 m)
10
3/34
Managed switches, 16 and 24 ports, copper twisted pair and fiber optic
16 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 14 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 22 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 2

RJ45
100 m
– 2 x 100BASE-FX ports
–
–
Duplex SC
Multimode optical fiber
3
– 5000 m (1)
– 4000 m (1)
– – –
– 8 dB
–
–
11 dB
– –
4
Unlimited
50 max.
5

9.4 W 11.8 W 15.5 W
6-way
6
0 to + 60°C
IP 20
111 x 131 x 111 mm

7
0.600 kg 0.650 kg
cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142, UL 1604 and CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2
Redundant power supplies, single ring Redundant power supplies, single ring, double ring 8
TCSESM163F23F0 TCSESM163F2CU0 TCSESM243F2CU0

3/47
9
10
3/35
automation platform
Type of device Managed switches, 8 ports and 2 Gigabit ports, copper twisted pair and fiber optic
2 Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

pair
3 Fiber optic
Gigabit ports
(with SFP fiber optic
Number and type
Connectors
2 x 1000BASE-SX ports (1)
LC
2 x 1000BASE-LH ports (2) 2 x 1000BASE-LX ports (3)
module to be mounted Medium Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber Single mode and multimode
on SFP connector) optical fiber
Length of optical fiber 50/125 µm 550 m – 550 m
62.2/125 µm 275 m – 550 m
9/125 µm fiber – 8 - 72,000 m 20,000 m
4 Attenuation analysis 50/125 µm fiber
62.2/125 µm fiber
7.5 dB
7.5 dB
–
–
11 dB
11 dB
9/125 µm fiber – 6 - 22 dB 11 dB
5 Topology Number of switches Cascaded

Redundant in a ring
Unlimited
50 max.
Redundancy Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling
Power supply Voltage 9.6 to 60 V c/18 to 30 V a safety extra low voltage (SELV)
6 Consumption
Removable terminal block
8.9 W + 1 W per SFP fiber optic module
6-way

7 Dimensions WxHxD 111 x 131 x 111 mm
Weight 0.410 kg
Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142, UL 1604 and CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2,
8 e, GL
LED indicators Power supply status, alarm relay status, active redundancy, redundancy management,
fiber port status and fiber port activity
9 Reference TCSESM103F2LG0
Pages 3/47
(1) With TCSEAAF1LFU00 fiber optic module to be ordered separately (see page 3/41)
(2) With TCSEAAF1LFH00 fiber optic module to be ordered separately (see page 3/41)
(3) With TCSEAAF1LFS00 fiber optic module to be ordered separately (see page 3/41)
10
3/36
Managed switches, 8 ports and 2 Gigabit ports, copper twisted pair and fiber optic
8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports and

2 x 10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) ports
2
RJ45
100 m
–
LC 3
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
–
FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol, configuration via Web access,VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid
Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream control, secure port
Unlimited
50 max.
5

8.3 W
6-way
6
0 to + 60°C
IP 20
111 x 131 x 111 mm

7
0.410 kg
cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142, UL 1604 and CSA 22.2 No. 213 class 1 division 2, e, GL
8
Power supply status, alarm relay status, active redundancy, redundancy management, fiber port status and fiber port activity
TCSESM103F23G0 9
3/47
10
3/37
Cabling systems Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Infrastructure
Introduction
Schneider Electric offers copper and fiber optic cables for connecting IP 20 and IP 67
1 Ethernet devices.
Examples
Mixed IP 20 and IP 67 wiring (copper)
2
2, 4
1, 3
1, 3
8
2, 4 8
4 2, 4
1, 3
1, 3
5
1, 3 1, 3
6 Key:
1, 3: Straight-through copper cables
2, 4: Crossover copper cables
8: Cables with IP 67 connector (see pages 3/40 and 3/41)
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/38
Cabling systems (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Infrastructure
Examples (continued)
Mixed copper and fiber optic wiring
1
Internet
MES Client
Server Firewall
2
1, 3
1, 3 1, 3
Copper link Router
3
5, 6, 7
Fiber optic link
Copper link
2, 4 2, 4
2, 4
4
Magelis™ XBT HMI
1, 3 1, 3
2, 4 2, 4
1, 3 1, 3 1, 3
1, 3
5
2, 4 2, 4
Preventa™ safety PLC

2, 4 Altivar™ 71 Twido™ PLC Advantys™ STB
drive
1, 3
1, 3
1, 3
6
2, 4 2, 4 1, 3
Advantys™ STB
Modicon™ Quantum™ Magelis™ XBT HMI 1, 3 1, 3 8
PAC
Altivar™ 71
drive
7
1, 3
Modicon™ M340™ PAC Ositrack™

FactoryCast™
gateway
8
Modbus™
Managed Hub or
switch unmanaged switch
Key:
1, 3: Straight-through copper cables
9
2, 4: Crossover copper cables
5, 6, 7: Fiber optic cables
8: Cables with IP 67 connector (see pages 3/40 and 3/41)
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/39
automation platform
ConneXium™ connection components
Shielded copper connection cables

ConneXium™ shielded connection cables are available in two versions to meet
1 current standards and approvals:
bb EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables for e market
These cables conform to:
vv EIA/TIA-568 standard, category CAT 5E
vv IEC 11801/EN 50173-1 standard, class D
Their fire resistance conforms to:
vv NF C32-070 standard, class C2
2 vv IEC 322/1 standards
vv Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH)
bb EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables for UL market
These cables are:
vv CEC type FT-1
vv NEC type CM
3 EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables for e market

Description Preformed with Marked Length Reference Weight
connectors at kg
both ends
Straight-through 2 RJ45 connectors 1 2m 490NTW00002 –
copper cables For connection to 5m 490NTW00005 –
terminal devices (DTE)
4 12 m
40 m
490NTW00012
490NTW00040
–
–
490 NTp 000 pp 80 m 490NTW00080
–
Crossover 2 RJ45 connectors 2 5m 490NTC00005 –
copper cables For connections 15 m 490NTC00015 –
between hubs,
switches and 40 m 490NTC00040 –
5 transceivers 80 m 490NTC00080 –
Shielded twisted pair cables for UL market

connectors at kg
both ends
Straight-through 2 RJ45 connectors 3 2m 490NTW00002U –
6 copper cables For connection to

terminal devices (DTE)
5m
12 m
490NTW00005U
490NTW00012U
–
–
40 m 490NTW00040U –
80 m 490NTW00080U –
Crossover 2 RJ45 connectors 4 5m 490NTC00005U –

copper cables For connections 40 m 490NTC00040U –
7 between hubs,
switches and
transceivers
80 m 490NTC00080U –
“Do it Yourself” copper cable and connectors

The ConneXium “Do it Yourself” offer consists of 2 references for "field-installable"
connectors (M12 and RJ45) and one reference for spooled cable measuring 300 m,
8
for wiring Ethernet 10/100 Mbps networks.
The maximum length of the cables created using these components is 80 m.
They are quick to assemble using only a knife and simple wire cutters (no special
tool is required).
Description Specifications Length Reference Weight

kg
9 Ethernet copper cable

2 shielded twisted pairs
24 AWG
Conforms to the
standards and approval
listed above
300 m TCSECN300R2 –
RJ45 connector Conforms to – TCSEK3MDS –

EIA/TIA-568-D
M12 connector Conforms to – TCSEK1MDRS –
IEC 60176-2-101
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/40
automation platform
ConneXium™ connection components
Glass fiber optic cables

Glass fiber optic cables are used for connections:
bb To terminal devices (DTE)
bb Between hubs, transceivers and switches
1
490NOC00005 490NOT00005 connectors at both ends kg
Glass fiber optic 1 SC connector 5 5m 490NOC00005 –
2
cables 1 MT-RJ connector
1 ST (BFOC) connector 6 5m 490NOT00005 –

1 MT-RJ connector
490NOR00005 2 MT-RJ connectors 7 3m 490NOR00003 –
5m 490NOR00005 –
3
Separate parts for TCSESMswitches
Description Optical fiber Type Reference Weight
kg
4
Fiber optic Multimode 50/125 µm or 1000BASE-SX TCSEAAF1LFU00 0.040
modules for 62.5/125 µm
Gigabit ports with
LC connector
(1) Single mode 9/125 µm 1000BASE-LH TCSEAAF1LFH00 0.040
TCSEAAF1LFp00
Multimode 50/125 µm or 1000BASE-LX TCSEAAF1LFS00 0.040
62.5/125 µm
Single mode 62.5/125 µm
Configuration
backup key
Via the USB port on the front of the switch,
used to:
TCSEAM0100 – 5
-- Save and retrieve the switch
configuration
-- Update the internal software
(1) Dimensions: W x H x D = 20 x 18 x 50 mm
6
Connection components for IP 67 switch
connectors at both ends kg
Straight-through 1 IP 67 4-way M12 8 1m TCSECL1M3M1S2 –
7
copper cables connector and 1 RJ45 3m TCSECL1M3M3S2 –
connector
10 m TCSECL1M3M10S2 –
2 IP 67 4-way M12 – 1m TCSECL1M1M1S2 –
connectors 3m TCSECL1M1M3S2 –
25 m
40 m
TCSECL1M1M25S2
TCSECL1M1M40S2
–
–
8
Power supply 2 female M12 – 2m XZCP1164L2 –
cables straight connectors 5m XZCP1164L5 –
2 female M12 – 2.5 m XZCP1264L2 –
angled connectors 5m XZCP1264L5 –
Power supply 2 female M12 – – XZCC12FDM50B –
cables straight connectors
2 female M12 – – XZCC12FCM50B –
9
angled connectors
M12/RJ45 IP 67 female 4-way M12 – – TCSEAAF11F13F00 –
adaptor connector and female
RJ45 connector
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/41
ConneXium™ hub and transceiver
ConneXium™ hub
Introduction
1 Hubs (concentrators) are used for transmitting signals between several media (ports).
Hubs are “plug and play” devices that do not require configuration by the user.
The use of hubs makes it possible to create the following topologies:

bb Star topology
bb Tree topology
2 DTE DTE
Hub
Hub
Hub Hub
DTE DTE DTE DTE
3 Star topology Tree topology
Reference
Description Interfaces Reference Weight
kg
ConneXium hub 4 x 10BASE-T ports 499NEH10410 0.530
(copper cable), RJ45 shielded
4 connectors
499NEH10410
5
ConneXium transceiver
Introduction
ConneXium transceivers are used to:
bb Create fiber optic linear bus topologies, for devices with a twisted pair cable
Ethernet connection
6 bb Interface devices with a twisted pair cable Ethernet connection with a fiber
optic cable
Transceivers are “plug and play” devices that do not require configuration by the user.
ConneXium transceivers provide fiber optic connections for transmission in areas

subject to interference (high levels of electromagnetic interference) and for long
7 distance communications.
DTE
8 DTE DTE
Linear topology on optical fiber
Reference
9
kg
ConneXium transceiver bb 1 x 10BASE-T port 499NTR10100 0.230
connector
bb 1 x 100BASE-FX port
(multimode optical fiber),
SC connector
10
499NTR10100
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/42
ConneXium™ unmanaged switches, twisted pair

Introduction
Switches are used to increase the limits of architectures based on hubs or 1
transceivers, by separating collision domains.
Higher layer communication is provided between the ports, and collisions at link
layer are not propagated (filtering).
They therefore improve performance by better allocation of the bandwidth due to
the reduction of collisions and the network load.
Certain ConneXium switch models also enable redundant architectures to be
created on twisted pair copper ring or optical fiber. 2
Unmanaged switches are “plug & play” devices that do not require configuration by
the user. Certain models can also be managed remotely via SNMP or HTTP
protocols for monitoring and diagnostic purposes.
3
DTE DTE DTE
DTE DTE DTE
DTE DTE DTE DTE

DTE DTE DTE DTE
Collision Collision
domain 1 domain 2 100 Mbps
fiber-optic ring
4
DTE
Collision DTE DTE

DTE DTE DTE DTE
domain 3
Reference 5
kg
ConneXium unmanaged 5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports TCSESU051F0 0.210
switches (copper cable), shielded M12 type
D connectors, IP67
6
8 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports 499NES18100 0.230
connectors, IP20
8 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports TCSESU083FN0 0.246
TCSESU051F0 (copper cable), RJ45 shielded
connectors, IP30
Description Preformed
with connectors
at both ends
Length Reference Weight
kg 7
IP67 power supply cables Female M12 2m XZC P1164L2 –
(for ConneXium switch straight connector
5m XZC P1164L5 –
TCSESU051F0)
Female M12 2m XZC P1264L2 –
angled connector 5m XZC P1264L5 –
IP67 power supply Female M12 – XZC C12 FDM 50B –

8
connectors straight connector
499NES18100 (for ConneXium switch
Female M12 – XZC C12 FCM 50B –
TCSESU051F0)
angled connector
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/43
automation platform
ConneXium™ unmanaged switches, 3, 4 and 5 ports,

twisted pair and fiber optic
1 References
kg
ConneXium unmanaged 3 x 10BASE-T/100BASE- TCSESU033FN0 0.113
switches TX ports (copper cable), RJ45
shielded connectors
2 bb 4 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
ports (copper cable),
TCSESU043F1N0 0.120
RJ45 shielded connectors

TCSESU053FN0
duplex SC connector
5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE- TCSESU053FN0 0.113

3 TX ports (copper cable), RJ45
shielded connectors
ConneXium unmanaged switches, 5 ports, twisted pair

and fiber optic
Reference
4 Description Interfaces Reference Weight
kg
ConneXium unmanaged bb 4 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 499NMS25101 0.330
switches ports (copper cable),
duplex SC connector
5 499NMS25101 bb 3 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 499NMS25102 0.335
bb 2 x 100BASE-FX ports
duplex SC connector
6 bb 4 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
499NSS25101 0.330

bb 1 x 100BASE-FX port (single
mode optical fiber), duplex
SC connector
499NSS25102
7
bb 3 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 499NSS25102 0.335
bb 2 x 100BASE-FX ports (single
SC connector
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/44
automation platform
ConneXium™ managed switches, 4 ports, twisted pair

and fiber optic
References 1
kg
ConneXium managed bb 3 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX TCSESM043F1CU0 0.400
switches ports (copper cable),
duplex SC connector 2
TCSESM043F1CU0
bb 2 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX TCSESM043F2CU0 0.400
duplex SC connector
3
bb 3 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX TCSESU043F1CS0 0.400
TCSESM043F2CS0 SC connector
bb 2 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX TCSESU043F2CS0 0.400 4

(single mode optical fiber),
duplex SC connector
ConneXium managed switches, 4 and 8 ports, twisted pair 5

References
kg
ConneXium managed 4 x 10/100BASE-TX ports TCSESM043F23F0 0.400
switches (copper cable), RJ45 shielded
connectors
6
8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports TCSESM083F23F0 0.410
connectors
TCSESM083F23F0
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/45
automation platform
ConneXium™ managed switches, 8 ports, twisted pair

and fiber optic
1 References
kg
ConneXium managed bb 7 x 10/100BASE-TX ports TCSESM083F1CU0 0.410
connectors
2 TCSESM083F1CU0
duplex SC connector
bb 6 x 10/100BASE-TX ports TCSESM083F2CU0 0.410

connectors
3 duplex SC connector
bb 7 x 10/100BASE-TX ports TCSESM083F1CS0 0.410

connectors
SC connector
4 TCSESM083F2CS0
connectors
SC connector
5 ConneXium managed switches, 8 extended ports,

References
kg
6 switches (copper cable), RJ45 shielded
connectors, IP30

TCSESM063F2CS1 connectors, IP30
7 duplex SC connector

connectors, IP30
SC connector
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/46
automation platform
ConneXium™ managed switches, 16 and 24 ports,

References 1
kg
connectors
bb 14 x 10/100BASE-TX ports
TCSESM163F2CU0 0.600
2
TCSESM163F23F0 connectors
(multimode optical fiber), duplex
SC connector

connectors 3
(multimode optical fiber), duplex
SC connector
TCSESM243F2CU0
ConneXium managed switches, 8 ports and 2 Gigabit ports, 4

References
kg
ConneXium managed bb 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports TCSESM103F2LG0 0.410
connectors
5
bb 2 x 1000BASE-SX ports
(multimode optical fiber) (1), or
bb 2 x 1000BASE-LH ports
TCSESM103F2LG0 (single mode optical fiber) (2), or
bb 2 x 1000BASE-LX ports
(single mode and multimode
optical fiber) (3)
6
bb 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports TCSESM103F23G0 0.410
connectors
bb 2 x 10/100/1000BASE-TX
(Gigabit) ports (copper cable),
TCSESM103F23G0 (1) With TCSEAAF1LFU000 fiber optic module to be ordered separately (see page 3/41) 7
(2) With TCSEAAF1LFH000 fiber optic module to be ordered separately (see page 3/41)
(3) With TCSEAAF1LFS000 fiber optic module to be ordered separately (see page 3/41)
10
Wi-Fi network:
page 3/48
3/47
automation platform
Cabling systems for Wi-Fi networks
Wi-Fi access points and clients
Type of device Wi-Fi 802.11g Access Point Wi-Fi 802.11g Access Point FCC
Description Dual band industrial wireless LAN Dual band industrial wireless LAN
Access Point/Client with two independent Access Point/Client with two independent
radio modules based on IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/i. radio modules, based on IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/i.
3 With FCC-approval for USA and Canada.
Type Access Point and Client
Wireless standard IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/i
Operating frequencies 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Regional approvals – FCC
Mounting DIN rail
Number of radios 2
5 Nominal data rate 54 Mbps
Antenna connections 4 x RP-SMA
Ethernet connections 2 x 10/100BASE-TX
6 Wireless connections 2 x WLAN interfaces, 8 SSIDs per interface (1)
Range Up to 20 km with external antenna (depending on type of antenna, frequency range and data
rate)
Dimensions 80 x 100 x 135 mm
7
Operating temperature -30°C to +50°C
Storage temperature -40°C to +70°C
Humidity Max. 95% (non-condensing)
Power supplies 2 x 24 V c; 12 V c, redundant capable

2 x PoE per IEEE802.3af, redundant capable (2)
8 Current consumption 12 V c: 625 mA; 24 V c: 417 mA

PoE (48 V c): 167 mA (2)
Agency Safety EN 60950
certifications
Radio EN 300328, EN 301893, notified in EU FCC identifier: U99BAT54RAIL, IC certification
countries number: 4019A-BAT54R
Environment EN 61131, EN 61131 for operation in automation environment.
EMC test documentation for E1 certification (cars and vehicles) available
9 References TCSGWA242 (3) TCSGWA242F (3)
Page 3/58
(1) SSID: Service Set IDentifier (3) TCSGpppppp products are supplied with
(2) PoE: Power over Ethernet 2 pen-type antennas
10
3/48
Wi-Fi 802.11g Access Point IP 67 Wi-Fi 802.11g Client
Dual band industrial wireless LAN Access Point/Client with two independent Single band industrial wireless LAN Client with one radio module based on IEEE
radio modules based on IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/i for installation in harsh 802.11a/b/g/h/i.
environment, IP 67 rated.
3
Access Point and Client Client only
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/i
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
IP 67 IP 40 4
– –
Wall/mast DIN rail
2 1
54 Mbps
5
4 x N-type 4 x RP-SMA
1 x 10/100BASE-TX
2 x WLAN interfaces, 8 SSIDs per interface (1) 1 x WLAN interface

6
Up to 20 km with external antenna (depending on type of antenna, frequency range and data rate)
261 x 189 x 55 mm 80 x 100 x 135 mm
7
-30°C to +55°C
-40°C to +70°C
Max. 95% (non-condensing)
2 x 24 V c; 12 V c, redundant capable 2 x 24 V c; 12 V c, redundant capable

2 x PoE per IEEE802.3af, redundant capable (2) 1 x PoE per IEEE802.3af (2)
12 V c: 625 mA; 24 V c: 417 mA
PoE (48 V c): 167 mA (2) 8
EN 60950
EN 300328, EN 301893, notified in EU countries
EN 61131, EN 61131 for operation in automation environment. EMC test documentation for E1 certification (cars and vehicles) available
TCSGWA272 (3) TCSGWC241 (3)

9
3/58
10
3/49
automation platform
Type of device Wi-Fi 802.11n Access Point Wi-Fi 802.11n Access Point FCC
2
Description Dual band industrial high performance Dual band industrial high performance wireless
wireless LAN Access Point/Client with LAN Access Point/Client with one radio module
one radio module based on IEEE 802.11n based on IEEE 802.11n (draft 2.0). With
3 (draft 2.0). FCC-approval for USA and Canada.
Type Access point and Client
Wireless standard IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n
Operating frequencies 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz

Regional approvals – FCC
Mounting DIN rail
5 Number of radios 1
Nominal data rate 300 Mbps
Antenna connections 3 x RP-SMA
Ethernet connections 2 x 10/100BASE-TX
6 Wireless connections 1 x WLAN interface, 8 SSIDs per interface (1)
Range Up to 20 km with external antenna (depending on type of antenna, frequency range and data
rate)
Dimensions 80 x 100 x 135 mm
7 Operating temperature -30°C to +50°C
Humidity Max. 95% (non-condensing)
Power supplies 2 x 24 V c; 12 V c, redundant capable

8 Current consumption 12 V c: 625 mA; 24 V c: 417 mA

PoE (48 V c): 167 mA (2)
Agency Safety EN 60950
certifications
Radio EN 300328, EN 301893, notified in EU Certifications for FCC
countries
Environment EN 61131 for operation in automation environment

9
References TCSNWA241 (3) TCSNWA241F (3)
Page 3/58
(1) SSID: Service Set IDentifier (3) TCSN pp pppp products are supplied with
10
(2) PoE: Power over Ethernet 3 pen-type antennas
3/50
Wi-Fi 802.11n Access Point IP 67 Wi-Fi 802.11n Access Point IP 67 FCC Wi-Fi 802.11n Access Point IP 67 ATEX
2
Dual band industrial high performance wireless LAN Dual band industrial high performance wireless LAN Dual band industrial high performance wireless LAN
Access Point/Client with one radio module based on Access Point/Client with one radio module based on Access Point/Client with one radio module based on
IEEE 802.11n (draft 2.0). IEEE 802.11n (draft 2.0). For installation in harsh IEEE 802.11n (draft 2.0). For installation in harsh
For installation in harsh environment, IP 67 rated. environment, IP 67 rated. With FCC-approval for
USA and Canada.
environment, IP 67 ATEX Zone II rated. With
FCC-approval for USA and Canada 3
Access point and Client
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
IP 67 IP 67 ATEX
4
– FCC –
Wall/mast
1
5
300 Mbps
3 x N-type
2 x 10/100BASE-TX
1 x WLAN interface, 8 SSIDs per interface (1) 6

Up to 20 km with external antenna (depending on type of antenna, frequency range and data rate)
261 x 189 x 55 mm
-30°C to +55°C
7
-40°C to +70°C
Max. 95% (non-condensing)
2 x 24 V c, redundant capable
24 V c: 417 mA
PoE (48 V c): 167 mA (2)
8
EN 60950
EN 300328, EN 301893, notified in EU countries
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61131 EN 61131 for operation in automation environment EN 61000-6-2, EN 61131 ATEX Zone II
EN 50155 (in preparation)
E1 (in preparation)
9
TCSNWA271 (3) TCSNWA271F (3) TCSNWA2A1 (3)
3/58
10
3/51
automation platform
Wi-Fi antennas
Type of device Dual band antennas
2
Description Dual band hemispherical antenna 5 GHz Very directional antenna
Frequency range 2300 - 2500 MHz 5150 - 5250 MHz

4900 - 5935 MHz 5250 - 5350 MHz
3
5350 - 5725 MHz
5725 - 5875 MHz
Antenna gain 6 dBi at 2.4 GHz 18 dBi

8 dBi at 5 GHz 19 dBi
18.5 dBi
18 dBi
VSWR (1) 1.8 1.5
4 Polarization Linear, vertical
HPBW Horizontal (2) 360° at 2.4 GHz 18°
HPBW Vertical (2) 173° at 5 GHz 18°
Max. power 75 W (CW) at 25°C 6 W (CW)
5 Impedance 50 Ω
Connector N female N female
Operating temperature -40°C to +80°C -45°C to +70°C
Storage temperature -40°C to +80°C -45°C to +70°C
6 Radome color RAL 7044 (Silk gray) 7035 (Light gray)
Radome material LEXAN EXL 9330 Plastic
Dimensions ø 86 x 43 mm 190 x 190 x 30.5 mm
7 Wind load 10 N at 160 km/h 104 N at 216 km/h
Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65/IP 67
Shipping package contents Cordset/cable 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both ends
Adapter cable Adapter cable, R-SMA male connector to N female connector
8 Mounting kit – Yes
Compatibility of access points and clients TCSGpppppp
References TCSWABDH TCSWAB5V
9 Page 3/59
(1) VSWR: Voltage Standing Wave Ratio

(2) HPBW: Half Power BeamWidth
10
3/52
Dual band antenna
2
Dual band omni directional 11n antenna
2400 - 2500 MHz

5150 - 5875 MHz
3
3.5 dBi
5.5 dBi
1.8
3 x linear, vertical 4
360°
2W
50 Ω 5
3 x N male, 1 m cable directly attached to antenna
-40°C to +80°C
-40°C to +80°C
7035 (Light gray) 6

Plastic
0.3 kg
310 x 110 x 40 mm
– 7
IP 65
3 x 90 cm cordset directly attached to antenna, with N male connector
3 x adapter cables, R-SMA male connector to N female connector
Yes 8
TCSNpppppp
TCSWABDON
3/59 9
10
3/53
automation platform
Wi-Fi antennas
Type of device 5 GHz antennas
Description 5 GHz omni directional antenna 5 GHz dual slant antenna
3 Frequency range 5150 - 5875 MHz 5150 - 5925 MHz
Antenna gain 5 dBi 9 dBi
4 VSWR (1) 1.5 2
Polarization Linear, vertical 2 x linear, ± 45° slant
HPBW Horizontal (2) 360° 70°
HPBW Vertical (2) 25° 60°

5 Max. power 6W 10 W (CW) at 25°C
Impedance 50 Ω
Connector N female 2 x N female
Operating temperature -45°C to +70°C -40°C to +80°C
6 Storage temperature -45°C to +70°C -40°C to +80°C
Radome color Gray-white RAL 7044 (Silk gray)
Radome material Polypropylene ASA, LEXAN EXL 9330
7 Dimensions 16 x 160 mm 101 x 80 x 35 mm
Wind load – 15 N at 160 km/h
Shipping package contents Cordset/cable 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both 2 x 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both
8
ends ends
Adapter cable Adapter cable, R-SMA male connector to 2 x adapter cables, R-SMA male connector to
N female connector N female connector
Mounting kit Yes
Compatibility of access points and clients TCSGpppppp TCSGpppppp

TCSNpppppp
9 References TCSWAB5O TCSWAB5S
Page 3/59
(2) HPBW: Half Power BeamWidth
10
3/54
5 GHz antennas
5 GHz directional - MiMo 11n antenna (3) 5 GHz Medium directional antenna 5 GHz Very directional 11n antenna
5150 - 5875 MHz 5150 - 5250 MHz

5250 - 5350 MHz
5150 - 5875 MHz 3
5350 - 5725 MHz
5725 - 5875 MHz
9 dBi 18 dBi 23 dBi

19 dBi
18.5 dBi
1.5
18 dBi
1.5 < 1.7 4
3 x linear vertical/horizontal/+45° Linear, vertical Dual linear, vertical and horizontal
65° 18° 9°
65° 18° 9°
2 W (CW) at 25°C 6 W (CW) 6W 5

50 Ω
N female N female 2 x N female
-40°C to +80°C -45°C to +70°C
-40°C to +80°C -45°C to +70°C 6

RAL 7044 (Silk gray) 7035 (Light gray) Gray-white
LEXAN EXL 9330 Plastic
0.110 kg 0.107 kg 2.5 kg
101 x 80 x 35 mm 190 x 190 x 30.5 mm 371 x 371 x 40 mm 7

15 N at 160 km/h – 264 N at 220 km/h
IP 65 IP 65/IP 67
3 x 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both ends 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both ends 2 x 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both ends
3 x adapter cables, R-SMA male connector to

N female connector
Adapter cable, R-SMA male connector to
N female connector
2 x adapter cables, R-SMA male connector to
N female connector
8
Yes
TCSNpppppp TCSGpppppp TCSGpppppp

TCSNpppppp
TCSWAB5DN TCSWAB5D TCSWAB5VN 9

3/59
(3) MiMo: Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
10
3/55
automation platform
Wi-Fi antennas
Type of device 2.4 GHz antennas
2 Description 2.4 GHz omni directional 2.4 GHz directional 2.4 GHz dual slant
antenna antenna antenna
Frequency range 2400 - 2500 MHz 2300 - 2500 MHz 2400 - 2485 MHz
3 Antenna gain 6.0 dBi 14 dBi 8 dBi
VSWR (1) < 1.8 1.5
Polarization Linear, vertical Vertical Dual linear,

± 45° slant
HPBW Horizontal (2) 360° 35° 75°
4 HPBW Vertical (2) – 30° 70°
Max. power 25 W 75 W (CW) at 25°C 10 W (CW) at 25°C
Impedance 50 Ω
Connector N female 2 x N female
5 Operating temperature -40°C to +80°C
Radome color Gray-white RAL 7044 (Silk gray)
Radome material Fiber glass LEXAN EXL 9330
6 Weight 0.340 kg 0.110 kg
Dimensions ø 22 mm x 250 mm 101 x 80 x 35 mm
Wind load – 15 N at 160 km/h
Degree of protection IP 65 IP 23 IP 65
7 Shipping package contents Cordset/cable 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both ends 2 x 1 m cordset with N male
connectors at both ends
Adapter cable Adapter cable, R-SMA male connector to N female connector 2 x adapter cables,
R-SMA male to N female
Mounting kit Yes
Compatibility of access points and clients TCSGpppppp TCSGpppppp TCSGpppppp

8 TCSNpppppp
References TCSWAB2O TCSWAB2D TCSWAB2S
Page 3/59
9 (2) HPBW: Half Power BeamWidth
10
3/56
Antenna cables
2.4 GHz Leaky cable, 50 m 2.4 GHz Leaky cable, 100 m

2
2000 - 2900 MHz
0.15 dB at 2.4 GHz

3
–
– 4
–
2 x N male
-40°C to +85°C 5
-70°C to +85°C
12 kg 24 kg 6
50 m, ø 15 mm 100 m, ø 15 mm
IP 65
50 m cable with N male connectors at both ends 100 m cable with N male connectors at both ends 7
–
1 x 50 Ohm terminator, 50 fastening clips (mounting on flat surface)
TCSGpppppp
8
TCSWABC5 TCSWABC10
3/59
10
3/57
automation platform
References
Wi-Fi Access Points and Clients
1 Description Number
of radios
Data rate Degree of
protection
Country
approvals
Reference Weight
Mbps kg
Wi-Fi 802.11g 2 54 IP 40 – TCSGWA242 –
Access Point
TCSGWA242
2
Wi-Fi 802.11g 2 54 IP 40 US and Canada TCSGWA242F –
Access Point FCC
Wi-Fi 802.11g 2 54 IP 40 – TCSGWA272 –

Access Point IP 67
Wi-Fi 802.11g Client 1 54 IP 40 – TCSGWC241 –
3 TCSNWA241
Wi-Fi 802.11n
Access Point
1 300 IP 40 – TCSNWA241 –
Wi-Fi 802.11n 1 300 IP 40 US and Canada TCSNWA241F –

Access Point FCC
Wi-Fi 802.11n 1 300 IP 67 – TCSNWA271 –

Access Point IP 67
4 Wi-Fi 802.11n 1 300 IP 67 US and Canada TCSNWA271F –
Access Point IP 67 FCC
TCSNWA271
Wi-Fi 802.11n 1 300 IP 67 ATEX – TCSNWA2A1 –
Access Point IP 67 ATEX
5
Wi-Fi antennas
Description Frequency Gain Degree of Reference Weight
range protection
MHz dBi kg
Dual band hemispherical 2300 - 2500 6 IP 65 TCSGWABDH 0.300
6
antenna 4900 - 5935 8
TCSWABDH
5 GHz Very 5150 - 5250 18 IP 67/IP 65 TCSWAB5V 0.107
directional antenna 5250 - 5350 19
5350 - 5725 18.5
5725 - 5875 18
Dual band omni 2400 - 2500 3.5 IP 65 TCSWABDON 0.300
7 directional 11n antenna 5150 - 5875 5.5
5 GHz omni 5150 - 5875 5 IP 65 TCSWAB5O 0.300

TCSWAB5DN directional antenna
5 GHz dual slant antenna 5150 - 5925 9 IP 65 TCSWAB5S 0.110
5 GHz directional - MiMo 5150 - 5875 9 IP 65 TCSWAB5DN 0.110

8 11n antenna
5 GHz Medium 5150 - 5250 18 IP 67/IP 65 TCSWAB5D 0.107

directional antenna 5250 - 5350 19
TCSWAB5D
5350 - 5725 18.5
5725 - 5875 18
9 5 GHz Very
directional 11n antenna
5150 - 5875 23 IP 67/IP 65 TCSWAB5VN 2.500
2.4 GHz omni 2400 - 2500 6 IP 65 TCSWAB2O 0.340

TCSWAB2O directional antenna
10
3/58
automation platform
Wi-Fi antennas, cables and accessories
Wi-Fi antennas (continued)

Description Frequency range MHz Gain Degree of Reference Weight
2.4 GHz 2300 - 2500 14 dBi

protection
IP 23 TCSWAB2D
kg
0.110
1
directional antenna
2.4 GHz dual 2400 - 2485 8 dBi IP 65 TCSWAB2S 0.110

slant antenna
TCSWAB2D
2
2.4 GHz Leaky cable 2000 - 2900 0.15 dB IP 65 TCSWABC5 12
50 m at 2.4 GHz
TCSWABC5 2.4 GHz Leaky cable 2000 - 2900 0.15 dB IP 65 TCSWABC10 24

100 m at 2.4 GHz
Cables
3
Description Type Length Reference Weight
m kg
Adapter cable 1 RP-SMA male connector 0.520 TCSWAAC 0.340
1 N female connector
TCSWAAC
4
Adapter cable 1 N female connector 2.000 TCSWABAC2 0.340
N-plug to N-jack, 2 m 1 N male connector
Adapter cable 1 N female connector 15.000 TCSWABAC15 0.340

N-plug to N-jack, 15 m 1 N male connector
5
TCSWABAC2
Accessories
Description Frequency range Type Cable length Reference Weight
m kg
Overvoltage protector for – N female, – TCSWABP 0.080
antennas N male
TCSWABP Overvoltage protector for
LAN/PoE
IP 68 N female,
N male
– TCSWABP68 0.080
6
Memory card modules IP 40 Mini-DIN 0.315 TCSWAMC67 0.035
(1) connector
IP 67 M12 connector 0.500 TCSWAMCD 0.025
Adapter kit for pole – – – TCSWABMK –
mounting
TCSWAMCD
7
(1) Auto-configuration adapter that is used to save 2 different versions of the configuration and operating program data for the
Wi-Fi access point to which it is connected. It enables managed Wi-Fi access points to be easily commissioned and quickly
replaced.
TCSWABMK
10
3/59
automation platform
Modbus Plus™ Proxy module
Introduction
The TCSEGDB23F24FA Modbus Plus™ Proxy module (also called M340EGD) is a
1 network gateway that allows the Modicon™ M340™ PAC to communicate with existing
Modbus Plus devices.
It is not necessary to modify the applications for these devices to communicate with
the Modicon M340 PAC, since the module automatically addresses the platforms
and the various communication functions between the M340 and other PAC
platforms (especially 984LL).
2 The M340 Modbus Plus Proxy offers Modbus Plus PAC users the chance to
integrate the M340 PAC easily into their Modbus Plus network and thus access to
advanced communications via Ethernet, or to migrate gradually from other PAC
models to Modicon M340 and Unity™.
3 SCADA Web
configuration
interface
Compact™ 984
Modicon™ M340™ PAC

Distributed I/O Modbus Plus
5 Proxy
Modbus Plus™ Ethernet
6
Key benefits
Reduced startup time
bb Online configuration of the proxy via a simple Web browser
bb Setup Web pages similar to the screens of the Modbus Plus Peer Cop utility,
accessible under Concept/Unity for the Global Data transaction
7 bb Simpler data exchange with Global Data transactions performed on network nodes
bb Point-to-point communication without programming with Peer Cop
Increased network reliability and maintainability

bb Standard diagnostics provide data on network nodes for easy troubleshooting
bb Dual Modbus Plus ports provide Modbus Plus network redundancy
8 Reduced cost of ownership

bb Helps protect your investment in Modbus Plus while migrating to Ethernet
bb Dual Ethernet ports allow connection of both the M340 PAC and the configuration
PC to the proxy, without any additional switches
10

3/60
automation platform
Modbus Plus™ Proxy module
Embedded Web server

Web server functions
The M340EGD includes an embedded Web server that can be used to perform 1
diagnostics and configure the module connection. The data is presented as standard
Web pages in HTML format. To access a Web page, you need Internet Explorer 6.0
(or later version) and Java 1.5 (or later version).
Embedded Web server functions

1 - Setup: The Setup pages allow you to define the parameters for several different
module services, including security, IP, SNMP, Global Data, Peer Cop and Ethernet
2
ports.
2 - Diagnostics: These network diagnostic pages contain Ethernet, TCP and SNMP
statistics, as well as a log of the diagnostics performed.
Complementary Specifications
3
The following specifications complement those introduced in the communication
selection guide on page 3/6:
bb External power supply voltage: 19.2 to 31.2 V c
bb Consumption: 300 mA max.
4
bb Dissipated power: 6.2 W
bb Conformity with standards: UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 142 (cUL), EMI EN 55011,
EN 61131-2, C-Tick
References
System and network requirements
Unity™ Pro XL 3.x programming software (or later version) 5
Internet Explorer 6.0 (or later version)
Java 1.5 (or later version)
Microsoft Windows XP or Windows Vista
Modicon™ M340™ processor:
6
bb BMXP342020 (Modbus™ and Ethernet version)
bb BMXP3420302 (CANopen and Ethernet version)
Ethernet Modicon M340 communication modules:

bb BMXNOE0100
bb BMXNOE0110
bb BMXNOC0401
Modicon M340 Modbus Plus Proxy module 7

Description Type Reference Weight
kg
TCSEGDB23F24FA Modbus Plus Proxy module Standard TCSEGDB23F24FA –
for Modicon M340 PAC
supplied with 2 front-mounted
Conformal coating TCS EGDB23F24FK –
power supply connectors
(2 positions) 8
10

3/61
automation platform
Profibus™ Remote Master modules
Profibus™ DP fieldbus
Profibus DP is one of the most widely used fieldbuses in the industry, and is based
1 on a master/slave protocol.
Version V0 of Profibus only allows cyclic exchanges with I/O, whereas version V1
offers an acyclic message handling channel that can be used for adjustment or
diagnostics of devices during operation.
The physical link is a single shielded twisted pair, but numerous interfaces are
2 available for creating different types of topologies - tree, star or ring - including those
using fiber optics or a non-physical link.
Gateways can be used to communicate transparently with Profibus PA. Profibus PA

can be used to supply devices across the network and also to install sensors in
potentially explosive zones (ATEX).
3
PRM Com DTM
Unity™ V5.0
PRM master DTM
4 Ethernet
DP Class 1
PRM Profibus DP
Profibus PA
5
Profibus Remote Master (PRM) module
Introduction
The Profibus Remote Master (PRM) module is connected to the Ethernet Modbus™
TCP/IP network via its integrated 2-port switch, as close as possible to the process
6 and the instrumentation.
The PRM module can be used to connect Quantum™, Premium™ and M340™ PACs
to Profibus DP V1 via the I/O scanner function.
Regardless of the type of PAC, only one product reference is required and setup is
identical, thus reducing training and maintenance costs.
Two versions are available, standard and "tropicalized", to adapt to any type of
7 environment.
The PRM module is open to Asset Management tools.

A dedicated communication DTM is supplied with the product, thus allowing any
compatible FDT standard tool to remotely adjust devices on Profibus using Ethernet
(see page 4/4).
8 Configuration
From a single Unity tool, the user can create the Profibus configuration, the PAC
application and configure or calibrate devices.
The latter are integrated in the Unity catalog via their DTMs if they exist, or their
gsd files.
The I/O scanner configuration is created implicitly in Unity Pro using the Profibus
9 configuration. The parameters assigned by default help to guarantee optimized
performance, as well as providing consistency of I/O data in the PAC application,
regardless of the PAC platform.
Similarly, the I/O variables defined and presymbolized in the DTMs can be used directly
in the application. Finally, the screens integrated in Unity Pro, plus the diagnostic
functions integrated in the device DTMs, simplify application maintenance.
10
3/62
Profibus™ Remote Master modules
Connectable devices
The following Schneider Electric devices can be connected to the Profibus™
Remote Master:
bb TeSys™ U and TeSys T starter-controllers
1
bb Momentum™ and Modicon™ STB distributed I/O
bb Modicon FTB/FTM I/O IP 67 monobloc and modular splitter boxes
bb Altivar™ 312/61/71 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors
bb Lexium™ 05 and 15 variable speed drives for brushless motors
bb Altistart™ ATS 48 soft start-soft stop units
bb Any third-party device compatible with Profibus™ DP and PA standard profiles 2
Limitations
Once saved, the Unity project incorporates the Profibus parameters as well as the
slaves connected to the bus. Quantum, Premium and M340 PACs are capable of
embedding this data so that an empty Unity terminal without any applications is able,
after a simple transfer from the PAC, to locate the whole application, including the
slave parameters. This function is called ETS (Empty Terminal Service). 3
In certain cases, it may be that the memory size required to save the device
parameters exceeds the PAC memory capacity (signalled by a “memory full”
message during the build). This is particularly likely on devices that have DTM
(common to instrumentation on PA). Typically, each device of this type consumes
around 20 KB of the PAC memory.
Therefore, it is essential to create a memory map according to the type of configuration

4
being used. This memory map can be adapted either by increasing the amount of
memory dedicated to the application (by reducing the zone allocated to date), or by
increasing the overall memory using cartridges available in this catalog.
If the ETS function is not required, Unity Pro can also be configured in such a way as
to reduce the size of the embedded data by disabling comments and animation tables,
or by disabling the upload function, so that the application does not include data
5
relating to DTMs. In this case, the upload from an empty terminal function is no
longer available.
References
The Profibus Remote Master module is supplied with a CD-ROM that includes:
bb PRM master DTMs and generic Profibus DTMs (for configuration in Unity Pro V5.0
or later)
6
bb The PRM communication DTM for third-party (non-Schneider Electric) FDT
Profibus Remote Master modules

kg
Profibus Remote Master
modules
Standard TCSEGPA23F14F 0.620 7
Ruggedized (1) TCSEGPA23F14FK 0.620
Pre-cabled connection components to the Profibus DP bus

kg
Remote I/O
on Profibus DP bus
Modicon STB
network interface module
STBNDP2112 0.140
8
Momentum communication 170DTN11000 0.070
module
Connectors for remote I/O Line terminators 490NAD91103 –

TCSEGPA23F14F communication module
Intermediate connection 490NAD91104 –
Intermediate connection 490NAD91105 – 9

and terminal port
Description Length Reference Weight

kg
Profibus DP 100 m TCXPBSCA100 –
490NAD91103 connection cables
400 m TCXPBSCA400 –
(1) Conformal coating and extended operating temperatures between -25 and +70°C.
10
See ruggedized module specifications, page 6/2.
3/63
automation platform
CANopen™ machine and installation bus
Introduction
1 Modicon™ M340™ PAC Lexium™ 32

servo drive
Altivar™ 312
drive
Modicon™ STB
Premium™ PAC
2 1 to 63
slaves
CANopen bus
TeSys™ T Osicoder™
Altivar™ 71
drive
TeSys™ U FTB1CN
3 Schneider Electric has selected CANopen™ for use with its machines and
installations because of its wealth of functions and its adoption throughout the
automation world This decision was based on the general acceptance of CANopen,
and the fact that CANopen products are increasingly used in control system
architectures.
CANopen is an open network supported by more than 400 companies worldwide,
4 and promoted by CAN in Automation (CiA).
CANopen conforms to standards EN 50325-4 and ISO 15745-2.
CANopen brings transparency to Ethernet

CAN in Automation and Modbus™-IDA have worked together to create a standard
that helps ensure transparency between CANopen and Modbus/TCP. The result of
5
this collaboration has been the CiA DSP309-2 specification that defines the
communication standards between a Modbus/TCP network and a CANopen bus.
This specification defines the mapping services that enable CANopen devices to
communicate with a Modbus/TCP network through a gateway. The data in a
CANopen device can be accessed in both read and write mode.
This specification is the first standard available for developing open standard
communication between Modbus/TCP and CANopen. It is driving Schneider Electric
6 network solutions toward better integration, diagnostics and configuration of
distributed applications. It allows machines and installations to be connected to an
Ethernet network continuously, while combining the advantages of each network in
its specific area.
The CANopen bus is a multi-master bus that helps to ensure reliable, deterministic
access to real-time data in control system devices. The CSMA/CA protocol is based on
7 broadcast exchanges, sent cyclically or on an event, to help ensure optimum use of the
bandwidth. A message handling channel can also be used to define slave parameters.
The bus uses a double shielded twisted pair on which, with the Modicon™ M340™
platform, a maximum of 63 devices are connected by daisy-chaining or by tap
junctions. The variable data rate between 20 Kbps and 1 Mbps depends on the
length of the bus (between 20 m and 2500 m). Each end of the bus requires a
8 line terminator.
The Modicon M340 automation platform, via its BMXP3420102/20302 processor

with integrated CANopen link, performs the role of master on the bus.
10

3/64
Connectable devices Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Connectable Schneider Electric devices

The following Schneider Electric devices can be connected to the CANopen™ bus,
depending on the model (1):
bb Osicoder™ absolute encoders
1
bb TeSys™ U starter-controllers with LUL C08 communication module
bb TeSys™ T motor management system, with LTM controller
bb TeSys™ D motor-starters using the TeSys Quickfit installation help system with
APP 1CCO0/O2 communication module
bb Modicon ™OTB IP 20 distributed I/O, with Twido™ I/O expansion modules and OTB
TeSys Quickfit
interface module
bb Modicon™ STB IP 20 modular distributed I/O, with STB NIM interface module
2
bb Modicon™ FTB monoblocand FTM modular IP 67 I/O splitter boxes
bb Preventa™ configurable safety controllers
bb 0.18 to 15 kW Altivar™ 312/71/61 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors:
bb Lexium™ 32 servo drives for BMH and BSH servo motors
bb IcLA intelligent compact motor-drives
3
Modicon FTB Modicon OTB 4

Integration of third-party devices
bb Unity™ Pro software version u 4.0 offers the Hardware Catalog Manager tool
that can be used to integrate third-party devices at an identical level to that of
Schneider Electric devices. These third-party devices and their EDS files conform to
the CiA (CAN In Automation) standard.
The Hardware Catalog Manager tool is used to:
5
vv Integrate third-party devices in Unity Pro
vv Optimize the size of the BMXP3420102/20302 processor memory area
reserved for PDO (Process Data Object) process variables
vv Customize the parameters specific to each third-party device
bb Unity Pro software version u 4.1, combined with BMXP3420102/20302
processors with integrated CANopen link, can be used to customize configuration of
the device Boot Up procedure, and thus be compatible with commercially-available
6
CANopen third-party products.
___________________________________________________________________________
(1) See our website www.schneider-electric.com for compatible device versions and their
setup software.
7
Hardware Catalog Manager for integration of third-party devices
10

3/65
Description, Modicon™ M340™
Description
BMXP3420102 and BMXP3420302 Performance processors on the Modicon™
1 1
M340™ platform have an integrated CANopen™ communication port. They feature
the following on the front panel:
2 1 Screw for locking the module in its slot in the rack, marked “00”.
2 Display block featuring:
3 vv CAN RUN LED (green): Integrated machine/installation bus operational
4 vv CAN ERR LED (red): Integrated machine/installation bus detected fault
3 Mini B USB connector for a programming terminal
2 5
4 Slot equipped with Flash memory card for backing up the application
5 RJ45 connector for serial link (with BMXP3420102 model) or Ethernet Modbus™/
TCP port (with BMXP3420302 model)
6 6 9-way SUB-D connector for the CANopen master machine and installation bus
BMXP3420102 BMXP3420302
3 The following specifications complement those introduced in the communication
selection guide on page 3/4:
bb Data rate: 20 Kbps to 1 Mbps
bb Maximum length of CANopen bus (1):
vv 20 m at 1 Mbps, 40 m at 800 Kbps, 100 m at 500 Kbps, 250 m at 250 Kbps
vv 500 m at 125 Kbps, 1000 m at 50 Kbps, 2500 m at 20 Kbps
bb Maximum length of tap-offs on one tap junction (2):
4 vv 0.6 m at 1 Mbps, 6 m at 800 Kbps, 10 m at 500 Kbps, 10 m at 250 Kbps

vv 10 m at 125 Kbps, 120 m at 50 Kbps, 300 m at 20 Kbps
bb Limitation per segment:
vv Max. number of products: 64 at 1 Mbps, 32 at 800 Kbps, 16 at 500 Kbps
vv Maximum length of segment (3): 160 m at 1 Mbps, 185 m at 800 Kbps,
205 m at 500 Kbps
5 Modicon M340 Performance processors with integrated

CANopen bus link
Modicon M340 processor modules are supplied with the Flash card
BMXRMS008MP. This card performs the following actions transparently:
bb Backing up the application (program, symbols and constants) supported in the
processor internal RAM that is not backed up
bb Activation of the Transparent Ready class B10 standard web server
6 (with BMXP3420302 processor)
bb This card can be replaced by another card featuring a file storage option
(see page 1/7).
Capacitance Max. no. of network/ Integrated Compatibility with Reference Weight

bus modules communication Unity software kg
7 Performance BMXP3420, 4 racks
ports (4)
1024 discrete I/O 2 Ethernet Modbus/ CANopen bus Version u 4.1 BMXP3420102 0.210
256 analog I/O 36 TCP networks Modbus serial link
application-specific 4 AS-Interface buses
BMXP3420102 channels CANopen bus Version u 4.1 BMXP3420302 0.215
4096 KB integrated Ethernet network
Modbus/TCP
8
(1) Deduct 15 m per repeater from the length of the bus.
(2) For other restrictions, please refer to the CANopen hardware setup manual available on our website
www.schneider-electric.com.
(3) With the use of TSXCANCp50/100/300 CANopen cables and TSXCANCpDD03/1/3/5 preformed cordsets.
(4) See “Integration of third-party devices” paragraph on page 3/65.
BMXP3420302
10

3/66
Connections Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
CANopen™ bus cabling systems

Modicon™ M340™ with
BMXP3420102/20302 processor
Magelis™
XBTGp Modicon™ STB
Modicon™ FTB
12
Modicon™ FTB
1
13
16 16
PC or monitoring tool 2 Osicoder™
2
4
9 17
5 1
24 V c
6a
5
3
6b 6a 5
10 2
IcLA
TeSys™ T
Altivar™ 312 Preventa™ Modicon™
Altivar™ 71
drive safety PLC OTB
drive
4
TeSys™ U
Lexium™ 32 servo drive
Note: For key and references 1 to 17, see pages 3/68 and 3/69.
Different types of cable are available, making it possible to create any type of
application, including for harsh environments (for a definition of standard and harsh
environments, see page 3/68).
Several connectors are available to meet any requirement: straight or 90° angled 5
connectors, or angled connectors with the option of connecting a PC or diagnostic
pocket PC.
Power can be supplied to devices by means of cables, cordsets and tap junctions:
one AWG24 pair for the CAN signals, one AWG22 pair for the power supply and
the ground.
6
In addition to the IP 20 cabling offer, there is also an IP 67 cabling offer.
10

3/67
automation platform
CANopen machine and installation bus
Cabling systems
Standard tap junctions and connectors

Designation Description No. Reference Weight
1 IP 20 CANopen tap 4 SUB-D ports. Screw terminal block for
(1)
1 TSXCANTDM4
kg
0.196
junction connecting the trunk cables
Line termination
TSXCANTDM4 IP 20 connectors 90° angled 2 TSXCANKCDF90T 0.046
CANopen female Straight (2) – TSXCANKCDF180T 0.049
9-way SUB-D.
Right angle with 9-way SUB-D for connecting a 4 TSXCANKCDF90TP 0.051
Switch for line
2
PC or diagnostic tool
termination
IP 67 M12 connectors Male – FTXCN12M5 0.050
Female – FTXCN12F5 0.050
IP 20 CANopen tap 2 RJ45 ports 9 VW3CANTAP2 –
junctions for Altivar
and Lexium 32
VW3CANTAP2
IP 20 standard cables and preformed cordsets
3 Designation Description No.
(1)
Length Unit
reference
Weight
kg
CANopen cables Standard, e marking: low smoke emission. Zero 5 50 m TSXCANCA50 4.930
(AWG 24) halogen. Flame-retardant (IEC 60332-1) 100 m TSXCANCA100 8.800
300 m TSXCANCA300 24.560
Standard, UL certification, e marking: 5 50 m TSXCANCB50 3.580
flame-retardant (IEC 60332-2) 100 m TSXCANCB100 7.840
4 For harsh environments (3) or mobile 5
300 m
50 m
TSXCANCB300
TSXCANCD50
21.870
3.510
TSXCANKCDF90T
installations, e marking: low smoke emission. 100 m TSXCANCD100 7.770
Zero halogen. Flame-retardant (IEC 60332-1).
300 m TSXCANCD300 21.700
Oil-resistant
CANopen preformed Standard, e marking: low smoke emission. 6a 0.3 m TSXCANCADD03 0.091
cordsets Zero halogen. Flame-retardant (IEC 60332-1) 1m TSXCANCADD1 0.143
5
One 9-way female
3m TSXCANCADD3 0.295
SUB-D connector at
each end 5m TSXCANCADD5 0.440
TSXCANKCDF180T
(AWG 24) Standard, UL certification, e marking: 6a 0.3 m TSXCANCBDD03 0.086
flame-retardant (IEC 60332-2) 1m TSXCANCBDD1 0.131
3m TSXCANCBDD3 0.268
5m TSXCANCBDD5 0.400
CANopen preformed One 9-way SUB-D connector, 6b 0.5 m TCSCCN4F3M05T –
6 cordsets One RJ45 connector
(AWG 24)
1m TCSCCN4F3M1T
VW3M3805R010(4)
–
–
3m TCSCCN4F3M3T –
Two 9-way SUB-D connectors, one male and – 0.5 m TLACDCBA005 –

TSXCANKCDF90TP one female 1.5 m TLACDCBA015 –
3m TLACDCBA030 –
7 5m TLACDCBA050 –
IP 67 standard preformed cordsets

Designation Description No. Length Unit Weight
(1) reference kg
CANopen preformed Preformed cordsets of two 5-way M12 A-coded 12 0.3 m FTXCN3203 0.40
cordsets angled connectors (one male connector and one 0.6 m FTXCN3206 0.70
8
female connector)
1m FTXCN3210 0.100
2m FTXCN3220 0.160
3m FTXCN3230 0.220
5m FTXCN3250 0.430
(1) For key to numbers, see page 3/67.
(2) For connection to Controller Inside programmable card, the VW3CANKCDF180T connector can also be used.
(3) Standard environment:
9
- - Without any particular environmental constraints
- - Operating temperature between + 5°C and + 60°C
- - Mounted installation
Harsh environment:
- - Resistance to hydrocarbons, industrial oils, detergents, solder splashes
- - Relative humidity up to 100%
- - Saline atmosphere
- - Significant temperature variations
- - Operating temperature between - 10°C and + 70°C
10 - - Mobile installation
(4) Cordset with line termination.

3/68
automation platform
CANopen machine and installation bus
Cabling systems
IP 20 connection accessories
Designation Description No. Length Reference Weight
CANopen
(1)
9-way female SUB-D. Switch for line termination. – – VW3CANKCDF180T
kg
–
1
connector Cables exit at 180°
for Altivar™ 71
drive (2)
Adaptor for Altivar 71 SUB-D to RJ45 CANopen adaptor – – VW3CANA71 –
drive
Preformed CANopen One RJ45 connector at each end

cordsets for Altivar
10 0.3 m
1m
VW3CANCARR03
VW3CANCARR1
–
–
2
drives
VW3CANA71 Y-connector CANopen/Modbus – – TCSCTN011M11F –
3
IP 67 connection accessories
For Modicon FTB monobloc splitter boxes
Designation Composition No. Length Reference Weight
(1) m kg
IP 67 line terminator
Equipped with one M12 connector
(for end of bus)
13 – FTXCNTL12 0.010
4
24 V c power supply Equipped with two 5-way 7/8 connectors 16 0.6 FTXDP2206 0.150
connection cables 1 FTXDP2210 0.190
2 FTXDP2220 0.310
5 FTXDP2250 0.750
Equipped with one 5-way 7/8 connector at one 17 1.5 FTXDP2115 0.240
5
end and flying leads at the other end 3 FTXDP2130 0.430
5 FTXDP2150 0.700
T-connector Equipped with two 5-way 7/8 connectors – – FTXCNCT1 0.100
for power supply
FTXDP21pp
Separate parts
Designation Composition Sold in Reference Weight
Connectors 7/8 type, 5-way Male

lots of
– FTXC78M5
kg
0.050
6
Female – FTXC78F5 0.050
Straight, M12 type, 5 screw terminals Male – XZCC12MDM50B 0.020
Female – XZCC12FDM50B 0.020
XZCC12pDM50B Angled, M12 type, 5 screw terminals Male – XZCC12MCM50B 0.020
Female – XZCC12FCM50B 0.020
Sealing plugs For M8 connector (sold in packs of 10)
For M12 connector
–
–
FTXCM08B
FTXCM12B
0.100
0.100
7
(sold in packs of 10)
For 7/8 connector – FTXC78B 0.020
Y-connectors Connection of two M8 connectors to M12 connector on – FTXCY1208 0.020
splitter box
Connection of two M12 connectors to M12 connector on – FTXCY1212 0.030
XZCC12pCM50B splitter box
Diagnostics adaptor Equipped with two M12 connectors – FTXDG12 0.020 8
Marker labels For plastic splitter boxes 10 FTXBLA10 0.010
For metal splitter boxes 10 FTXMLA10 0.010
(1) For key to numbers, see page 3/67. 9

FTXCY1208 (2) For ATV71HpppM3, ATV71HD11M3X, HD15M3X, ATV71H075N4 to HD18N4 drives, this
connector can be replaced by the TSXCANKCDF180T connector.
10

3/69
description 4
automation platform
BMXEIA0100 master module for AS-Interface
cabling system
Introduction
The BMXEIA0100 master module for AS-Interface cabling system provides the
1 AS-Interface system master function for the Modicon™ M340™ automation platform.
Modicon™ M340™ PAC Sensors via

Advantys interface
XVB illuminated
indicator bank
2
AS-Interface
Safety
interface T
XAL control station
3
Motor starter Phaseo™
AS-Interface
power supply
The AS-Interface cabling system consists of a master station (Modicon M340

platform) and slave stations. The master supporting the AS-Interface profile
interrogates the devices connected on the AS-Interface line one by one and stores
the information (actuator/sensor status, device operating status) in the PAC memory.
Communication on the AS-Interface line is managed transparently in relation to the
4 application PAC program.
The BMXEIA0100 master module supports the latest management profile for
AS-Interface devices (AS-Interface V3) that are able to manage level V1, V2 and V3
AS-Interface slaves:
bb Discrete slave devices (up to 62 devices of 4I/4Q organized in 2 banks (A/B) of
31 addresses each)
5 bb Analog devices (up to 31 devices (4 channels) in bank A)
bb Safety interfaces (up to 31 devices in bank A)
An AS-Interface power supply is required for powering the various devices on the line.
Ideally it should be placed near stations that consume a great deal of energy. Please
refer to the “Phaseo™ power supplies and transformers - AS-Interface range” catalog.
A Modicon M340 Performance configuration with BMXP3420p0/20p02 processor

6 can take 4 BMXEIA0100 modules. A Standard configuration with BMXP341000
processor can take 2 BMXEIA0100 modules.
Description
The BMXEIA0100 AS-Interface master module is standard format (1 slot). Its
housing provides IP 20 protection of the electronics and it is locked into each rack
7 slot 01 to 11) by a captive screw.

The BMXEIA0100 AS-Interface master module features:
1 Rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card.
1
2 Module reference marking.
2 3 Display block with 5 LEDs indicating the module operating modes:
3 vv RUN (green): Module running
vv ERR (red): Module fault detected
8 4 vv A/B (green): Displays the group of 31 slaves
vv I/O (red): I/O fault detected on AS-Interface line
vv 32 LEDs for diagnostics of the AS-Interface line and each slave connected on
5 the line depending on the A/B push button selection (1).
4 2 LEDs marked ASI POWER and FAULT: AS-Interface external power supply
present and AS-Interface line fault: see diagnostics on page 3/71.
5 Two pushbuttons marked A/B and MODE: see diagnostics on page 3/71.
9 6 6 3-way male SUB-D connector for the AS-Interface cable (female screw
connector supplied).
BMXEIA0100 ___________________________________________________________________________
(1) Depending on whether A or B is selected, this displays either the first 31 slaves (standard
addressing) or the last 31 slaves (extended addressing).
10
3/70
Diagnostics, Modicon™ M340™
BMXEIA0100 master module for AS-Interface
cabling system
Diagnostics
BMXEIA0100 module
The two LEDs 4 on the module front panel are used in conjunction with the two 1
pushbuttons 5 for module diagnostics:
LEDs Pushbuttons
4 ASI PWR: 4 FAULT: AS-Interface 5 A/B: Selects the 5 MODE: Module
AS-Interface line fault group of slaves on the Offline/Online
power supply present display block 3
The display block on the front panel of the BMXEIA0100 master module can be used 2
to perform simplified local diagnostics by displaying the slave devices present on the
AS-Interface line.
Detailed diagnostics of each of the slave devices is also possible using:
bb The ASITERV2 adjustment terminal
bb A web browser using the Rack Viewer function in the standard Web server on the
Modicon M340 platform (see page 3/14)
3
References
Description Usage Reference Weight
kg
AS-Interface M4 AS-Interface profile BMXEIA0100 0.340

master module
supplied with 3-way male
for level V1, V2 and V3
slaves 4
SUB-D connector
Adjustment terminal For addressing and diagnostics ASITERV2 1.000

of AS-Interface level
V1, V2 and V3 interfaces
Powered by LR6 batteries
5
ASITERV2
10

3/71
automation platform
Modbus™ and Character mode serial links
Introduction
1
Magelis™ XBT HMI Modicon™ M340™ PAC
LU9 GC3
Modbus™ TCP
Third-party
3
Modbus™ device
Preventa™XPS MC Twido™ PLC Altivar™ 71

safety PLC drive
Lexium™ 32 servo drive
The Modbus™ serial link is used for master/slave architectures on the Modicon™
M340™ automation platform. It is necessary, however, to check that the Modbus
4 services used by the application have been implemented on relevant devices.
The bus consists of a master station and slave stations. Only the master station can
initiate the exchange (direct communication between slave stations is not possible).
Two exchange mechanisms are available:
bb Question/response, where requests from the master are addressed to a given slave.
The master then waits for the response from the slave that has been interrogated.
5 bb Broadcasting, where the master broadcasts a message to slave stations on the
bus. The slave stations execute the order without transmitting a reply.
The Modicon M340 platform offers two serial link connection options for Modbus or
Character mode:
bb Via the serial link integrated in the following processors:
6
vv Standard processor BMXP341000
vv Performance processors BMXP342000/20102/2020
bb Via the 2-channel serial link module BMXNOM0200.
Although both these types of serial link can support modems, the BMXNOM0200
module is particularly recommended for this type of use.
Its performance and numerous parameter options make it ideal for any type of
7
configuration, especially when using radio modems.
The number of serial link modules is limited by the maximum number of application-
specific channels permitted per station, depending on the type of processor:
bb Standard processor BMXP341000: maximum of 20 application-specific channels (1).
bb Performance processors BMXP342pppp: maximum of 36 application-specific
channels (1).
8 ___________________________________________________________________________
(1) Application-specific channels: BMXEHC0200 counter modules (2 channels), BMXEHC0800
(8 channels), BMXMSP0200 motion control modules (2 channels), BMXNOM0200 serial link
module (2 channels) and BMXNOR0200H RTU communication module (1 channel).
10

3/72
automation platform
Description
Processors with integrated serial link
BMXP341000/2000/20102/2020 processors integrate a serial link that can be used 1
with either the Modbus™ RTU/ASCII master/slave protocol or with the Character
mode protocol.
1
These processors display the following elements on the front panel, relating to the
serial port:
1 Display block including at least the following LEDs:
vv SER COM LED (yellow): Activity on the serial link (lit) or detected fault on a
device present on the serial link (flashing).
2
2 2 RJ45 connector for Modbus serial link or Character mode link (non-isolated RS
232C/RS 485) with its black indicator.
Note: For more information about the processors, see page 1/5.
BMXP3420102 BMXP341000/2000/2020
3
BMXNOM0200 serial link module

The front panel of the BMXNOM0200 serial link module features:
1 1 Screw for locking the module in a slot in the rack.
2 Display block with 4 LEDs:
4
2 vv RUN (green) and ERR (red): Module status
vv For each of the two channels: SER COM (green): Activity on the serial link (lit)/
3a detected fault on a device present on the serial link (flashing).
3 Two RJ45 connectors (exclusive use) for connection of channel 0 (with black
indicator):
3b
vv 3a A connector for RS 232C connection, marked COM Port 0 RS232
vv 3b A connector for RS 485 connection, marked COM Port 0 RS485
5
4 RJ45 connector for RS 485 connection of channel 1, marked COM Port 1 RS485,
4 with black indicator.
BMXNOM0200 To be ordered separately:

RS 485 cordsets (see page 3/76) or RS 232 cordsets for DCE terminal
(see page 3/75).
___________________________________________________________________________ 6
(1) For isolated serial links, use the TWDXCAISO isolation box.
10

3/73
automation platform
The following specifications complement those indicated in the selection guide
1 on page 3/4.
Serial link integrated in the processors

bb Physical interface:
vv In Modbus™: RS 232 4-wire or RS 485 2-wire, non-isolated (1)
vv In Character mode: RS 232 4-wire or RS 485 2-wire
2 bb Frame:
vv In Modbus: RTU/ASCII half duplex
vv In Character mode: full duplex in RS 232, half duplex in RS 485
bb Maximum length of a tap link in RS 485 2-wire:
vv 15 m in a non-isolated serial link
vv 40 m in an isolated serial link (1)
3 BMXNOM0200 module serial links

bb Physical interface:
vv RS 232 port 0: RS 232 8-wire, non-isolated
vv RS 485 port 0 and port 1: RS 485 2-wire, isolated
bb Frame:
vv Modbus: RTU/ASCII, full duplex in RS 232, half duplex in RS 485
4 vv Character mode: full duplex in RS 232, half duplex in RS 485
bb Data rate:
vv RS 232 port 0: 0.3 to 115 Kbps (Modbus/Character mode)
vv RS 485 port 0 and port 1: 0.3 to 57.6 Kbps (Modbus/Character mode)
bb Line polarization:
vv Modbus RS 485: automatic
vv RS 485 character mode: configurable with Unity™ Pro software
5 bb Maximum length of a tap link in RS 485 2-wire:
vv 15 m in a non-isolated link
vv 40 m in an isolated link
bb Expert mode (from version V1.2 of the module and version V5 of Unity Pro): used
to configure the time out links individually from the application and thus adapt to the
specific specifications of certain modems.
___________________________________________________________________________
6 (1) For isolated serial links, use the TWDXCAISO isolation box.
10

3/74
automation platform
References
I/O capacity Memory Integrated Reference Weight
capacity communication ports
BMXP3410 Standard processor with integrated serial link, 2 racks
kg
1
512 discrete I/O 128 2048 KB Modbus™ serial link BMXP341000 0.200
analog I/O 20 integrated
channels
BMXP3420 Performance processors with integrated serial link, 4 racks

2
BMXP341000/2000 1024 discrete I/O 256 4096 KB Modbus serial link BMXP342000 0.200
analog I/O 36 integrated Modbus serial link BMXP342010 0.210
application-specific CANopen bus
channels
Modbus serial link BMXP3420102 0.210
CANopen bus
version V2.1 (1)
Modbus serial link BMXP342020 0.205 3
Ethernet Modbus/TCP
network
Modbus serial link
BMXP342020
Designation Protocol Physical layer Reference Weight
kg 4
Modbus serial link Modbus 1 non-isolated RS 232 BMXNOM0200 0.230
2 channels (2) master/slave channel (Port 0)
RTU/ASCII, 2 isolated RS 485
Character channels (Port 0 and
mode, Port 1)
GSM/GPRS
modem
5
BMXNOM0200
6
Cordsets for RS 232 serial link (3)
Designation Description Length Reference Weight
kg
Cordset for Data Equipped with an RJ45 3m TCSMCN3M4F3C2 0.150
Terminal Equipment
(DTE) (printer)
connector and a 9-way
female SUB-D connector 7
Cordset for Data Equipped with 4-wire 3m TCSMCN3M4M3S2 0.150
Communication an RJ45 (RX, TX,
Equipment (DCE) connector and a RTS, CTS)
(modem, etc.) 9-way male 8-wire 3m TCSXCN3M4F3S4 0.165
SUB-D (excluding
connector RI signal)
8
(1) Version that can be used to customize configuration of the device Boot Up procedure
compatible with third-party CANopen products. Requires Unity™ Pro version V4.1.
(2) For the ruggedized version, BMXNOM0200H, see specifications on pages 6/2 and 6/8.
(3) RS 485 serial link connection (see pages 3/76 and 3/77).
10

3/75
Connections, Modicon™ M340™
Modbus™ and Character mode serial link
Cabling systems
Magelis™ XBT HMI Modicon™ Premium™ PAC Modicon™ Quantum™ PAC Altivar™ 31 drive
1
10
11 Modbus™ RS 232 TCP
1
RS 232
5
In
RS 485
2
12 3 24 V c
Out
7 9 8 7 Modbus™ TCP
6 4 9 2 12
Third-party
Modbus device
3
7
Modicon™ OTB Twido™ PLC Altivar™ 71 drive
Preventa™ XPS MC safety PLC
Lexium™ 32
servo drive
4 Extension and adaptation elements for RS 485 serial link

reference kg
Modbus™ splitter box - 1 screw terminal block for trunk cable: 1 – LU9GC3 0.500
D(A), D(B), t and 0V
- 8 x RJ45 connectors for tap-off
- 2 x RJ45 connectors for series
5 connection of LU9 GC3 splitter boxes

Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail
T-junction boxes - 2 x RJ45 connectors 2 0.3 m VW3A8306TF03 0.190
TSXSCA50 dedicated to Altivar and - 1 integrated cable with RJ45 connector 1m VW3A8306TF10 0.210
Lexium
Passive T-junction box - Tap-off and extension of the bus – – TSXSCA50 0.520
- Line termination
6 2-channel passive
subscriber socket
2 x 15-way female
- 2-channel tap-off point and extension 3
of trunk cable
- Address coding
– TSXSCA62 0.570
SUB-D connectors and 2 - Line termination

screw terminal blocks
LU9GC3 TSXSCA62
Junction box - Isolation of the RS 485 serial link 4 – TWDXCAISO 0.100
Screw terminal block for - Line termination
7
trunk cable tap-off (R = 120 W, C = 1 nF)
1 x RJ45 connector for - Line pre-polarization (1)
tap-off (2 R = 620 W)
24 V c power supply (2)
VW3A8306TFpp Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail
Tap junction - Line termination – – TWDXCAT3RJ 0.080
3 x RJ45 connectors (R =120 W, C = 1 nF)
- Line pre-polarization (1)
(2 R = 620 W)
8 Modbus/Bluetooth®
Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail
- 1 Bluetooth® adaptor (range 10 m, – – VW3A8114 0.155
adaptor class 2) with 1 x RJ45 connector
- 1 x0.1 m long cordset for PowerSuite
with 2 x RJ45 connectors
- 1 x0.1 m long cordset for TwidoSuite,
TWDXCAISO TWDXCAT3RJ with 1 x RJ45 connector and 1 mini-DIN
connector
9 - 1 RJ45/9-way male SUB-D adaptor
for Altivar drives
RS 232C/RS 485 line 24 V c/20 mA power supply, 19.2 5 – XGSZ24 0.100
converter without Kbps
modem signals Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail
Line terminator For RJ45 connector 12 Sold in VW3A8306RC 0.200
R = 120 W, C = 1 nF packs of 2
10 VW3A8114 XGSZ24 (1) Line polarization required for connection to the master Twido programmable controller.
(2) 24 V c power supply, or power supply via the serial port integrated in Modicon M340 processors.
3/76
automation platform
Modbus™ and Character mode serial link
Cabling systems
Cables and cordsets for RS 485 serial link

RS 485 double Modbus™ serial link, supplied without 6 100 m

reference
TSXCSA100
kg
5.680
1
shielded twisted pair connector 200 m TSXCSA200 10.920
trunk cables
500 m TSXCSA500 30.000
Modbus RS 485 2 x RJ45 connectors 7 0.3 m VW3A8306R03 0.030
2
cordsets 1m VW3A8306R10 0.050
3m VW3A8306R30 0.150
1 x RJ45 connector and 1 x 15-way – 3m VW3A8306 0.150

SUB-D connector
1 x mini-DIN connector for Twido 8 0.3 m TWDXCARJ003 0.040
controller and 1 x RJ45 connector 1m TWDXCARJ010 0.090
3m TWDXCARJ030 0.160 3
1 x RJ45 connector and 9 3m VW3A8306D30 0.150
1 end with flying leads
1 miniature connector and 1 x 15-way 10 3m TSXSCPCM4530 0.180
4
SUB-D connector
Cordsets for Magelis™ 1 x RJ45 connector and 1 x 25-way 11 2.5 m XBTZ938 0.210
XBT display units and SUB-D connector for:
terminals - XBTN200/N400/NU400
- XBTR410/411
- XBTGT2 to GT7 (COM1 port) (1)
2 x RJ45 connectors for: 11 3m VW3A8306R30 0.150
5
- XBTGT1 (COM1 port)
- XBTGT2 to GT7 (COM2 port)
Cordsets for RS 232 serial link

Designation Description Length Reference Weight
Cordset for Serial link for DTE (2) 3m TCSMCN3M4F3C2

kg
0.150
6
Data Terminal 1 x RJ45 connector and 1 x 9-way female SUB-D
Equipment (DTE) connector
(printer)
Cordset for Serial link for DCE 3m TCSMCN3M4M3S2 0.150
Data Communication 1 x RJ45 connector and 1 x 9-way male SUB-D
Equipment (DCE) connector
(modem, converter)
7
(1) For use with XBTZG909 adaptor.
10

3/77
1
10
3/78
Contents chapter 4 Software
4.1 - Unity™ Pro software

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/2
bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/4
1
bb FDT/DTM functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/4
bb Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/6
bb Unity Pro XLS specific functions (SIL3 Modicon™ Quantum™). . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/14
bb Communication drivers, Unity Developer’s Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/18
bb Windows® OS compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/19
bb Unity Pro update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/19
2
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/20
4.2 - RTU configuration software

bb Introduction, setup, variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/24
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/25 3
4.3 - Unity EFB Toolkit software
bb Introduction, setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/26
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/27
4.4 - Unity DIF software 4

bb Introduction, setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/28
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/29
4.5 - Unity Loader software and libraries

bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/30 5
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/31
4.6 - Unity Application Generator software

bb Introduction, applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/32
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/33
6
4.7 - Supervisory control and data acquisition
software (SCADA): Vijeo™ Citect™
bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/34
7
bb Architectures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/36
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/38
4.8 - Vijeo™ Historian™ reporting software

bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/48
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/50
4.9 - OPC data server software

8
bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/52
bb Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4/55
bb Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/56
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/57
9
Programmable process control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see page 2/24
MFB motion control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see page 2/34
10
4/1
automation platform
Unity™ Pro programming software for Modicon™ M340™ M, Premium ™ P, Quantum™ Q and SIL3 Quantum S and for Modicon distributed I/O D
IEC 61131-3 Instruction List (IL) M-D M-P-D

2 languages Ladder (LD)
Structured Text (ST)
M-D
M-D
M-P-D
M-P-D
Function Block Diagram (FBD) M-D M-P-D
Sequential Function Chart (SFC)/Grafcet M-D M-P-D
Programming Multitask programming (Master, fast and M-D M-P-D

services event-triggered)
Multitask programming (Master, fast,
3 auxiliary and event-triggered)
Functional view and function modules M-D M-P-D
DFB editor and instances M-D M-P-D
DDT compound data editor M-D M-P-D
Data structure instances and tables M-D M-P-D
EF libraries and EFBs M-D M-P-D
4 User-definable control loops

Programmable control loops (with process M-D
P (TSXP572p) - D
M-P-D
control function block library)
Safety function block libraries
Motion function block (MFB) libraries M-D M-P-D
Hot Standby PAC redundancy system P (TSXH5724M) - D

System diagnostics M-D M-P-D
5 Application diagnostics
Diagnostics with location of detected error
M-D
M-D
M-P-D
M-P-D
Bus and network configuration to slave M-D M-P-D

devices (Modicon distributed I/O, etc)
Debugging and PAC simulator M-D M-P-D
display Hypertext link animations in graphic M-D M-P-D
services languages
6 Step by step execution, breakpoint
Watchpoint
M-D
M-D
M-P-D
M-P-D
Runtime screens M-D M-P-D
Diagnostic viewer M-D M-P-D
Other services Creation of hyperlinks M-D M-P-D
XML import/export M-D M-P-D
Application converters (Concept, PL7) M-P-D
Utilities for updating PAC operating systems M-D M-P-D
7 and Advantys™
Communication drivers for M-D M-P-D
Windows 2000/XP
Unity™ Pro servers - Openness
UDE support Dynamic exchange with 3rd party tools,
OFS exchanges OFS
Static exchange via XML/XVM export files M-D M-P-D
8 Compatible
Modicon
Modicon M340 processors M BMXP341000
BMXP3420p0/20p02
BMXP341000
BMXP3420p0/20p02
platforms Premium CPUs P – TSXP57Cp0244/0244M
TSXP57104/1634/154M
TSXP57204/2634/254M
TSXH5724M
9 Quantum CPUs Q – –
SIL3 Quantum CPUs S – –
Compatible Modicon distributed I/O D STB, OTB, FTB, FTM, ETB, Momentum
™
STB, OTB, FTB, FTM, ETB, Momentum
10 Software name Unity Pro Small Unity Pro Medium

Unity Pro software type UNYSPUSFpCD50 UNYSPUMFpCD50
Page 4/20 4/21
4/2
Unity™ Pro programming software for Modicon™ M340™ M , Premium™ P , Quantum™ Q and SIL3 Quantum S and for Modicon distributed I/O D
M-P-Q-D M-P-Q-D M-P-Q-D

M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-S-D
M-P-Q-D
2
M-P-Q-D M-P-Q-D M-P-Q-S-D
P (TSXP575p) - Q (140CPU651/671) - D P (TSXP575p) - Q (140CPU651/671)- D

3
P (TSXP572p/3p/4p) - D
M-P-Q-D
P (TSXP572p/3p/4p/5p) - D
M-P-Q-D
P (TSXP572p/3p/4p/5p)- D
M-P-Q-D
4
S-D
M-P-D M-P-D M-P-D
P (TSXH5724/44M) - D P (TSXH5724/44M) - Q (140CPU67 160) - D P (TSXH5724/44M) - Q (140CPU67 160) - S - D

M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
5

M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-D
M-P-Q-S-D
M-P-Q-S-D
6

7
M-P-Q-D M-P-Q-S-D
M-P-Q-D M-P-Q-S-D
BMXP341000
BMXP3420p0/20p02
BMXP341000
BMXP3420p0/20p02
BMXP341000
BMXP3420p0/20p02 8
TSXP57Cp0244/0244M TSXP57Cp0244/0244M TSXP57Cp0244/0244M
TSXP57104/1634/154M TSXP57104/1634/154M TSXP57104/1634/154M
TSXP574634/454M TSXP574634/454M TSXP574634/454M
TSXH5724/44M TSXP575634/554M TSXP575634/554M
TSXP576634M TSXP576634M
140CPU31110
TSXH5724/44M
140CPU31110 140CPU65150/60
TSXH5724/44M
140CPU31110 140CPU65150/60
9
140CPU43412U 140CPU43412U 140CPU65260 140CPU43412U 140CPU65260
140CPU53414U 140CPU53414U 140CPU67160 140CPU53414U 140CPU67160
– – 140CPU65160S
140CPU67160S
STB, OTB, FTB, FTM, ETB, Momentum STB, OTB, FTB, FTM, ETB, Momentum STB, OTB, FTB, FTM, ETB, Momentum
Unity™ Pro Large Unity Pro Extra Large Unity Pro XLS
10
UNYSPULFpCD50 UNYSPUEFpCD50 UNYSPUXFpCD41
4/21 4/22 4/22
4/3
Small / Medium / Large / Extra Large / XLS
Introduction
Unity™ Pro is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the
1 Modicon™ M340™, Premium™ and Quantum™ PAC automation platforms.
Unity Pro is multitasking software offering the following features:

bb Five IEC 61131-3 programming languages
Unity Pro bb Integrated, customizable DFB library
bb PAC simulator on PC for program validation prior to installation
bb Built-in tests and diagnostics
2 bb Wide range of online services
FDT/DTM functions
3 Unity Pro facilitates integration of fieldbus architectures into engineering control
systems using FDT/DTM technology:
bb FDT (Field Device Tool) is the container that supports the device DTMs.
bb DTM (Device Type Manager) is the configuration tool for devices with integrated
graphical interfaces. It contains the properties specific to each device.
4
In addition to the FDT/DTM standard, Unity Pro uses specific information from the
Master DTM created for the Profibus Remote Master (PRM) module and the
Modbus™/TCP and Ethernet/IP network module BMXNOC0401.
Use of the Master DTM allows Unity Pro to perform the following actions:
bb Manage the PAC I/O scan
bb Create the application variables based on the description of the process objects
available from the connected DTM devices
5 DTM editor (Modicon STB island)
bb Manage synchronization with the PAC configuration
bb Create a generic DTM from the description files (GDS or EDS)
The DTM configuration is stored in the PAC memory so that the application can be
downloaded in its entirety. It is also saved in the PAC project file (STU) and the
archive file (STA).
6 A third-party DTM can be installed in the DTM hardware catalog.

The DTM hardware catalog can be used to sort or filter the DTMs according to
various criteria such as Device, Vendor, Groups or Protocols.
DTM hardware catalog The DTM Browser in Unity Pro:

bb Displays the fieldbus topologies in a tree structure
7 bb Allows the user to configure the DTM devices:

vv Add and delete DTMs
vv Connect and disconnect DTMs to/from their physical devices
vv Display and print the properties of a DTM
vv Transfer DTM configuration data to and from the physical device
vv Functions specific to the DTM, via the Device menu
DTM Browser and DTM context menu
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/4
automation platform
FDT/DTM function (continued)

The fieldbus discovery function scans the physical devices in a fieldbus network and
adds the selected devices to the DTM Browser. 1
Fieldbus discovery screen

The five IEC languages 3
The five graphical or textual languages available in Unity Pro are used for
™
programming Modicon™ M340™, Premium™ and Quantum™ automation platforms.
The three graphical languages are:

bb Ladder (LD)
bb Function Block Diagram (FBD)
bb Sequential Function Chart (SFC) or Grafcet 4
The two textual languages are:
bb Structured Text (ST)
bb Instruction List (IL)
For these five languages, you can use the standard set of instructions compliant with
IEC standard 61131-3 to create applications that can be transferred from one 5
platform to another. Unity Pro software also provides extensions to this standard set
of instructions. As they are specific to Modicon M340, Premium and Quantum PACs,
these extensions support the development of more complex applications to
maximize the potential of the specific features of each of these platforms.
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/5
automation platform
Data Editor
The data editor that can be accessed from the structural view of the project provides
1 a single tool for performing the following editing tasks:
bb Declaration of data including variables and function blocks (declaration of their
type, instance and attributes)
bb Use and archiving of function block data types in different libraries
bb Hierarchical view of data structures
bb Searching, sorting, and filtering of data
bb Creation of a hyperlink to access a description from any variable comment
2 The data is displayed under four tabs:
Data Editor
bb “Variables” for the creation and management of the following data instances: bits,
words, double words, inputs/outputs, tables and structures
bb “DDT Types” for the creation of derived data types (tables and structures)
bb “Function Blocks” for the declaration of EFBs and DFBs
bb “DFB Types” for the creation of DFB data types
3 Each data element has several attributes, of which:
bb The variable name and type are mandatory
bb The comment, physical address in the memory and initial values are optional
The data editor columns can be configured (number of columns, order). The
attributes associated with a variable can be displayed in a properties window.
4 This editor can be accessed at any time during programming by selecting variables
for data modification or creation.
Data Properties
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/6
automation platform
DFB user function blocks
1
Using Unity™ Pro software, users can create their own function blocks for specific
application requirements on Modicon™ M340™, Premium™ and Quantum™ PAC
automation platforms.
Once created and saved in the library, these user function blocks can be reused as
easily as EFBs (Elementary Function Blocks).
These user function blocks are used to structure an application. They are used when
a program sequence is repeated several times in the application or for correcting a
standard programming routine. They can be read-only or read/write. They can be
2
Design
exported to other Unity Pro applications.
Using a DFB in one or more applications:

bb Simplifies program design and entry
bb Improves program readability and understanding
bb Facilitates program debugging (variables handled by the DFB are identified in the
data editor)
3
bb Enables the use of private variables specific to the DFBs that are independent of
the application
A DFB is set up in several stages:
bb The DFB is designed by assigning a name, a set of parameters (inputs, outputs,
public and private internal variables) and a comment to it via the data editor.
bb The code is created in one or more sections of the program, with the following
languages selected according to requirements: Structured Text, Instruction List,
4
Creating the code Ladder or Function Block Diagram (ST, IL, LD or FBD).
bb The DFB may be stored in a library with an associated version number.
bb A DFB instance is created in the data editor or when the function is called in the
program editor.
bb This instance is used in the program in the same way as an EFB (Elementary
Function Block). The instance can be created from within the program. 5
Use within the program 6
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/7
automation platform
Function block libraries

The function and function block libraries manager contains the elements provided
1 with Unity™ Pro software. The functions and function blocks are organized into
libraries that consist of families. Depending on the type of PAC selected and the
processor model, users will have a sub-set of these libraries available to write their
applications. However, the “Base Lib” library contains a set of functions and function
blocks, the majority of which are compatible with any Modicon PAC. In particular, it
contains the blocks compliant with IEC 61131-3.
The “Base Lib” library is structured into families:
2 bb Timers and counters
bb Process control on integers
bb Table management
bb Comparison
bb Date and time management
bb Logic processing
bb Mathematical processing
3 Standard function block libraries
bb Statistical processing
bb Character string processing
bb Type-to-type data conversion
The “Base Lib” library that covers standard automation functions, is supplemented
by other, more application-specific libraries and platform-specific functions:
bb Communication library. Provides an easy means of integrating communication
4 programs from PACs with those used by HMIs from the PAC application program.
Like other function blocks, these EFBs can be used in any language to exchange
data among PACs or to deliver data to be displayed on an HMI.
bb Process control library. The CONT_CTL library can be used to set up process-
specific control loops. It offers controller, derivative and integral control functions
plus additional algorithms, such as EFBs for calculating mean values, selecting a
maximum value, detecting edges or assigning a hysteresis to process values, etc.
5 bb Diagnostics library. Can be used to monitor actuators and contains EFBs for
active diagnostics, reactive diagnostics, interlocking diagnostics, permanent process
condition diagnostics, dynamic diagnostics, monitoring of signal groups, etc.
bb I/O management library. Provides services to handle information exchanged
with hardware modules (data formatting, scaling, etc.)
bb Motion Function Blocks library. Contains a set of predefined functions and
structures to manage motion controlled by drives and servo drives connected on
6 CANopen.
bb Motion library. Provides motion control and fast counting.
bb System library. Provides EFBs for the execution of system functions, including
evaluation of scan time, availability of several different system clocks, SFC section
monitoring, display of system state, management of files on the memory cartridge of
the Modicon M340 processor, etc.
bb Finally, a library named “obsolete” containing function blocks used by legacy
7 programming software needed to perform application conversions.
Management of user standards

Users may create libraries and families to store their own DFBs and DDTs. This
enhancement allows users to take advantage of programming standards adapted to
their needs, along with version management. This means that it is possible to:
bb Check the version of the elements used in an application program against those
8 stored in the library
bb Perform an upgrade, if necessary
User libraries
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/8
automation platform
Debugging tools
Unity™ Pro software offers a complete set of tools for debugging Modicon™ M340™,
Premium™ or Quantum™ applications. A tool palette provides direct access to the
main functions:
1
bb Dynamic program animation
bb Configuration of watchpoints or breakpoints (not authorized in event-triggered
tasks)
bb Step-by-step program execution. A function in this mode enables section-by-
section execution. Instruction-by-instruction execution can be launched from the
previous breakpoint. Three execution commands are therefore possible when the
element to be processed is a subroutine (SR) or DFB user block instance:
2
Dynamic animation/adjustment vv Step Into: This command is used to move to the first element of the SR or DFB.
vv Step Over: This command is used to execute the entire SR or DFB.
vv Step Out: This command is used to move to the next instruction after the SR or
DFB element.
bb Independent execution of the master (MAST), fast (FAST), auxiliary (AUX) and
event (EVTi) tasks 3
Animation of program elements
Dynamic animation is managed section by section. A button on the toolbar is used to
activate or deactivate animation for each section.
When the PAC is in RUN, this mode can be used to view, simultaneously:
4
bb The animation of a program section, regardless of the language used
bb The variables window containing the application objects created automatically
Watchpoint
from the section viewed
Animation table
Tables containing the application variables to be monitored or modified can be
created by data entry or automatically initialized from the selected program section.
These tables can be stored in the application and retrieved from there at a later date.
5
Debugging DFB user function blocks
The parameters and public variables of these blocks are displayed and animated in
real time using animation tables, with the possibility of modifying and forcing the
Breakpoints/step-by-step required objects.
In exactly the same way as with other program elements, the watchpoint, breakpoint,
6
step-by-step execution and program code diagnostics functions can be used to
analyze the behavior of DFBs. Configuring a breakpoint in a DFB user function block
instance stops the execution of the task containing this block.
Debugging in Sequential Function Chart (SFC) language 7

The various debugging tools are also available in SFC language. However, unlike
other sections (IL, ST, LD, or FBD) an SFC section executed step-by-step does not
stop execution of the task but instead freezes the SFC chart. Several breakpoints
can be declared simultaneously within a single SFC section.
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/9
automation platform
PAC simulator
1
Unity™ Pro's integrated simulator can be used to test the application program for
Modicon™ M340™, Premium™ or Quantum™ PACs from the PC terminal without
having to connect to the PAC processor. The functions provided by the debugging
tools are available for debugging the master, fast, and auxiliary tasks.
Simulator control panel Because the simulator does not manage the PAC I/O, animation tables can be used
to simulate the state of inputs by forcing them to 0 or 1.
The simulator can be connected to third-party applications via an OPC server with
OFS (OPC Factory Server) software.
2
3
Documentation editor
The documentation editor is based on the Documentation Browser that shows the
file structure in tree form.
It allows the application file or a portion of the file to be printed on any graphics
4 printer accessible under Windows and using True Type technology, in A4 or US letter
print format.
The documentation editor supports the creation of user-specific files using the
following headings:
bb Title page
bb Contents
bb General information
5 bb Footer
bb Configuration
bb EF, EFB and DFB type function blocks
Accessing the documentation editor bb User variables
bb Communication
bb Project structure
bb Program
6 bb Animation tables and cross references
bb Runtime screens
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/10
automation platform
Integrated diagnostics
Diagnostics integrated into Modicon™ M340™, Premium™ and Quantum™ automation platforms
Introduction
System diagnostics Diagnostics viewers

1
Vijeo™ Citect™ software
Magelis™ iPC thin client Higher-level
MES
Processor for
system bits
In-rack I/O
modules
Remote I/O
modules on
2
and words FIPIO™ Ethernet TCP/IP
or CANopen™
Cell level
Application diagnostics
Vijeo™ Designer™
software
3
Magelis™ XBT HMI
Modicon™ Quantum™ PAC,
Modicon™ Premium™ PAC,
Machine level
4
PC
The diagnostics offer for Modicon M340, Premium and Quantum platforms is based
on the following three components: 5
bb System diagnostics
bb DFB and EFB diagnostic function blocks (for system and application diagnostics)
bb Error message display system, called viewers, supplied as a standard component
of Magelis XBT terminals, Vijeo™ Citect™ supervisory software and Unity™ Pro
setup software
System diagnostics
The system diagnostics for Modicon M340, Premium and Quantum automation
6
platforms support the monitoring of system bits/words, I/O modules and SFC step
activity times (minimum/maximum). By simply choosing the relevant option during
application configuration, any event will generate time-stamped messages logged in
the diagnostic buffer of the PAC.
These events are displayed automatically in a diagnostics viewer (1) without requiring
any additional programming. 7
With Unity Pro integrated diagnostics, this function can be used to perform first level
diagnostics of the elements in the configuration, up to and including each I/O
module channel.
Configuration level
9
Module level
Viewer window (example with Unity Pro software) Channel level 10

(1) Diagnostics viewers are tools for displaying and acknowledging diagnostic error messages.
They are supplied as a standard component of Unity Pro and Vijeo Designer software, with
Magelis terminals and with the PAC Web server that can be accessed via a Magelis iPC
thin client.
4/11
automation platform
Modifying the program with the PAC in RUN mode

With Unity™ Pro, changes can be made to the program when the PAC connected to
1 the programming terminal is in RUN mode. These modifications are performed with
the following operations:
bb The application contained in the PAC is transferred to the PC terminal running
Unity Pro, if necessary.
bb Program changes are prepared. These program modifications can be of any type
and in any language (IL, ST, LD, FBD, and SFC), for example, addition or deletion of
SFC steps or actions. The code of a DFB user function block can also be modified
2 (however, modifications of its interface are not permitted).
bb These program changes are updated in the PAC (in RUN mode).
This function makes it possible to add or modify program code and data in different
parts of the application in one single modification session (thus resulting in a unified,
consistent modification with respect to the controlled process). This increased
flexibility comes at a cost in terms of the amount of program memory required.
3
Cross references function
Unity Pro's cross references function is available in standalone mode (offline) and
when connected to the PAC in Run (online). It allows users to view the elements of a
PAC application when searching for any type of variable. This view indicates where
the declared variable is used, as well as how it is used (for writing, reading, etc.).
4 This function also accesses the Search/Replace function for variable names.
The variable search can be initialized from any editor (language, data, runtime
screen, animation table, etc.).
Cross references table
5 Import/export function
The import/export function available in Unity Pro supports the following operations
from the structural and functional project views:
bb Via the import function, reuse any portion of a project created previously
bb Via the export function, copying any portion of the current project to a file for
subsequent reuse
6 The files generated during export are generally in XML format (1). However, in
addition to XML, variables can be exported and imported in the following formats:
bb .xvm format compatible with OFS data server software
Data export shortcut menu bb Source format, in an .scy file compatible with the PL7 design software
bb Text format with separator (TAB) in a .txt file for compatibility with any other system
7 During an import, a wizard can be used to reassign data to new instances of:
bb DFBs
bb DDTs
bb Simple data
In addition, when a functional module is imported, the data associated with
animation tables and runtime screens is also reassigned.
8 The XML import function also supports the transfer of a Modicon M340, Premium or
Quantum PAC configuration prepared in the SIS Pro costing and configuration tool
for use in the creation of a project in Unity Pro.
This import function spares the user from having to redefine the PAC configuration
Data import wizard
when the PAC has already been configured with the SIS Pro tool.
(1) XML language is an open, text-based language that provides structural and semantic
9 information.
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/12
automation platform
Application converters
Unity™ Pro's integrated conversion tools can be used to convert PAC applications
created with Concept™ and PL7™ programming software to Unity Pro applications. 1
Concept/Unity Pro converter (Quantum™ PAC)
This conversion is performed with a Concept application V2.5 or later (it can also be
performed in V2.11 or later, but only after an update to V2.5). To perform the
conversion, export the application to an ASCII file in Concept.
The export file is converted to a Unity Pro source file automatically. This source file is
then analyzed by Unity Pro. At the end of the procedure, a conversion report is 2
generated and an output window displays any detected conversion errors and
provides direct access to the part of the program to be modified.
The Concept application converter converts the application to Unity Pro, but does
not guarantee that it will operate correctly in real time. It is the responsibility of the
user to test or debug converted applications.
PL7/Unity Pro converter (Premium PAC)

3
This conversion is performed with a PL7 application V4 or later (Premium slot-PAC).
To perform the conversion, the source file (complete application) or source file (user
function block) is exported in PL7.
The conversion procedure is similar to that of the Concept conversion described
above.
Note: Applications created with Concept™, Modsoft™ and ProWORX™ can be converted to
LL984™. Consult your Customer Care Center.
4
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/13
automation platform
XLS
Unity™ Pro XLS
1 In addition to the functions of Unity Pro Extra Large, Unity Pro XLS provides a set of
specific check and protection function blocks to facilitate the creation and
debugging of SIL3 Quantum™ projects.
For a description of these specifications and their setup, as well as the functional
Unity Pro limitations provided for within the framework of SIL3-certifiable safety projects
according to IEC 61508, refer to the document entitled “Quantum Safety PAC
Safety Reference Manual” 11/2007, No. 3303879.00, approved by TÜV Rheinland
2 and available at www.schneider-electric.com.
The Unity Pro XLS programming tool is certified compliant with the requirements of
IEC 61508 for the management of safety applications with Quantum 140CPU651
60S/67160S PACs.
It offers the complete range of functions required to program a safety project:
bb In-depth error diagnostics
3
bb Project protection
During project creation, it is the selection of the Quantum processor that determines
whether or not the project created will be a safety project.
Unity Pro XLS is capable of processing any Unity Pro application types.
No other programming tool is needed on the computer.
4
To program a safety project, Unity Pro XLS provides two IEC 61131-3 programming
languages:
bb Function Block Diagram (FBD)
bb Ladder language (LD)
8 Safety program structure

A safety project must be programmed entirely in a master task (MAST).
It is not possible to:

bb Program FAST, TIMER, INTERRUPT or AUX tasks
9 bb Use subroutines (SR sections)
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/14
automation platform
XLS
Unity™ Pro XLS (continued)

Language elements
Unity Pro XLS provides a set of specific, certified functions and function blocks. 1
These are available in the “Unity Pro safety function block library”.
Many of the language elements are available:

bb Elementary data types (EDTs): BOOL, EBOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT,
UINT, DINT, UDINT and TIME
2
bb Simple tables used exclusively for Ethernet Global Data communication
bb Direct addressing, for example, writing to %MW memory via a coil
in Ladder language (LD)
bb Located variables
Project verification options

Unity Pro XLS provides the following different options for the checks performed by
the language analyser:
bb Unused variables 3
bb Variables written multiple times
bb Unassigned parameters
bb FB instances used multiple times
bb Address overlapping
It is advisable to enable each available option when checking a safety project.

4
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/15
automation platform
XLS

Project security
1 Unity Pro XLS provides security functions to help protect against unauthorized access
to safety projects, to the SIL3 Quantum™ PAC and to the Unity Pro XLS software.
bb The application password, defined when the safety project was created, is
requested:
vv When the safety application file is opened
2
vv Upon connection to the SIL3 Quantum PAC
3
bb The safety editor integrated into Unity Pro XLS is used to define the access
permissions and the list of authorized functions for each user, in particular:
vv Creation and modification of the application password
vv Activation of maintenance mode
bb Adjustment of the auto-lock period
4 Functions and function blocks for safety applications
Unity Pro XLS provides a set of elementary functions (EFs) and elementary function
blocks (EFBs) certified for use in safety applications:
bb Standard functions certified for safety applications:
vv Mathematical functions and functions for manipulating data from the
5 unrestricted memory area in the safety logic

vv Comparison functions
vv Logic functions, rotations, shift operations
vv Statistical functions
vv Timer and counter setup
vv Type conversions
bb Specific functions for safety architectures:
6 vv High availability setup: choice of two inputs from a redundant discrete I/O
module or a redundant analog input module
vv Hot Standby PAC redundancy setup: to cause the two processors involved in a
hot standby configuration to change roles from primary to standby and standby to
primary respectively. The objective is to verify the capacity of each processor to
take over in case the other processor becomes inoperative. With Unity Pro XLS,
this function can easily be programmed in the application by configuring the S_
7 HSBY_SWAP elementary function from the library.
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/16
automation platform
XLS

Special features and procedures
Software tool self-test 1
Unity Pro XLS provides the option of running a self-test to verify that the software
components installed have not been corrupted, for example, due to a PC hard disk
failure. This self-test is based on a CRC calculation.
Unity Pro XLS checks the version and CRC of the following:
bb Its DLLs
bb The safety FFB library database
bb The hardware catalog database
2
Unity Pro XLS self-tests are performed on a user request, for example:
bb After installing or uninstalling any program on the computer
bb Before loading the final application program into the PAC
bb Before modifying the application program executed on the SIL3 Quantum PAC
Time-stamping binary files

3
With Unity Pro XLS, every binary file generated for a safety project features a version
management field that provides the date and time when it was generated.
This information is useful for checking the project.
Downloading a project to Unity Pro XLS

It is possible to upload a safety project from the PAC to Unity Pro XLS under the 4
following conditions:
bb This option was selected for the project.
bb The user is required to know the application password to establish a connection to
the SIL3 Quantum PAC.
bb The SIL3 Quantum PAC has been placed in maintenance mode to perform
5
the upload.
Unrestricted memory
The unrestricted memory area contains bits and words that are not protected against
write operations from external equipment such as HMI terminals and PACs.
bb It is located at the beginning of the memory.

bb Its size can be configured with Unity Pro XLS.
bb Values cannot be used directly in the unrestricted memory area and can only be 6
used in conjunction with specific function blocks S_MOVE_BIT and
S_MOVE_WORD.
Unity Pro XLS checks in both the application edit and generation phases to help
make sure that only data from the unrestricted memory area is used at the input of
the function blocks S_MOVE_BIT and S_MOVE_WORD.
Furthermore, Unity Pro XLS provides a useful list of cross references, allowing easy 7
identification of the way in which variables are used and verification of the application
of this rule.
Note: For safety applications, it is common practice to verify the correct transfer of data by writing
the data twice (to two different variables) and then comparing it.
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/17
automation platform
Communication drivers
The drivers commonly used with the M340™, Premium™ and Quantum™ platforms
1 are installed at the same time as the Unity™ Pro software.
Unity Pro also includes the following communication drivers that can be installed as
required (1):
Protocol - Hardware Windows XP Windows Vista Business

Professional 32-bit Edition
2 Windows 7
32-bit and 64-bit Editions
Ethway™ - Ethernet
FIP - FPC10 ISA card
FIP - FPC20 PCMCIA card
FIP adaptor - CUSBFIP
3 ISAway™ - PCX57 ISA card

Modbus™ Serial - COM port
PCIway™ - Atrium™ TPCI57 PCI card
Uni-Telway™ - COM port
Uni-Telway - SCP114 PCMCIA card
USB for high end PAC
4 XWay™ on TCP/IP
Driver available Driver not available
Unity Developer's Edition, advanced open access

5 Advanced open access is helpful for experienced IT engineers. It support the
development of interfaces between Unity and expert tools and specific user-defined
functions.
This type of development requires experience in the following IT areas:
bb C++ or Visual Basic languages
bb Client/server architectures
bb XML and COM/DCOM technologies
6 bb Database synchronization
As a supplement to the Unity Pro Extra Large software (2), the UDE (Unity
Developer’s Edition) development kit UNYUDEVFUCD21E enables the
development of customized solutions. In addition to the development kit, the Unity
servers and accompanying documentation are also provided.
7 Unity Developer's Edition is compatible with:

bb Unity Pro Extra Large
bb Modicon M340 processors
bb Premium Unity processors
bb Quantum Unity processors
8 (1) Also available separately under reference TLXCDDRV20M

(2) Only the Unity Pro Extra Large version enables dynamic database management for data to
be exchanged with the OFS data server or a third-party tool.
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/18
automation platform
Upgrade kits for Concept™, PL7™ Pro and ProWORX™ software

The Concept, PL7 Pro and ProWORX upgrade kits allow users who already have
one of these programs from the installed base and who have a current
subscription to obtain Unity Pro version V4.1 software at a reduced price.
1
These upgrades are only available for licenses of the same type (from Concept XL
group license to Unity™ Pro Extra Large group license).
Composition and Windows OS compatibility

2
Unity Pro multilingual software packages are compatible with Windows 2000
Professional and Windows XP operating systems.
They include:
bb Documentation in electronic format in six languages (English, German, Chinese,
3
Spanish, French and Italian)
bb Converters for converting applications created with Concept and PL7 Pro
programming software
bb PAC simulator
Cables for connecting the processor to the programming PC are ordered separately.
4
Unity Pro update
Customers are notified automatically when a new Unity Pro update
becomes available.
They can then access the software updates manager directly, download the
update, and install it on their workstation.
5
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/19
automation platform
References
Unity™ Pro Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large and XLS software packages
1 These software packages are for programming and configuring Unity automation
platforms. The software is available in five versions:
bb Unity Pro Small, see page 4/20
Unity Pro bb Unity Pro Medium, see page 4/21
bb Unity Pro Large see page 4/21
bb Unity Pro Extra Large see page 4/22
2
bb Unity Pro XLS see page 4/22
Upgrade kits for Concept™, PL7™ Pro and ProWORX™ software

These upgrade kits allow users who already have these software programs from
the installed base and who have a current subscription to obtain Unity Pro version
V5.0 software at a reduced price. These upgrades are only available for licenses
of the same type (from Concept XL group license to Unity Pro Extra Large
3 group license). See pages 4/21 and 4/22.
Composition and Windows OS compatibility

Unity Pro multilingual software packages are compatible with Windows XP, Windows
Vista Business Edition (32-bit) and Windows 7 (32-bit) operating systems.
They include:
4
bb Unity Pro V5.0 DVD in six languages (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
and Chinese)
bb Unity Loader V2.1 CD
bb Ethernet/IP Configuration V1.1 CD (not included with Unity Pro Small)
bb DVD containing the documentation in six languages (English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish and Chinese)
5
Unity Pro Small version 5.0 software
For Modicon™ M340™: BMXP341000/20p0/20p02
For distributed I/O: Modicon ETB, FTB, FTM, OTB, STB, Momentum™
Unity Pro Small version 5.0 software packages (1)

6 Designation License type Reference Weight
kg
Unity Pro Small Single (1 station) UNYSPUSFUCD50 –
software packages Group (3 stations) UNYSPUSFGCD50 –
Team (10 stations) UNYSPUSFTCD50 –
7
Software upgrades from: Single (1 station) UNYSPUSZUCD50 –
- Concept S Group (3 stations) UNYSPUSZGCD50 –
- PL7 Micro
- ProWORX NxT/32 Lite Team (10 stations) UNYSPUSZTCD50 –
License type extensions for Unity Pro Small version 5.0

From To Reference Weight
8
kg
Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) UNYSPUSZUGCD50 –
Group (3 stations) Team (10 stations) UNYSPUSZGTCD50 –
(1) For compatibility of Unity software/automation platforms and distributed I/O, refer to the
selection guide on page 4/2.
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/20
automation platform
Medium / Large
Unity™ Pro Medium version 5.0 software

For Modicon Premium™: TSX570p to 2p, TSXPCI572p
For distributed I/O: Modicon ETB, FTB, FTM, OTB, STB, Momentum™ 1
Unity Pro Medium version 5.0 software packages (1)
Unity Pro Designation License type Reference Weight
kg
Unity Pro Medium Single (1 station) UNYSPUMFUCD50 –
software packages Group (3 stations)
Team (10 stations)
UNYSPUMFGCD50
UNYSPUMFTCD50
–
–
2
Software upgrades from: Single (1 station) UNYSPUMZUCD50 –
- Concept™ S, M Group (3 stations) UNYSPUMZGCD50 –
- PL7™ Micro, Junior
- ProWORX™ NxT/32 Lite Team (10 stations) UNYSPUMZTCD50 –
License type extensions for Unity Pro Medium version 5.0

3
kg
Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) UNYSPUMZUGCD50 –
Group (3 stations) Team (10 stations) UNYSPUMZGTCD50 –
Upgrade to Unity Pro Medium from Unity Pro Small

Type of upgrade Reference Weight
4
The number of stations is unchanged kg
Small to Medium Single (1 station) UNYSPUMZSUCD50 –
Small to Medium Group (3 stations) UNYSPUMZSGCD50 –
Small to Medium Team (10 stations) UNYSPUMZSTCD50 –
5
Unity Pro Large version 5.0 software
For Modicon M340: BMXP341000/20p0/20p02
For Modicon Premium: TSX570p to 4p, TSXPCI572p to 3p
For Modicon Quantum™: 140CPU311 10/434 12U/534 14U
6
For distributed I/O: Modicon ETB, FTB, FTM, OTB, STB, Momentum
Unity Pro Large version 5.0 software packages (1)

Designation License type Reference Weight
kg
Unity Pro Large Single (1 station) UNYSPULFUCD50 –
software packages Group (3 stations) UNYSPULFGCD50 –
Team (10 stations)
Site (y 100 users)
UNYSPULFTCD50
UNYSPULFFCD50
–
– 7
Software upgrades from: Single (1 station) UNYSPULZUCD50 –
- Concept S, M Group (3 stations) UNYSPULZGCD50 –
- PL7 Micro, Junior, Pro
- ProWORX NxT/32 Lite Team (10 stations) UNYSPULZTCD50 –
Site (y 100 users) UNYSPULZFCD50 –
License type extensions for Unity Pro Large version 5.0

8
kg
Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) UNYSPULZUGCD50 –
Group (3 stations) Team (10 stations) UNYSPULZGTCD50 –
Upgrade to Unity Pro Large from Unity Pro Medium

9
Medium to Large Single (1 station) UNYSPULZMUCD50 –
Medium to Large Group (3 stations) UNYSPULZMGCD50 –
Medium to Large Team (10 stations) UNYSPULZMTCD50 –
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/21
automation platform
Extra Large / XLS
Unity™ Pro Extra Large version 5.0 software

1 For Modicon Premium™: TSX570p to 6p, TSXPCI572p to 3p
For Modicon Quantum™: 140CPU311 10/434 12U/534 14U/651 50/651 60/652 60/671 60
For distributed I/O: Modicon ETB, FTB, FTM, OTB, STB, Momentum™
Unity Pro Unity Pro Extra Large version 5.0 software packages (1)
kg
2 Unity Pro Extra Large

software packages
Single (1 station)
Group (3 stations)
UNYSPUEFUCD50
UNYSPUEFGCD50
–
–
Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEFTCD50 –
Site (y 100 users) UNYSPUEFFCD50 –
Software upgrades from: Single (1 station) UNYSPUEZUCD50 –
- Concept™ S, M, XL Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEZGCD50 –
- PL7™ Micro, Junior, Pro
Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEZTCD50 –
3
- ProWORX™ NxT Lite, Full
- ProWORX 32 Lite, Full Site (y 100 users) UNYSPUEZFCD50 –
License type extensions for Unity Pro Extra Large

kg
Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEZUGCD50 –
4
Group (3 stations) Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEZGTCD50 –
Upgrade to Unity Pro Extra Large from Unity Pro Large

Large to Extra Large Single (1 station) UNYSPUEZLUCD50 –
Large to Extra Large Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEZLGCD50 –
5 Large to Extra Large Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEZLTCD50 –
Unity Pro XLS version 4.1 software

For Modicon M340: BMXP341000/20p0/20p02
6 For Modicon Premium: TSX570p to 6p, TSXPCI572p to 3p
For Modicon Quantum: 140CPU311 10/434 12U/534 14U/651 50/651 60/652 60/671 60/
651 60S/671 60S
For distributed I/O: Modicon ETB, FTB, FTM, OTB, STB, Momentum
Unity Pro XLS version 4.1 software packages (1)

7
kg
Unity Pro XLS Single (1 station) UNYSPUXFUCD41 –
software packages Group (3 stations) UNYSPUXFGCD41 –
Team (10 stations) UNYSPUXFTCD41 –
Site (y 100 users) UNYSPUXFFCD41 –
Software upgrades from: Single (1 station) UNYSPUXZUCD41 –
- Concept S, M, XL Group (3 stations) UNYSPUXZGCD41 –
8
- PL7 Micro, Junior, Pro
- ProWORX NxT Lite, Full Team (10 stations) UNYSPUXZTCD41 –
- ProWORX 32 Lite, Full Site (y 100 users) UNYSPUXZFCD41 –
10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/22
automation platform

Description License type Reference Weight
Unity Developer’s Edition

kg
1
UDE Unity Developer’s Edition Single (1 station) UNYUDEVFUCD21E –
For automating repetitive tasks or generating source code
Unity Pro automatically from third-party applications
Available for Unity Pro Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large
and XLS
Unity SFC View software

Unity SFC View software Single (1 station) UNYSDUMFUCD20 –
2
packages
Unity Pro documentation, separate parts

Documentation for Unity Pro version 5.0
kg 3
Hardware and software manuals (on DVD) Multilingual (English, French, UNYUSE909CDM –
Platform setup for: German, Italian, Spanish,
- Modicon™ M340™ Chinese)
- Premium™
- Quantum™
- Momentum™
Electromagnetic compatibility of networks and
fieldbuses
Software setup for:
4
- Unity™ Pro
- Function block libraries
Separate parts
Description From processor To PC port Length Reference Weight
PC connection cables USB mini B port USB port 1.8 m BMXXCAUSBH018

kg
0.065
5
(PC to PAC) BMXP341000/20p0/20p02 4.5 m BMXXCAUSBH045 0.110
Mini-DIN port Premium RS 232D (9‑pin 2.5 m TSXPCX1031 0.170

TSX571p/2p/3p/4p Atrium SUB-D
TSXPCI57 connector)
BMXXCAUSBH0pp
USB port
(USB/RS 485
converter)
0.4 m TSXCUSB485
(2)
0.144
6
USB port 2.5 m TSXCRJMD25 0.150
(mini-DIN/RJ45 (2)
cordset)
Modbus™ port RS 232D (9‑pin 3.7 m 990NAA26320 0.300
15-way SUB-D Quantum SUB-D 15 m 990NAA26350 0.180
140CPU311 10 140CPU434
12A 140CPU534 14A
connector)
7
USB port USB port 3.3 m UNYXCAUSB033 –
Premium TSX575p/6p
Quantum 140CPU6p1
TSXPCX1031
Modbus RJ45 connector port RJ 45 1m 110XCA28201 –
Quantum 140CPU6p1 connector 3m
6m
110XCA28202
110XCA28203
–
–
8
PC connection cables HE13 connector Modicon STB RS 232D (3) 2m STBXCA4002 0.210
(PC SUB-D to I/O network interface module (9-way SUB-D
Modicon STB I/O) (NIM) connector)
USB/SUB-D adaptor HE13 connector Modicon STB USB port (4) – SR2CBL06 0.185
(PC USB to Modicon STB I/O) I/O network interface module
(NIM) with STB XCA 4002 9
cable (4)
(1) For compatibility of Unity software/automation platforms and distributed I/O, refer to the selection guide on page 4/2.
TSXCUSB485 (2) The TSXCUSB485 converter requires use of the TSXCRJMD25 mini-DIN/RJ45 cordset.
(3) For connection on a USB port, the SR2 CBL 06 cable is required (4).
(4) Adaptor equipped with a USB connector (PC end) and a 9-way SUB-D connector (STB XCA 4002 cable end); requires the
STB XCA 4002 cable (9-way SUB-D/HE 13) for connection to the HE13 connector on the Modicon STB NIM. 10
Selection guide:
page 4/2
4/23
RTU Configuration Software for Unity Pro and
W@de modules
Introduction
W@de W315, W320 and W325 modules allow the configuration of RTU tags via a
1 web interface. This process is time-consuming when dealing with a large number of
tags. RTU Configuration Software provides an easy to use graphical user interface
for:
bb Creating several tags according to IEC 60870-5-101/104 (DNP3 supported by
RTU Configuration
W@de modules) in just a few mouse clicks
Software bb Creating W@de configuration files for direct import into the module
bb Creating Unity™ Pro sections and variables, even Unity Pro applications, for
2 communication between the PAC and W@de RTU module
bb Creating user documentation based on MS Excel.
RTU Configuration Software
Unity Pro Wade
3 Program Variables Configuration
4 Software Setup
RTU Configuration Software can be used as a stand-alone utility or together with
Unity Pro. In the later case it is integrated into the Unity Pro programming software
on installation.
RTU variables
6 The software is used to create a large number of RTU variable tags automatically. It
supports the following variable types:
bb Single point/single command
bb Double point/double command
bb Measured value/set point command
bb Integrated total.
7 Configuration of additional RTU-specific parameters is also possible.
The naming rules for the automatically generated variables are defined as follows:
bb Optional PAC premount
bb IEC variable data type specific premount followed by a four-digit incremental
number
RTU Configuration screen bb Object address
8 bb PAC address.
Communication parameters have to be configured directly in the W@de module web

interface.
10
4/24
automation platform
RTU Configuration Software for Unity Pro and
W@de modules
Reference
RTU Configuration Software for Unity™ Pro and W@de modules is compatible with
Unity Pro V4.0 or higher and available for Microsoft Windows XP Professional
and Windows Vista.
1
The software requires Microsoft .NET framework V3.5 or higher and Microsoft
Internet Explorer V5.5 or higher.
W@de W315, W320 and W325 modules with firmware version V2.04 or higher
are supported.

2
kg
RTU Configuration Single (1 station) UNYSRTZFUCD10 –
Software
10
4/25
Unity EFB Toolkit software
Introduction
Unity™ EFB Toolkit is the software for developing EFs and EFBs in “C” programming
1 language. It is optional for Unity Pro and is used to extend Unity Pro’s set of standard
function blocks to offer additional functionality. This software is bundled with
Microsoft Visual Studio for debugging function blocks developed in the Unity Pro
PAC Simulator. Unity EFB Toolkit also includes a service for creating and managing
Unity EFB Toolkit function block families and integrating them in Unity Pro.
2 Setup
Unity EFB Toolkit handles the entire process of developing Unity Pro function blocks:
bb A user-friendly graphical user interface with automatic file organization
bb Powerful tools for testing and debugging
bb Management of compatibilities and software versions of created functions
bb Generation of files for subsequent installation of functions on other Unity Pro
stations.
3
Managing function families
The software is used to create function block families. The developed function
blocks, also known as EFs/EFBs, are stored in families, making it possible to create
an organized library of function blocks written in “C”. After development, these
4 function block families are installed on Unity Pro stations to extend the standard
Unity Pro libraries. Integration into Unity Pro can be executed from Unity EFB Toolkit
or by using the Unity Pro Types Library Update tool that makes it easy to distribute
the families without additional software.
Developping functions blocks
5 The EFB Toolkit software allows the user to create a function block by:
bb Declaring the function block interface in the same way as for DFBs in Unity Pro
bb Defining the necessary data types (elementary, structures, arrays)
bb Supporting public and private variables
EFB Toolkit: Managing function families bb Generating the files and the “C” code frame of the block (the user only adds the
functionality to this frame)
bb Granting access to numerous internal PAC services such as real-time clock, PAC
6 variables and data, system words and math functions, including high precision
numerical processing in “double” format
bb Building the function block family (compile/link for Unity Pro PAC platforms)
bb Providing a debugging environment: created function blocks can be easily
debugged in Microsoft Visual Studio by loading a Unity Pro application with the
developed function into the Unity Pro PAC Simulator. Microsoft Visual Studio
debugging functions, such as breakpoints, stepping operations, code/data
7 visualization and data manipulation, are available without restriction.

bb Supporting Unity Pro version management is important for the function block
maintenance phase.
Note: To generate the code for a Modicon™ M340™ platform, a specific GNU compiler is used. It
is supplied with the Unity EFB Toolkit.
8 EFB Toolkit: Editor Compatibility

Unity EFB Toolkit is compatible with Unity Pro Small, Medium, Large and Extra
Large.
EFs and EFBs can be developed for the Premium™, Modicon™ M340™ and Quantum™
platforms.
10
4/26
automation platform
Unity EFB Toolkit software
Reference
Unity EFB Toolkit is companion software for Unity™ Pro and is used to create Unity
Pro function blocks in “C” programming language. Developed function blocks can
then be integrated into Unity Pro standard function block libraries.
1
Unity EFB Toolkit software and its documentation are supplied in electronic form on
CD-ROM in English.
Designation License Language Reference Weight
Unity EFB Toolkit

type
Single English (software UNYSPUZFUCD31E
kg
–
2
(1 station) and electronic
documentation)
10
4/27
Unity Dif comparison application
Introduction
Unity™ Dif software is an optional program for Unity Pro supporting Unity Pro PAC
1 platforms. It compares two Unity Pro applications and provides an exhaustive list of
differences. The Unity Dif program increases productivity in the main life phases of a
control system, mainly during application development and debugging and
Unity Dif comparison installation start-up, operation and maintenance.
Software setup
2 Unity Dif software can be launched in several ways:
bb From within Unity Pro
bb Via the Windows start menu
bb Via a command line interface without graphical user interface.
Unity Dif locates the differences between two Unity Pro applications in terms of:
3
bb The hardware configuration
bb The network configuration (Modbus™/TCP, CANopen and RIO remote I/O
[Quantum™ only])
bb The entire set of variables and function block instances
bb The application structure and its content regardless of the language
bb The code for the DFBs and DDTs
bb The project options
The result of the comparison can be displayed in the user interface, printed or saved
4 in .txt file format.
Comparison
The end of the comparison operation is signalled by the appearance of the
application browser with its two tabs:
5 1 Identification tab for accessing the

Specifications of the two applications being
compared. The differences are shown in a
summary.
1 2 2 Browser tab for accessing the application tree

structure reIntroduction.
6
Comparison after selection of elements to be analyzed
7 Displaying results
The application structure reIntroduction is accessible after comparison via the
browser tab. It shows the difference with the help of 4 symbols in which the
information associated with application 1 appears in blue and those associated with
application 2 appear in red:
8
This branch, found in this level of the tree structure, contains at
least one difference
1
2
This block contains at least one difference
This section is only present in application 1
9 This section is only present in application 2
Displaying results
In the example opposite, a difference on the rung is detected:
1 The line displayed in blue belongs to application 1 [Prj1]
2 The line displayed in red belongs to application 2 [Prj2]
The source code extracts of both applications can be used to locate the differences
10 precisely.
4/28
automation platform
Unity Dif comparison application
References
This Unity™ Dif software extension is used to compare two Unity applications
generated by Unity Pro software version V2.1 or later. 1
Description Target extension Type Reference Weight
PAC target kg
Unity Dif comparison Unity Pro versions Single UNYSDUZFUCD22 –
software extension for
Unity Pro applications
CD-ROM containing software
Modicon™ M340™,
Premium™, Quantum™
license
(1 station) 2
and electronic documentation
Site UNYSDUZFFCD22 –
(English-French)
license
(100
stations)
10
4/29
automation platform
Unity Loader software
Introduction
Unity™ Loader is companion software to Unity Pro and is used to perform
1 maintenance operations on automation applications. Its easy setup and small size
make it a useful tool for updating Unity Pro projects without using Unity Pro. It is also
used to update the embedded software on Modicon™ M340™ modules. It performs
Unity Loader the following main functions:
bb Transfer of automation project components from PC to PAC or from PAC to PC,
such as the program and data
bb Transfer of files and user Web pages stored in the memory card of
2 Modicon M340 PACs
bb Transfer of embedded software (firmware) from the PC to Modicon M340 modules.
Software graphic interface

The Unity Loader software is easy to use and consists of four tabs to perform
3
different operations:
bb The “Project” tab is used for project transfers (program and data) between the PC
and the PAC processor. The software transfers program (application file format .stu
and archive file format .sta) and data (located and unlocated) files of a Unity Pro
project in either direction. Program and data files created by Unity Loader are
compatible with Unity Pro. When connected to the PAC, Unity Loader displays the
information relating to the data read in the PAC. The same information is displayed
for the selected files on the PC. The user decides which of the possible elements of
4 the project are transferred in a single command after validation of the transfers.
vv Modicon M340 PACs and BMXRMSpp8MFP memory card only: User files and
Web pages can be transferred from the memory card to the PC and vice versa.
vv BMXNOE0110 with Flash Memory Card only: Web pages stored inside the
Unity Loader: "Project" tab Flash Memory can be transferred from the module to the PC or vice versa.
bb The “Firmware” tab is used to update the firmware in Modicon M340 modules.
The screen displays the detailed content of the firmware versions inside the module
5 and on the PC. The firmware update follows the same principle as for transferring
projects.
bb The “Options” tab is used to configure the working environment, such as the file
location on the PC and selection of one of the six supported languages (English,
French, German, Italian, Spanish, and Chinese) for the user interface and online
help.
bb The “About to ” tab displays information about the software.
6 Note: Regardless of which tab is selected, the connection status with the PAC is displayed,
together with commands for connection/disconnection and changing the PAC operating mode.
Modicon M340 PACs and BMXRMSpp8MFP memory card only

7 Unity Loader software can download the project components and firmware (PAC or
module) simultaneously onto the flash memory card (BMXRMSpp8MFP memory
card only) slotted in the processor.
Unity Loader: "Firmware" tab This firmware download can subsequently be used to update a remote PAC.
Automation of Unity Loader commands

8 Project download/upload between a PAC and a supervisory station equipped with
Unity Loader software is now possible through a command file included in the
supervisory application.
10
4/30
Unity Loader software and Libraries
Communication between the PC and the PAC

Unity™ Loader supports:
bb Unity Pro Quantum™ PACs with Modbus™ communication
bb Unity Pro Premium™ PACs with Unitelway™ communication
1
bb Modicon™ M340™ PACs and modules via Ethernet and USB.
Unity Loader
Reference Type of module Ethernet port USB port
BMXP342000 Processor with Modbus
2
BMXP342010/20103 Processor with CANopen
BMXP342020 Processor with integrated
BMXP342030/20302 Ethernet port
BMXNOE0100/0110 Ethernet Modbus/TCP
BMXAMI/ART/AMO/AMM Analog I/O
BMXEHC0200/0800 Counter
BMXMSP0200 Motion control
Supported Supported if processor with integrated Ethernet port 3

For Ethernet networks Unity Loader contains a network scanner to scan a range of
network addresses. By selecting a recognized Modicon M340 PAC the data transfer
operations can be performed.
Reference
Unity Loader is included with Unity Pro Small, Medium, Large and Extra Large and 4
can be ordered separately under a unit reference.
Compatibility
Unity Loader is independent of Unity Pro and compatible with Modicon M340 PACs,
Unity Pro Quantum PACs via Modbus and Unity Pro Premium PACs via Unitelway.
Program files and PAC data files are compatible between Unity Pro and Unity Loader.
5
Designation Type Reference Weight
kg
Unity Loader Single license UNYSMUZUCD22 –
(1 station)
6
Specific libraries according to the software used
The specific libraries below may be acquired separately according to the software
used.
Control Libraries
Designation Target Type Reference Weight
7
software kg
Unity specific Libraries Predictive Control Library Unity Pro / Single UNYLPCZAUCD10 –
Concept license
(1 station)
Fuzzy Library Unity Pro UNYLFZZAUWB12 –
TeSys Library UNYLTSZAUWB10 –
Heat Ventilation Air Condition
Library
UNYLHVZAUWB10 – 8
Flow Calculation Library UNYLAGZAUWB20 –
System Libraries
Designation Target Type Reference Weight
Enhanced Process Library

software
UAG Single UAGSBTCFUCD10
kg
– 9
license
Devices and Process Library (1 station) UAGSBTDFUWB13 –
10
4/31
automation platform
Unity™ software
Unity Application Generator
Advanced design tool for automation solutions (1)

Deliver your automation projects faster and re-use your know-how!
1 Unity Application Generator (UAG) is an advanced design and generation software
tool that integrates multiple PACs and HMI/SCADA systems to provide an
automation solution similar to a distributed control system. Using an approach based
upon reusable objects (application libraries) and automatic application generation,
UAG helps to ensure consistent design and implementation of user-defined
UAG standards and specifications. Featuring change tracking and automatic
documentation functions, UAG supports standards such as ISA-88 and GAMP.
2 Business advantage
UAG provides significant business advantages in terms of cost reduction, quality and
performance improvement.
bb Cost
vv Savings in system implementation cost
SoCollaborative ™
3 Engineering project
System
Basic design design Detailed Procurement &
Reduced schedule vv Improved time-to-market for the end user by allowing the project
vv Quicker return on investment
design Commissioning bb Quality
Basic design Detailed design Procurement & Commissioning vv Improved software quality,
vv Improved maintainability
Conventional Project
vv Reduced risk and improved project schedules
Business advantage
bb Performance
4 vv Standardized design and systematic improvement
vv Capture and re-use of your best practices
vv Integrated automation system design in your plant engineering workflow
Working efficiently
UAG provides the key features for an advanced automation solution to increase
efficiency, and to share and re-use your know-how.
5 Structured project design - bridge from the process engineer to the control/
Unity Pro
Process design
a SoCollaborative Software
automation designer (from the PID to the automation system).
(PID, Excel, Vijeo Citect
a SoCollaborative Software It is possible to capture and re-use the customer’s best practices within application
XML, CAD, …)
XML specific libraries that reduce the dependency on experts, allows standardization
UAG
and increases software robustness.
Single database entry helps to avoid duplicate effort and resulting errors.
6 Working efficiently Automatic application generation, including the automatic configuration of
networks in multi device systems increases efficiency, improves software quality
and shortens setup times while simultaneously reducing project risk. Integrated
change tracking and automatic documentation generation reduces engineering
effort and enables system validation.
Advanced automation platform

7 UAG integrates products from Schneider Electric and leading partners into an
advanced automation platform based on standards, including: ISA-88, GAMP and
IEC 61131-3.
Single data point entry and management integrates the process control, monitoring
and supervision and helps to ensure data consistency and integrated communication
among devices.
8 Applications (1)
bb Methodology: UAG allows you to capture and re-use your know-how. Through
Standards automatic generation, the project information is propagated to applications
consistently, easily and quickly.
bb Creating user libraries: libraries are based on re-usable control devices – Smart
Control Devices (SCoDs).
9 bb High level objects (template types) consisting of multiple SCoDs: template
types allow you to pre-define complex objects (e.g. a PID or a sequence) that consist
of multiple SCoDs. A common graphic symbol can also be defined. This makes
instantiation more efficient as the number of individual steps can be reduced by
using the type definition.
bb Structuring your project: a structured project design provides a bridge from the
process engineer to the control automation designer (from the PID to the automation
10 system) based on the ISA-88 standard. The PID drawing is mapped to the physical
model in UAG.
(1) For more technical information, please consult our website at www.schneider-electric.com.
4/32
Unity™ software
Unity Application Generator
Applications (continued) (1)

bb Multi-station automation configuration: the entire process control, monitoring and
supervision topology of the distributed automation system is managed within UAG.
bb Generating the application: the automation solution is generated based on the
1
structured design and your standards contained within the pre-qualified UAG library,
helping to ensure consistent information for the PACs and the HMI/SCADA. The use
of resources (addresses, name space, etc.) is optimized to help avoid conflicts and
errors. UAG can generate complete projects, as well as incremental changes when
modifications occur.
bb Validation: UAG simplifies validation when required by regulation or to comply
with GAMP (Good Automation Manufacturing Practice). UAG uses ISA 88 standard
2
terminology for batch control and supports the GAMP methodology for creating an
automation system.
bb Process Application Library for Vijeo™ Citect™: the Process Application Library
for Vijeo Citect is shipped together with the UAG CD and can be installed from there.
A separate order is not necessary; simply complete the registration details
Multi-station automation configuration during installation.
bb Device and Process Library: the Device and Process Library is shipped together
3
with the UAG CD and can be installed from there. A separate order is not necessary;
simply complete the registration details during installation.
Segment/Application-specific libraries
4
A number of more specialized libraries have been developed to provide a more
complete starting point for certain projects, such as:
bb Water & Wastewater
Graphic object Logic object
bb Mining, Minerals, Metals
ScoD Supported platforms and environment

bb Supported platforms
Instantiation
vv PAC software: Unity™ Pro u V4.0
vv PAC hardware: M340™, Premium™ and Quantum™
5
vv M340 I/O, Premium I/O, Quantum I/O and Modicon™ I/O
vv Modbus™ TCP and Modbus Plus
Generation vv Fieldbus support
bb HMI/SCADA
vv Vijeo Citect u V6.1
vv Wonderware Archestra V3.0
vv OPC™ data server software (OFS)
6
HMI PAC Documentation
vv Other HMI/SCADA via the UAG “Plug-In” interface
bb Export of information for other devices/applications
vv XML export file
Generating the application vv CSV export file
bb Environment: Compatible with Microsoft Windows® 7 Professional (2), Windows
Vista® Business and Windows® XP Professional operating systems 7
References (1)
kg
UAG software suites (3) Single (1 station) UAGSEWLFUCD33 –
Comprising:
bb UAG (Unity Application
Generator) software in
Site (> 10 stations) UAGSEWLFFCD33 –
8
English, French, German,
bb Documentation (electronic
UAG format)
SoCollaborative™ Single (1 station) EUSENG2CFUV11 –

Engineering
Includes Unity Pro, Vijeo
Team (10 stations) EUSENG2CFTV11 –
9
Citect, Web Designer,
UAG/sg² software
(1) For more technical information, please consult our website at www.schneider-electric.com.
(2) Please contact our Customer Care Center.
(3) The PAC/SCADA programming tools and/or communication drivers are ordered separately.
10
4/33
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Supervisory control and data acquisition software (SCADA)
Introduction
1
are
™ softw
™ Histo
rian
Vijeo
Vijeo Citect t™ sof
tware
™ Citec
Vijeo
tware
2 Vijeo
™ Desig
™ of
ner s
iPC
act & I
PC
™ omp
lis C C HM
Mage Modular iP
™ mart MI
lis S iPC H
Mage Compact
&
HMI
T GT ™
s XB m
™
Mage
li uantu
on Q
™
m
™ Modic PAC
3
remiu
on P
™
™ PAC
Modic PAC
40
o n™ M 3
™ PL C Modic
Twido
Vijeo™ Citect™ software is the operating and monitoring component of

PlantStruxure™ , the new process automation architecture of Schneider Electric.
4 With its powerful display capabilities and its operational features, it delivers
actionable insight faster, enabling operators to respond quickly to process
disturbances, thereby increasing their efficiency. With its easy-to-use configuration
tools and powerful features you can quickly develop and implement solutions for any
size application.
Vijeo Citect software offers the functions of a modern supervisor. Its distributed
client-server architecture is applicable to a multitude of applications in the following
5 markets:
bb Oil & Gas
bb Mining, Minerals, Metals
bb Water & Wastewater
bb Power
bb Food and beverage
6
Its flexibility also makes it suitable for numerous other application areas, such as
infrastructures.
Redundancy
Vijeo Citect software offers redundancy for the components of the system. The
redundancy functions are fully integrated in the system, providing exceptional
performance and intuitive configuration.
7 Server license
Vijeo Citect software is available:
bb In a Client-Server architecture, for configurations ranging from 75 points to an
unlimited number of points
bb In a stand-alone version called Vijeo Citect Lite, for configurations of 100 to
1200 points (see page 4/38).
8 Vijeo Citect software includes the installation (without registration) of the OFS™
software, Schneider Electric's integrated OPC server. This server can only be used
with Vijeo Citect software.
The OFS software provides access to the structured variables and helps to ensure
system consistency. This is one of the major benefits of Schneider Electric integration.
Server licenses VJCNS1011 pp are purchased according to the number of points to
9 be processed, not according to the number of I/O (1).
An upgrade offer VJCNS1011 pp-pp is also available to increase the number of
client and server points, as required (2).
(1) Vijeo Citect software counts the variables exchanged with external devices, such as PACs.
(2) If the server or client is upgraded, the keys must be reprogrammed.
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/34
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Client licenses
Four types of client license are available:
bb Control Client, VJCNS1020pp: used by operators accessing the Vijeo™ Citect™
server via a local connection
1
bb View Only Client, VJCNS1030pp: for users needing to view the Vijeo Citect
application via a local connection, but not needing to control the system
bb Web Control Client, VJCNS1022pp: similar to the Control Client, but via a Web
browser
bb Web View Only Client, VJCNS1032pp: similar to the View Only Client, but via a
Web browser 2
Static, floating and redundant client licenses
A client license can be static, floating or redundant depending on requirements:
bb Static client license: For operators needing access to the system, regardless of
the number of connections already established by other clients.
A static client license provides permanent access to the system, as it physically
resides in the key plugged into the client PC. 3
bb Floating client license: Users who occasionally need to use a client for operator
tasks can purchase floating licenses. Connections will be allowed until the number of
valid licenses is reached. Floating client licenses are stored on the key plugged into
the server.
bb Redundant client license: Redundant client licenses VJCNS10pp88 are used
solely for the standby server in a redundant configuration. They are used to help
ensure that the client licenses purchased are available. 4
Development workshop
The development workshop VJC1099pp is comprised of hardware components
such as the DVD, hardware keys, installation guide and storage boxes.
The rules for use are as follows:
bb Each server requires a hardware key (USB or parallel) to operate
bb The server key is also used to store the floating client licenses
5
bb The key controls the number of points that can be used
bb The key is programmed to operate up to a predetermined version
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/35
Architectures Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Architectures
Single station stand-alone SCADA system, 5000 points
1 Development workshop
bb 1 x VJC109922, hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key
Server license
bb 1 x VJCNS101114, server license for 5000 points, including client server
2 Client license
bb Not required (included in the server license)
Single-station architecture
Single-station architecture
3
Remote server system with remote access via the Web
4 Server license
Client license
bb 1 x VJCNS103299, Web View Only Client license
5
Single-server architecture with Web View Only Client access
Single-server architecture with Web View Only Client access
6 Networked server system with remote Web clients

E.g. Networked server system, 500 points, with 2 remote clients via the Web,
one Web Control Client and one Web View Only Client
7 Server license
Client licenses
bb 1 x VJCNS102212, Web Control Client license for 500 points
bb 1 x VJCNS1032 99, Web View Only Client license
9 Single-server architecture
Single-server with with
architecture
1 Web Control Client and 1 Web View Only Client
1 Web Control Client and 1 Web View Only Client
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/36
Architectures (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Architectures (continued)
Networked server system with floating and static access
E.g. Networked server system, 5000 points, with 5 client PCs and 3 client licenses 1
(2 floating and 1 static)
bb 1 x VJC109921, additional USB key for static client
Server license
2
bb 1 x VJCNS101114, server license for 5000 points, including client server (local
Control Client type on the server PC)
se
licen
Static
Client licenses
ses
licen bb 3 x VJCNS102014, Control Client licenses for 5000 points
3
ting
Floa
Single-server architecture with

Single-server architecture with
2 floating Control
2 floating ControlClient licenses
Client licenses and license
and 1 static 1 static license
Redundant server with Server Control Clients and Web View Only Clients
4
E.g. Redundant server, 1500 Points, with 2 Control Client licenses on the servers and
2 Web View Only Client licenses
bb 1 x VJC109922, hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key (primary server key)
bb 1 x VJC109921, additional USB key for standby server
(rule: 1 key per server)
Server licenses
5
bb 2 x VJCNS101113, server licenses for 1500 points, including client server
vv The first server acts as the primary server
vv The second server acts as the standby server
vv One license is placed on each key (primary and standby)
Client licenses
bb 2 x VJCNS103299, Web View Only Client licenses
6
vv Both licenses are placed on the primary server key
Redundant client license

bb 2 x VJCNS103288, redundant Web View Only Client license
vv Floating redundant licenses for Web View Only Client licenses
Redundant architecture with
Redundant architecture with
vv Both licenses are placed on the standby server key
7
2 Control Clients on servers and 2 Web View Only Clients
2 Control Clients on servers and 2 Web View Only Clients
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/37
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Development workshop - Vijeo™ Citect™ Box and keys

The VJC1099p2 Vijeo Citect Box is comprised of:
1 bb DVD with the Vijeo Citect software
bb Schneider Electric drivers pack
bb Installation guide
bb Hardware key (for USB or parallel port)
Additional keys are also supplied in the Vijeo Citect Box.
Development workshop - Vijeo Citect Box

2 Description Type of key
included
Reference Weight
kg
Vijeo Citect Box USB VJC109922 0.410
with USB key
VJC1099p2 Vijeo Citect Box Parallel VJC109912 0.420

with parallel key
3 Additional Vijeo Citect keys

Designation Target license Reference Weight
kg
Additional Vijeo Citect USB key Redundant server and VJC109921 –
Supplied in Vijeo Citect Box static (non-floating) licenses
Additional Vijeo Citect parallel Redundant server and VJC109911 –
4 key
Supplied in Vijeo Citect Box
static (non-floating) licenses
Vijeo Citect 10 Pack USB keys Blank keys and not licensed VJC109920 –
Supplied in Vijeo Citect Box (1)
Vijeo Citect 10 Pack Parallel Blank keys and not licensed VJC109910 –
keys (1)
5 Vijeo Citect Demonstration software

Designation Target license Reference Weight
kg
Vijeo Citect Software DVD - Demonstration software VJC109918 –
50 Pack DVD pack
6 Vijeo Citect Lite software, stand-alone

The Vijeo Citect Lite software stand-alone license for 100 to 1200 points includesf:
bb DVD with the Vijeo Citect software
bb Installation guide
bb Hardware key
7 The Vijeo Citect Lite software license is a simple solution for stand-alone
applications. This license is used to connect a single client to a single sector. It
cannot be made redundant.
Vijeo Citect
Vijeo Citect Lite software license
8
Designation Number of points Reference Weight
kg
Vijeo Citect Lite software 100 VJCNS301156 –
Stand-alone: no connectivity 150 VJCNS301111 –
Key to be ordered separately
300 VJCNS301127 –
600 VJCNS301159 –
1200 VJCNS301150 –
9 (1) The 10 Packs Vijeo Citect keys VCJ 1099 20 and VCJ 1099 10 are not programmed.
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/38
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Vijeo™ Citect™ Lite software upgrades

The references below are used for increasing the number of Vijeo Citect Lite software
points available or to upgrade Lite server to Full server. 1
kg
Vijeo Citect Lite software 100 to 150 VJCNSL56-L11 –
upgrade 150 to 300 VJCNSL11-L27 –
(number of points)
300 to 600 VJCNSL27-L59 –
Vijeo Citect Lite software

600 (1) to 1200
Lite 150 to Full 150

VJCNSL59-L50
VJCNSL11-F11
–
–
2
upgrade Lite 300 to Full 500 VJCNSL27-F12 –
(Lite server to Full server)
Lite 600 to Full 1500 VJCNSL59-F13 –
Lite 1200 to Full 1500 VJCNSL50-F13 –
3
Vijeo Citect Server software
The Vijeo Citect Server software full system licenses are segmented according to
the number of points. They include:
bb DVD with the Vijeo Citect software
bb Installation guide 4
bb Hardware key
Vijeo Citect Redundant system

bb For a redundant system simply order 2 Vijeo Citect Server software licenses
bb No other option is required for the servers
bb The programmed key (USB or parallel) is ordered separately
5
Vijeo Citect Server software license
kg
Vijeo Citect Server software 75 VJCNS101110 –
Full version 150 VJCNS101111 –
6
Key to be ordered separately
500 VJCNS101112 –
1500 VJCNS101113 –
5000 VJCNS101114 –
15000 VJCNS101115 –
Unlimited VJCNS101199 –
Vijeo Citect Server software upgrades

The references below are used for increasing the number of points on the server.
7
kg
Vijeo Citect Server softwrae 75 to 150 VJCNS101110-11 –
upgrade 150 to 500 VJCNS101111-12 –
Full server point expansion
8
500 to 1500 VJCNS101112-13 –
1500 to 5000 VJCNS101113-14 –
5000 to 15000 VJCNS101114-15 –
15000 to unlimited VJCNS101115-99 –
(1) Also for existing installed Lite 500 point versions.
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/39
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Vijeo™ Citect™ Control Client software

Vijeo Citect Control Client software licenses are for operators. They are segmented
1 according to the number of points to be displayed. There are two types:
bb Floating license, residing on the server key
bb Static license, requiring a separate key on the client PC
Redundant system
bb The number of floating clients ordered is added to the primary server key
bb For the standby server, the same number of redundant Control Client software
2 licenses, VJCNS103088, are ordered separately
Vijeo Citect Control Client software license

kg
Vijeo Citect Control Client 75 VJCNS102010 –
software license
3
150 VJCNS102011 –
500 VJCNS102012 –
1500 VJCNS102013 –
5000 VJCNS102014 –
15000 VJCNS102015 –
Vijeo Citect redundant Floating license VJCNS102088 –
4 Control Client software license only
Vijeo Citect View Only Client software

Vijeo Citect View Only Client software licenses are available for users who need to
5 view the application, without controlling it. Licenses for these clients are segmented
according to the number of points displayed. There are two types:
bb Floating license, residing on the server key
bb Static license, the hardware key being plugged into the client station
Redundant system
6 bb For the standby server, the same number of redundant View Only Client software
licenses, VJCNS1030 88, are ordered separately
Vijeo Citect View Only Client software license

kg
7
Vijeo Citect View Unlimited VJCNS103099 –
Only Client software license
250 simultaneous VJCNS103788 –
connections
View Only Client software only
license
connections
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/40
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Vijeo™ Citect™ Web Control Client software

Vijeo Citect Web Control Client software licenses are for users who need control of
the application but prefer the flexibility of access via a Web connection. These client
licenses are segmented according to the number of points displayed and are the
1
floating type (residing on the key plugged into the server).
Vijeo Citect
Redundant system
bb For the standby server, the same number of redundant View Only Client software
licenses, VJCNS103088, are ordered separately 2
Vijeo Citect Web Control Client software license
kg
Vijeo Citect 75 VJCNS102210 –
Web Control Client software
3
150 VJCNS102211 –
license
500 VJCNS102212 –
1500 VJCNS102213 –
5000 VJCNS102214 –
15000 VJCNS102215 –
Web Control Client software
license
only
4
Vijeo Citect Web View Only Client software

Vijeo Citect Web View Only Client software licenses are for users who need to view 5
the application via a Web connection, without controlling the system. These client
licenses are segmented according to the number of points displayed and are the
floating type (the licenses reside on the key plugged into the server).
Redundant system
bb For the standby server, the same number of redundant View Only Client software 6
licenses, VJCNS103288, are ordered separately
Vijeo Citect Web View Only Client software license

kg
Vijeo Citect Web View
Only Client software license
Unlimited
250 simultaneous
VJCNS103299
VJCNS103988
–
– 7
connections
Web Only Client View software only
license
connections
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/41
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Control Client software upgrades

The references below are used for increasing the number of points on:
1 bb The server holding the hardware key, for floating licenses
bb The client holding the hardware key, for static licenses
Vijeo™ Citect™ Control Client software upgrade

kg
Vijeo Citect 75 to 150 VJCNS102010-11 –
2 Control Client
software upgrade
150 to 500
500 to 1500
VJCNS102011-12
VJCNS102012-13
–
–
1500 to 5000 VJCNS102013-14 –
5000 to 15000 VJCNS102014-15 –
3 View Only Client software upgrade

The reference below is used for increasing the number of points on:
bb The server holding the hardware key, for floating licenses
bb The client holding the hardware key, for static licenses
Vijeo Citect View Only Client usoftware pgrade

4 Vijeo Citect Unlimited VJCNS103099-99
kg
–
View Only Client
software upgrade
Web Control Client software upgrades
5 The references below are used for increasing the number of points on the server
holding the hardware key.
Vijeo Citect Web Control Client software upgrade
Description Number of points Reference Weight
kg
Vijeo Citect 75 to 150 VJCNS102210-11 –
Web Control Client 150 to 500 VJCNS102211-12 –
6 software upgrade
500 to 1500
1500 to 5000
VJCNS102212-13
VJCNS102213-14
–
–
5000 to 15000 VJCNS102214-15 –
Web View Only Client software upgrade

7 The reference below is used for increasing the number of points on the server holding
the hardware key.
Vijeo Citect Web View Only Client software upgrade
kg
Vijeo Citect Unlimited VJCNS103299-99 –
Web View Only Client
8 software upgrade
Connections, miscellaneous
The references below are used to expand the connection licenses.
Designation Reference Weight
kg
9 OPC Server license

CtAPI license
VJC104188
VJC104288
–
–
Time scheduler (1) VJC903288 –
(1) New version of the Time Scheduler software, available via web download only. Previous
versions are not capable of being migrated to Vijeo Citect software version 7.20.
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/42
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Vijeo™ Citect™ software - Specific drivers

The Vijeo Citect software offer includes a large number of drivers as standard.
However, for copyright reasons, some drivers have a specific reference and are
ordered separately.
1
The purchase of a specific driver includes access to the appropriate technical
support for the driver for one year.
Vijeo Citect
Designation Protocol Reference Weight
kg
Vijeo Citect software
specific driver
IEC 60870-5-104
PSDirect ETH
VJCNS305141
VJCNS305140
–
–
2
PSDirect MPI VJCNS305142 –
Bailey VJCNS305144 –
SEMAPI VJCNS305148 –
MOSCAD VJCNS305149 –
KONNEX VJCNS305146 –
BACnet VJCNS305151 –
Note: Before ordering a Vijeo Citect software specific driver, please contact our Customer Care
3
Center.
Reprogramming for a Vijeo Citect software license transfer 4

Each time a license has to be transferred from an existing key to another key,
transfer fees are applicable and the reference VJC109401 is ordered separately
(license transfer token).
Examples of cases in which these fees are applicable:
bb Transfer of a client license from a static key to a floating license on a server
bb Transfer of an existing floating license to a new static key
These fees are also applicable when transferring license(s) to a replacement key.
5
If a new key is required, you need to order a new hardware key VJC1099pp.
kg
Reprogramming for Vijeo Citect VJC109401 –
6
software license transfer
Driver Development Kit

The driver development kit includes:
bb The latest release of Vijeo Citect software, example source code, utilities and
other Vijeo Citect software files required in developing a Citect driver.
bb A hardware key that will allow runtime up to 8 hours and is a 42,000 pt. single user
7
license.
bb Access to “Citect Drivers Developers” area on Citect DriverWeb at
scadasupport.citect.com/driverweb.
Driver Development Kit VJC109206

kg
– 8
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/43
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Conversion of third-party applications

Conversion tools help to convert legacy applications (such as Monitor Pro) or other
1 third-party applications to Vijeo™ Citect™ software. These programs convert the tag
database and graphic information to make them compatible with Vijeo Citect software:
bb Page Import tool is targeted at customers who wish to perform the entire
engineering portion of the legacy system migration themselves. The System
Integrators perform the engineering themselves.
bb Basic Sytem Conversion tool is targeted at customers that want the new system
to simply replace the legacy system without major changes. It includes an initial
2 generic engineering component to produce a fully compiled Vijeo Citect software
project that is ready for Factory Acceptance Tests.
Details of the coverage provided by these conversion tools can be found in our
internet site www.schneider-electric.com.
Designation Legacy System Reference Weight
3 supported
Basic System Conversion Tier 1 (1) VJC109081
kg
–
(minimum 10 pages)
Tier 2 (2) VJC109082 –
Tier 3 (3) VJC109083 –
Page Import Tiers 1, 2, and 3 VJC109088 –
(minimum 10 pages)
4
Loan of Vijeo Citect software keys (4)
Designation Content Reference Weight
kg
5 Loan of single
Vijeo Citect software key
- 1 server license,
unlimited number of points,
VJC109511 –
VJCNS101199
- 1 scheduler, VJC903288
Loan of multiple - 1 server license, VJC109512 –

Vijeo Citect software keys unlimited number of points,
VJCNS101199
6
- 5 floating Control Client licenses,
VJCNS102099
- 5 floating View Only Client
licenses, VJCNS103099
- 2 floating Web Control Client
- 2 floating Web View Only Client
- 1 scheduler, VJC903288
7
(1) Tier 1 = FactoryLink 5 to 6.x, MonitorPro 2, Mount32, Genesis32, Cimplicity, Moore APACS,
Wonderware 5.x to 9.x.
(2) Tier 2 = iMount 3.5, Delta V (Mount32 & iMount 3.5), RSView32 6.4, FactoryLink 7.5,
MonitorPro 7.2 & 7.6, VijeoLook 2.6, WinCC 6.0, Wizcon.
(3) Tier 3 = iMount 4.5, DeltaV (iMount 4.5), Telvent OASyS DNA / 6.x, Telvent OASyS 5.x,
8
Telvent Vector (RTView & Ovision), Honeywell TDC3000, Vigile.
(4) Available for customers requiring temporary access to a key. The hardware key is to be
returned at the end of the loan period. Provides eight days of continuous use. Also requires
an additional Vijeo Citect Box USB key, VJC1099pp, to obtain the hardware key. The quantity
corresponds to the number of months of the loan.
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/44
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Alliance Software Packs

Alliance Software Pack V1.0
The Alliance Software Pack V1.0 offer is exclusively for systems integrators who are 1
active partners in the new Schneider Electric Alliance program (i.e. those who pay the
annual Alliance partnership subscription).
Vijeo Citect
The package is comprised of:
2
bb SoCollaborative™ Alliance (DVD Box):
vv sg2 V3.5 (multi)
vv Unity™ Pro XL V4.1 (10 stations)
vv Unity™ Loader V2.1
vv Vijeo™ Citect™ Build-Time V7.10r2 (multi)
vv Vijeo™ Citect™ Run-Time (2x12-hour hardware keys)
vv Web Designer V2.15 (multi)
3
vv Advantys™ Configurator V4.5 (multi)
vv Ethernet/IP I/O Configurator V1.1 (multi)
vv DVD: electronic documentation V4.1
vv CD: Drivers V2.6
bb Legacy software suite (online download):

vv Concept™ XL V2.6 SR5 (10 stations)
vv PL7™ Pro V4.5 SP5 (10 stations)
vv ProWorx™ 32 V2.1 SP1 patch A (10 stations)
vv XBTL1003 V4.51 (multi)
4
bb Other software tools (online download):
vv Vijeo™ Historian™ Server/Client build V4.1
vv Vijeo™ Designer™ V5.0 for HMI (1 station)
vv Sycon™ V2.9 for network (10 stations)
vv Advantys™ PAC Image Generator V2.0
vv Advantys™ CANopen Symbol Exp. V2.0
5
vv TwidoSuite™ V2.20, TwidoSoft™ V3.5
vv ZelioSoft™ 2 V4.3, ZelioCom V2.08, ZelioAlarm 2 V1.5
vv PowerSuite for drives V2.6 patch1
vv Libraries for Unity™ Pro:
- TeSys™, Fuzzy Control, HVAC, Predictive Control, Flow Calculation libraries

vv Application libraries for UAG and sg2:
- Device & Process libraries
6
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/45
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Alliance Software Pack Pro V1.0

The Alliance Software Pack Pro V1.0 offer is exclusively for systems integrators who
1 are active partners in the Schneider Electric PlantStructure™ Certified Alliance
Partners program.
The package is comprised of:
bb SoCollaborative™ Alliance Pro (DVD Box):

vv UAG V3.2 (10 stations)
2 vv sg2 V3.5 (10 stations)
vv Unity™ Pro XL V4.1 (10 stations)
vv Unity™ Loader V2.1
vv Vijeo™ Citect™ Build-Time V7.10r2 (multi)
vv Vijeo™ Citect™ Run-Time (4x12-hour hardware keys)
vv Web Designer V2.15 (multi)
vv Advantys™ Configurator V4.5 (multi)
3 vv Ethernet/IP I/O Configurator V1.1 (multi)
vv DVD: electronic documentation V4.1
vv CD: Drivers V2.6
bb Legacy software suite (online download):

vv Concept™ XL V2.6 SR5 (10 stations)
vv PL7™ Pro V4.5 SP5 (10 stations)
4 vv ProWorx™ 32 V2.1 SP1 patch A (10 stations)
vv XBTL1003 V4.51 (multi)
bb Other software tools (online download):

vv Vijeo™ Historian™ Server/Client build V4.1
vv Vijeo™ Designer™ V5.0 for HMI (1 station)
vv ConnexView™ Server/Client V2.0
5 vv Sycon™ V2.9 for network (10 stations)

vv Advantys™ PAC Image Generator V2.0
vv Advantys™ CANopen Symbol Exp. V2.0
vv TwidoSuite™ V2.20, TwidoSoft V3.5
vv ZelioSoft™ 2 V4.3, ZelioCom V2.08, ZelioAlarm 2 V1.5
vv PowerSuite™ for drives V2.6 patch1
vv Libraries for Unity™ Pro:
6 - TeSys™, Fuzzy Control, HVAC, Predictive Control, Flow Calculation libraries

vv Application libraries for UAG and sg2:
- Device & Process libraries
Alliance Software Packs References
7 Designation Description Reference Weight

kg
Alliance Software Pack For systems integrators EUSENG1CFTAL10 –
V1.0 who are active partners
in the Alliance program
Alliance Software Pack Pro For systems integrators EUSENG3CFTAL10 –

V1.0 who are active partners
8 in the PlantStructure
Certified Alliance Partner
program.
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/46
automation platform
Vijeo™ Citect™
Vijeo™ Citect™ software Academic licenses

The references below are for educational institutions for training students in Vijeo
Citect software. 1
Training Manuals
Vijeo Citect Designation Reference Weight
kg
Vijeo Citect software Configuration VJC109310-02-00 –
Training Manual - EN
Vijeo Citect software CICODE
VJC109320-02-00 – 2
Vijeo Citect software Architecture and Redundancy VJC109330-02-00 –
Vijeo Citect software Upgrade VJC109350-02-00 –
Vijeo Citect software Customization VJC109370-02-00 –
Vijeo Citect software VJC109390-02-00 –
3
Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Manual - EN
Self-Paced Training Kits

kg
Vijeo Citect software Configuration SPTK - EN
Vijeo Citect software CICODE SPTK - EN
VJC109310-01-00
VJC109320-01-000
–
–
4
Vijeo Citect software Customization SPTK - EN VJC109370-01-00 –
E-Learning
kg
Vijeo Citect software SCADA Overview VJC309331-00-00 – 5
Exams
kg
Vijeo Citect software Configuration Exam VJC309350-00-00 –
Vijeo Citect software CICODE Fundamentals Exam
Vijeo Citect software Architecture and Redundancy Exam
VJC309351-00-00
VJC309352-00-00
–
– 6
Vijeo Citect software Customization and Design Exam VJC309353-00-00 –
Vijeo Citect software Upgrade Exam VJC309354-00-00 –
Vijeo Citect software Examination Re-sit VJC309355-00-00 –
Vijeo Citect software Diagnostics and Troubleshooting VJC309356-00-00 –
7
Exam
Academic Agreements
kg
Vijeo Citect software Academic Agreement VJC309317 –
- 12 months (10 keys) (1)
Vijeo Citect software Academic Agreement VJC309322
8
–
- 12 months renewal (10 keys) (1)
(1) Academic Agreements are to be included with each order for the Logistics team in Sydney to
process the order. Any incomplete orders (with no Academic Agreement) will be rejected.
This is only for tertiary education institutions. Licenses are valid for 12 months, each
agreement is renewed annually.
10
Vijeo Historian:
page 4/48
4/47
automation platform
Vijeo™ Historian™ reporting software
Introduction
Vijeo™ Historian™ software is the information management component of
1 PlantStruxure™, the new process automation architecture of Schneider Electric.
It is comprised of the historian and portal functions of the solution, enabling you to
store data accurately for long-term reporting while connecting your production and
business systems through its active data transfers and simple, easy-to-use reporting
functions.
Vijeo Historian Vijeo Historian software helps your plant and your IT personnel optimize their
2 operational efficiency by providing a powerful enterprise-wide reporting tool that

collects, stores and delivers meaningful reporting data from multiple disparate
systems.
In addition, Vijeo Historian software enables you to store data accurately for
long-term reporting while also giving you the option of displaying and accessing the
information via the Vijeo Historian software portal, MS Excel or Reporting Services.
3 Vijeo Historian software architecture
Data sources Vijeo Historian software server SQL Server 2005
4 Historian
configuration
Project backup
database
Vijeo™ Citect™
software
5
Task/event engine
Historian Exported data
database
OPC HDA
server
Historian data service
OPC server
Microsoft
Reporting
6
Published data
services
Reports
Production Business Historic

data data data
SCADA system
7
Report deployment
management
MS SQL Historian
Historian Report templates
Web
Server portal
server
Oracle (IIS)
8 Company database
Production data
Historic data
Configuration data
Report data
Business data
Excel client Web Process

Analyst client
9
10
Vijeo Citect:
page 4/34
4/48
automation platform
Applications
bb With Vijeo™ Historian™ reporting software, business managers can access
meaningful, concise production system information from the plant floor in a familiar
format they use for their financial or other business reports. This helps them make
1
strategic decisions to optimize operational performance.
bb Plant managers can drill down into information to improve production efficiency or
to minimize the number of spurious alarms.
bb Corporate and plant personnel can quickly and easily create and access
meaningful reports in a familiar format and create a single view of operation.
2
Data sources supported
Vijeo Historian software supports the following data sources:
bb MS SQL (7.0, 2000, 2005)
bb Oracle (7, 8, 9, 10)
bb Vijeo™ Citect™ software and other SCADA servers
bb Various other devices 3
Vijeo Historian Web Client software and Excel Client software
Vijeo Historian software also provides two client tools to make it easier to view and
manage the information issued by the Historian Server:
bb Using the Web Client you can display plant information from your control systems
and the historian via the Intranet/Internet simply by using a browser such as Internet
Explorer.
4
bb The Excel Client can also access linked information from the SCADA system or
the historian directly in Microsoft Excel. The Excel Client user can select from the
same plant hierarchy as the Web Client and request the values of any item within the
tree structure.
Security 5
Once logged on, users can only access the published folders, data and Favorites for
which they have permission.
Passwords are encrypted and user privileges are validated for every data request,
helping to ensure that users cannot bypass the security matrix.
License keys
6
The licenses are programmed on a USB or parallel key that is plugged into the PC
running the Vijeo Historian software.
10
Vijeo Citect:
page 4/34
4/49
automation platform
References
1 Description Type of key
included
Reference Weight
kg
Vijeo™ Historian™ software Box USB VJH209922 _
USB key
Vijeo Historian
Vijeo Historian software Box Parallel VJH209912 _
Parallel key
2
Vijeo Historian software data transfer licenses
kg
Vijeo Historian software 150 VJHNS211011 –
data transfer license 500 VJHNS211012 –
3 1500
5000
VJHNS211013
VJHNS211014
–
–
15000 VJHNS211015 –
50000 VJHNS211016 –
100000 VJHNS211045 –
Unlimited VJHNS211099 –
4 Vijeo Historian sofwtare data transfer upgrades

kg
Vijeo Historian software data 150 to 500 VJHNS211011-12 –
transfer upgrade 500 to 1500 VJHNS211012-13 –
5
1500 to 5000 VJHNS211013-14 –
5000 to 15000 VJHNS211014-15 –
15000 to 50000 VJHNS211015-16 –
50000 to 100000 VJHNS211016-45 –
Unlimited VJHNS211045-99
6 Client access licenses

Description Reference Weight
kg
Client Historian and Portal access license VJHNS212400 –
Client Portal access license VJHNS212200 –
Client Historian access license VJHNS212000 –
10
Vijeo Citect:
page 4/34
4/50
automation platform
Control system connector
kg
1
MS SQL database connector VJHNS204320 –
(1 per database system)
Oracle database connector VJHNS204321 –
OPC DA V2 and V3 database connector VJHNS204323 –
2
10
Vijeo Citect:
page 4/34
4/51
automation platform
OPC data server software
OPC Factory Server™ (OFS™)
Introduction
Based on the OLE for Process Control (OPC) standard, Schneider Electric's
1 OPC Factory Server™ (OFS™) software allows “client” software applications, such as
supervisors/SCADA and customized interfaces, to access the data of Schneider
Electric automation system and electrical distribution devices connected to networks
OPC Factory Server™ or fieldbuses in real time.
It also allows communication with third-party devices supporting Modbus and
Modbus™/TCP protocols.
2 At the heart of the Transparent Ready™ offer, OFS enables simpler, more open and
transparent communication between your software applications and your devices.
These are just some of the advantages that help ensure an interoperable solution
that is central to your process.
In version V3.3, the OFS data server integrates the recent specifications from the
OPC Foundation:
3 bb OPC-DA (OPC Data Access)
bb .NET API interface
bb OPC XML-DA V1.0 (OPC XML Data Access)
The OFS V3.3 offer is available in two levels:

bb OFS Small: Data server for 1000 items (1) that does not support the
OPC XML-DA protocol
4 bb OFS Large: Complete data server
Devices and protocols supported

OFS software is a multi-device data server: it allows simultaneous use of several
communication protocols, and it provides client applications with a set of services for
accessing control system items that may be local or remote, via physical address or
via symbol.
5 Devices supported:
bb Modicon™ Quantum™, Premium™, M340™, Micro, Compact™ and Momentum™ PACs
bb Schneider Electric TSX Series 7 and April Series 1000 PACs
bb Modbus™ serial devices connected via Schneider Electric gateways: TSXETG
10pp, EGX ppp ranges, etc.
bb Uni-Telway™ serial devices connected via
6 Schneider Electric gateways (TSX ETG 1010)
Networks and protocols supported:

bb Modbus: Modbus serial, Modbus Plus, Modbus/TCP
bb X-Way™/Uni-TE™: Uni-Telway, FIPway™, ISAway, PCIway
Openness
7 The development of specialized interfaces is simpler with OFS V3.3 software that is
aimed at two types of user in particular:
bb End users who want either to interface their supervision or Human Machine
Interface applications with Schneider Electric equipment, or to develop applications
on a PC (supervisory control screens, Excel tables, etc.) requiring access to control
system data.
8 bb Suppliers of control system or industrial data processing software
(supervision, Human Machine Interfaces, etc.) seeking to develop, within their
standard products, an OPC Client interface capable of accessing data in Schneider
Electric equipment via the OFS server.
(1) Item: A variable, structure, table, etc. in the Unity™ Pro application.
10
4/52
automation platform
Supported architectures
The OFS™ server allows four access modes:
bb A purely local mode
bb Remote access from an OPC-DA client
1
bb Remote access from an OPC .NET client
bb Remote access from an OPC XML-DA client
Local access
The client application program and the OFS server are on the same PC. 2
OFS station
Local client
OPC Factory Server : home page
™
application
Symbol data
3
program
(Unity™ Pro,
Concept™ or
PL7™)
Modbus™ network X-Way™ network
4
Modicon™ Modicon™ TSX Micro™
Momentum™ Premium™
I/O module PAC
Modicon™ Quantum™ PAC
5
Remote access from an OPC-DA client
The client application program and the OFS data server are on remote stations.
Communication between the client station and the OFS server is conducted through
the DCOM layer (Microsoft) via the OPC-DA protocol.
6
Ethernet Modbus/TCP network
DCOM
OFS station
Remote client Local client
7
application application
Symbol data
program program
(Unity Pro,
Concept or
PL7)

Modbus network X-Way network
8
Modicon™
Modicon™ TSX Micro™
Momentum™
Premium™
I/O module
Modicon™ Quantum™ PAC PAC
10
4/53
automation platform
Supported architectures (continued)

Remote access from an OPC.NET client
1 The .NET client application program and the OFS™ data server are on remote
stations. Communication between the client station and the OFS server is conducted
through the DCOM layer (Microsoft) via the OPC-DA protocol.
Intranet
2 DCOM Ethernet Modbus™/TCP network
Server
.NET client OFS
station
The .NET Microsoft compatibility of the OFS server has been developed to allow an
OPC .NET client to access OFS server items on an Intranet network via the
OPC .NET API interface.
4 This interface helps ensure interoperability between existing OPC applications and
applications developed in the standard .NET environment.
Remote access from an OPC XML-DA client via HTTP

The client application program and the OFS server are on remote stations, using the
5 SOAP protocol to communicate via the Internet in conformity with the OPC XML-DA
V1.01 specification of the OPC Foundation.
The OFS data server is based on an HTTP server installed on the same station.
Symbol data
(Unity™ Pro,
Concept™ or PL7™) Internet
6
Site server
and OFS
station
IIS Firewall
Industrial network
7 Remote client
application
program
Programmable
automation
controllers
8 The OPC XML-DA V1.0 specifications are designed to overcome the limitations of
COM/DCOM by providing:
bb An OPC interface for Windows and non-Windows client applications
bb Beyond the Intranet perimeter, remote access via the Internet through firewalls
The OPC XML-DA specification is based on Web Services standards such as SOAP,
9 XML and WSDL (1). A SOAP client can access data on the OFS server via Intranet or
Internet using the SOAP protocol in conformity with the OPC XML-DA V1.01
specification of the OPC Foundation.
(1) SOAP: Simple Object Access Protocol
XML: Extensible Markup Language
WSDL: Web Services Description Language
10
4/54
Setup Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Setup
Ethernet Modbus™/TCP 1
1
OFS server
(V3.0) 4
Database Unity™ Pro
project
2
station
Symbols.xvm (Unity™ Pro)

Symbols.prj (Concept™)
2 OPC™ client Symbols.scy (PL7™)
3 Modicon™ Quantum™ PAC
3 Modicon™ Premium™ PAC

3
Ethernet Modbus /TCP
™
3 Modicon™ Momentum™
I/O module
3 TSX Micro PAC 4
The OFS™ server 1 is at the center of the data exchanges. It helps ensure that
variables exchanged between the OPC client 2 and the PAC 3 are consistent, in
one of three ways using a symbol (or variables) database:
bb The variables database is either the Unity™ Pro project 4, or the Concept™ project. 5
In both these cases, Unity Pro or Concept needs to be installed on the OFS server
station.
bb The variables database is an export file (SCY for PL7, XVM for Unity Pro). PL7™
and Unity Pro are not required in either of these cases.
bb The variables database is the PAC. In this case neither Unity Pro nor an export file 6
is needed. The following minimum versions are required: OFS V3.33, Unity Pro
V4.1, PACs version V2.7 (Premium™ or Quantum™) or V2.1 (M340). This does not
apply to Momentum™ and TSX Micro PACs.
If an inconsistency is detected (following online modification of the PAC program
7
for example), OFS resynchronizes automatically as soon as the database is
available again.
10
4/55
automation platform
Functions
Development of client applications
1 OFS™ software has 4 types of interfaces:
bb OLE Automation interface (OPC-DA).

Particularly suitable for end users, this enables the development of OPC client
applications in Visual Basic, in Visual Basic for Excel, and in C++.
bb OLE Custom interface (OPC-DA).

2 Used primarily by suppliers of automated control system or industrial IT products, It
enables the development of applications in C++ to access the OFS software OPC
server. This interface is particularly aimed at software development experts, so that
they can integrate the client application into their standard products. This is the
interface offering the fastest times for accessing data stored in the OPC server. It
requires extensive knowledge of C++ programming to set up.
3 bb OPC .NET API wrapper interface

The .NET Microsoft compatibility of the OFS data server gives an OPC .NET client
standard access to items on the OFS server via an Intranet network, thus helping to
ensure greater interoperability with standard .NET environments.
Note: In this case, communication between the OPC .NET client and the OFS server is conducted
through the DCOM layer (or COM layer in a local configuration) via the OPC-DA protocol.
4 bb OPC XML-DA interface (1)

The OPC XML-DA V1.0 specifications are designed to overcome the limitations of
the OPC-DA specification and COM/DCOM by providing:
vv An interface for Windows and non-Windows client applications
vv Remote access via the Internet through firewalls (beyond the Intranet perimeter)
The OPC XML-DA specification is based on Web Services standards such as SOAP,
5 XML, WSDL. A SOAP client can access data on the OFS server via Intranet or
Internet using the SOAP protocol in conformity with the OPC XML-DA V1.01
specification of the OPC Foundation.
(1) Only available with the Large version of OPC Factory Server™ V3.3
10
4/56
automation platform
References
OFS™ V3.3 software for PC compatible stations (minimum configuration:
Pentium 566 MHz processor, 128 MB RAM) running Windows 2000 Professional (1),
Windows XP Professional, Windows 7 (32-bit) (3), or Windows Server 2008 (3).
1
OPC Factory Server™ The OFS V3.3 offer is comprised of:
bb OPC™ server software
bb OPC server simulator (for debugging the application when no PACs are present)
bb OFS configuration software
bb Example of OPC client for configuring applications
bb Setup documentation on CD-ROM
2
Supplied on CD-ROM, the software operates independently on a PC. It interfaces
with the variables export files generated by PL7™, ProWORX™, Concept™ and Unity™
Pro software.
It also provides a direct dynamic link to the Unity Pro and Concept applications (2).
OFS V3.3 software is available in two versions:

bb Small version TLX CD SpOFS 33
3
vv Maximum of 1000 items
vv Supports any protocol except OPC XML-DA
vv Single station and 10-station site licenses
bb Large version TLX CD LpOFS 33
vv Full version
vv Single station, 10-station and 200-station site licenses
4
OPC Factory Server V3.3 Small
kg
OPC Factory Server Single station TLXCDSUOFS33 –
V3.3 Small software 10-station TLXCDSTOFS33 –
5
OPC Factory Server V3.3 Large
kg
OPC Factory Server
V3.3 Large software
Single station
10-station
TLXCDLUOFS33
TLXCDLTOFS33
–
–
6
Full version
200-station TLXCDLFOFS33 –
(1) Updated with Service Pack 1 or higher

(2) Requires Concept software version 2.0 or later to be installed on the same station
(3) OFS is compatible with both these operating systems from version V3.34 or later.
7
10
4/57
1
10
4/58
Contents chapter 5 Connection interfaces, regulated
switch mode power supplies,
Human/Machine interfaces
5.1 - Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 pre-wired system

Modicon Telefast ABE7 selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/2
bb Interface with Modicon M340 I/O modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/8
1
bb References
vv Passive connection sub-bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/12

vv Adaptor sub-bases with mounted relays and removable terminal blocks. . . 5/14
vv Input/output adaptor sub-bases for or with plug-in relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vv Output adaptor sub-bases for plug-in relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5/15
5/16
2
vv Plug-in relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/17
vv Connection sub-bases for counter and analog channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/18
vv Accessories for connection sub-bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/19
5.2 - Phaseo™ power supplies and transformers 3

Regulated switch mode power supply selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/20
bb Regulated switch mode power supplies: ABL8 range
vv Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/22
vv Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/23
vv Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vv References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5/24
5/25
4
bb Regulated switch mode power supplies: ABL4 range
vv Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/26
vv Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/27
vv Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/28 5
vv References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/29
5.3 - Operator dialog terminals and HMI software

Operator dialog terminals selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/30
HMI software selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/36
6
10
5/1
automation platform
Connection interfaces
Discrete input and/or output sub-bases
Applications Discrete inputs or outputs
Optimum “Economy” Optimum “Miniature” Universal
3
Compatibility TSX Micro™, Modicon™ TSX Micro, Modicon™ Premium™, Modicon™ Quantum™, Modicon M340
Premium™, Modicon™
M340™
Sub-base type Passive connection sub-bases

4
Equipped with relays –
Control voltage 24 V c
5 Output voltage 24 V c
Output current per channel 0.5 A
Modularity 16 8 -12 -16
6
No. of terminals per channel 1 1 to 3 1 2
Type of connection terminals Signal Signal, common Signal Signal, common (configurable as 24 V or 0 V c)
(configurable as 24 V or
0 V c)
7 Connectors 20-way HE10 connector
Terminal Removable No No
block
Type of Screw
terminals
8 Additional or optional* Low-cost version fitted Miniature sub-bases Compact size * Input type 2 * Isolator *
function with cable (1)
Type of device ABE7HppEp00 ABE7H16Cpp ABE7HppR1p ABE7HppR2p ABE7HppS21

ABE7HppR50
9
Page 5/12 5/13
(1) For Modicon TSX Micro and Modicon Premium PACs.
10
5/2
Discrete inputs or outputs Outputs for solid state and/or electromechanical relays
Optimum “Miniature” Optimum and Universal
3
TSX Micro , Modicon Premium , Modicon Quantum , Modicon M340
™ ™ ™ ™ ™ ™ ™
Passive connection sub-bases Plug-in electromechanical or solid state relays

4
– No Yes
24 V c
24 V c 24V c (solid state)

5 to 24 V c, 230 V a (electromechanical) 5
0.5 A 0.5 A 5 A (E.M.), 2 A (solid state) 5 A (th)
16 16
6
8 passive inputs
8 relay outputs
1 2 1
Signal, Signal, common, 1 N/O contact and common, 4 output channels

2 common connections between the 2 common connections between the 2 input connection points
inputs and the outputs. inputs and the outputs.
20-way HE10 connectors

7
No
Screw
Miniature sub-base Miniature sub-base - Common per 4 channels

8
Synergy with Tego™ Power and Micro PAC Synergy with Tego Power and Micro PAC
ABE7H16CM11 ABE7H16CM21 ABE7P16M111 ABE7R16M111
9
5/12 5/16 5/15
10
5/3
automation platform
Discrete input and/or output sub-bases
Applications Discrete outputs
1 Optimum Universal Optimum Universal
2
Compatibility TSX Micro™, Modicon™ Premium™, Modicon™ Quantum™, Modicon™ M340™
3
Relay sub-base Electromechanical, mounted Electromechanical or solid state
Equipped with relays Yes Yes No No
Control voltage 24 V c
4 Output voltage 5 V to 30 V c 5 V to 150 V c 24 V c (solid state) 5 V to 150 V c

230 V a 230 V a 5 V to 24 V c, 230 V a (E.M.) 230 V a
Output current per channel 2 A (th) 3 A (th) 5 A (th) 2 A (solid state) 0.5 to 10 A
6 A (electromechanical) (dependent on
relay)
5 Modularity 8 8 - 16 16 8 or 16
No. of terminals per channel 2 1 2 1 2 to 3
6
Type of connection terminals 1 N/O contact and 1 N/O contact 1 N/O contact and 1 N/O contact Signal, Polarities
common common
Volt-free
Connectors 20-way HE 10 connector
7 Terminal
block
Removable Yes Yes Yes No No
Terminal type Screw or spring Screw
Additional or optional* Miniature sub-base Volt-free or common per group of 8 Miniature sub-bases Isolator and fuse
function Latching relay channels Common per group of 4 channels
8 Type of device ABE7R08S216p ABE7RppS1pp ABE7RppS2pp ABE7R16T111 ABE7P16T111 ABE7P16T2ppp

ABE7P08T3ppp
Page 5/14 5/15 5/16
(1) For TSX Micro and Modicon Premium PACs
10
5/4
Discrete outputs Discrete inputs or outputs
Universal Universal
1
2
TSX Micro™, Modicon™ Premium™, Modicon™ Quantum™, Modicon™ M340™
3
Electromechanical, plug-in Solid state, – – Solid state, Solid state,
mounted mounted plug-in
Yes Yes – – Yes No
24 V c From 24 V c From 5 V TTL

to 230 V a to 230 V a
5 V to 150 V c 24 V c 4
230 V a
5 A (th) 8 A (th) 0.5 to 2 A 125 mA 0.5 A 125 mA 12 mA
16 5
2 to 3 2 to 6 2 3 2
6
1 C/O contact or 1 N/O 1 C/O contact or Signal and 0 V 24 V and 0 V c Signal can be Signal Signal and
contact and common 2 C/O contacts signal isolated, common
and common Protected
common
20-way HE 10 connector
No Yes No No Yes No
7
Screw Screw or spring Screw Screw or spring
Volt-free or common per group of: Detected fault Isolator and fuse 3-wire proximity Isolator and fuse –
8 channels 4 channels signal (indicator) sensor (indicator)
ABE7R16T2pp ABE7R16T3pp ABE7SppS2Bp ABE7H16F43 ABE7H16R3p ABE7H16S43 ABE7S16E2ppE ABE7P16F31p 8

5/15 5/14 5/13 5/14 5/15
10
5/5
automation platform
Analog and application-specific sub-bases
Applications Analog signals and special functions
3 Compatibility TSX Micro™: Modicon™ Premium™: Modicon Premium: Modicon Premium: Modicon M340:
TSX3722, TSXCTYpA, TSXASY810, TSXASY410, BMXART0414,
TSXCTZpA TSXCAYp1 TSXAE1600, TSXAEY420 BMXART0814
TSXApY800 Modicon M340: Modicon Premium:
Modicon™ M340™: BMXAMO0410 TSXAEY1614
BMXAMI0800,
BMXAMI0810,
4 Type of signal Counter inputs and Counter inputs

BMXAMO0802
Analog inputs Analog outputs Analog inputs

analog I/O Axis control Current/Voltage Current
Position control Pt 100 Voltage
Functions Passive connection, point-to-point with shield continuity Connection of cold junction
5
compensation or provision,
distribution of isolated
power supplies
Modularity 1 counter channel or 8 channels 4 channels 4 channels

8 analog inputs + 2 analog outputs
Control voltage 24 V c –
6 Output voltage 24 V c –
Output current per channel 25 mA –
No. of terminals per channel 2 2 or 4 2 or 4 2 or 4
7
Type of connector 15-way SUB-D + 9-way SUB-D 25-way SUB-D 25-way SUB-D
Terminal Removable No No No
block Type of Screw Screw Screw
terminals
8 Type of device ABE7CPA01 ABE7CPA02 ABE7CPA21 ABE7CPA412

ABE7CPA410
Page 5/18
10
5/6
Analog signals and special functions
Modicon™ Premium™: Modicon Premium: TSXAEY810 Modicon Premium: TSXCAYp1, Modicon Premium: Modicon Premium:
3
TSXAEY800, Modicon™ M340™: TSXCTYpA TSXAEY1614 TSXPAY2p2
TSXAEY1600 BMXAMI0800,
BMXAMI0810,
BMXAMO0802
Analog inputs Isolated analog inputs Counter inputs Inputs for thermocouples Inputs/outputs
4
Current
Voltage
Pt 100
Distribution of sensor power Distribution of isolated sensor Acquisition of value from an Connection of 16 Safety module (BG)
5
supplies per limiter power supplies per converter absolute encoder thermocouples with cold
(25 mA) junction compensation
8 channels 8 channels 1 channel 16 channels 12 Emergency stops
24 V c
24 V c 6
25 mA –
2 or 4 – 2 or 4 1
7
25-way SUB-D 25-way SUB-D 15-way SUB-D 25-way SUB-D 50-way SUB-D
No No No No No
Screw Screw or spring Screw Screw Screw
ABE7CPA03 ABE7CPA31p ABE7CPA11 ABE7CPA12 ABE7CPA13 8

5/18
10
5/7
automation platform
Interface with Modicon M340 I/O modules
Discrete Discrete Analog
1 1 1 1 1-c 1-b
2 4-c 4-b
2 1
2
6 ch
annels
1 6 ch
ann els
6
nels
chan
2/4/8
5
3
channels
c 24 V (1) Ch2
Ch3
Ch4
2x8
Ch0
7 Sub-base for
2/4/8 analog
4
channels
2
els
hann
16 c
Sub-base for 2 c 24 V (1)
els
8 discrete I/O hann
16 c
5 c 24 V (1) 16 Re
lays
Outpu
ts
Q12
Q13
Q14
Q15
3
Q11
214 Q10
P16T Q9
ABE7
6
Q8
5
0Vdc
115
Q7
215
114
+24Vdc Q6
214
8
113
Q5
7
max
213
112
= 1A
Fus I Q4
212
111
LC
Q3
211
110
Q2
210
109
Q1
209
2
108
Q0
1
208
3
107
207
106
206
4
105
3
205
104
204
103
203
102
202
101
201
100
200
6 Sub-base for
16 discrete
I/O
Sub-base for
7 16 discrete
I/O
10
(1) Connection of the 24 V c power supply is only possible using Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 sub-bases. The 0 V c connections are required to be equipotential.
5/8
automation platform
Interface with Modicon M340 I/O modules
Introduction
I/O modules on the Modicon™ M340™ platform
1 Discrete input modules (BMXDDI pp02K), discrete output modules
(BMXDDO pp02K) and discrete mixed I/O modules (BMXDDM3202K) equipped
1
with one or two 40-way FCN connectors. The modularity of each module (pp) is
32 or 64 channels.
vv 1-b: Analog input or output modules:
-- Analog inputs: BMXAMI0410 (4 channels), BMXAMI0800 (4 channels) and
BMXAMI0810 (8 channels)
-- Analog outputs: BMXAMO0210 (2 channels), BMXAMO0410 (4 channels)
and BMXAMO0802 (8 channels)
2
vv 1-c: Analog input modules BMXART0414 (4 channels) and BMXART0814
(8 channels)
2 2 types of cordset are available depending on the type of discrete module
connected to the sub-base (for combinations, see page 5/10). These cordsets
are available in 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10 m lengths:
-- BMXFCCppp1 cordsets with one 20-wire sheath (AWG 22) equipped with
one 40-way FCN connector and one HE 10 molded connector on the
3
Telefast™ sub-base end
-- BMXFCCppp3 cordsets with two 20-wire sheaths (AWG 22) equipped with
one common 40-way FCN connector on the module end and two HE 10
molded connectors on the Telefast sub-base end
3 16-channel Modicon Telefast ABE7 Optimum or Universal passive connection
sub-bases or adaptor sub-bases.
4 4 types of cordset are available depending on the type of analog module
4
connected to the sub-base (for combinations, see page 5/11).
vv 4-b: Connection to analog module with removable terminal block 20-way
or 28-way:
-- BMXFCApp0 cordsets with a 20-way removable terminal block on the
module end and a 25-way SUB-D connector on the Telefast sub-base end
Cordsets available in 1.5, 3 or 5 m lengths.
-- BMXFTApp2 cordsets with a 20-way removable terminal block on the
5
Cordsets available in 1.5 or 3 m lengths.
-- BMXFTApp0 cordsets with a 28-way removable terminal block on the
Cordsets available in 1.5 or 3 m lengths.
vv 4-c: Connection to analog module with 40-way FCN connector:
-- BMXFCApp2 cordsets with a 40-way FCN connector on the module end
6
and a 25-way SUB-D connector on the Telefast sub-base end Cordsets
available in 1.5, 3 or 5 m lengths.
5 Modicon Telefast ABE7CPA analog and application-specific connection
sub-bases (for combinations, see pages 5/11):
-- ABE7CPA410 allows connection on a screw terminal block of 4 current/
voltage inputs, with provision and distribution of 4 isolated protected power
supplies for the current loop inputs 7
-- ABE7CPA412 allows connection on a screw terminal block of 4
thermocouple inputs, with supply of cold-junction compensation for these
inputs
voltage outputs
voltage I/O 8
-- ABE7CPA03 allows connection on a screw terminal block of 8 inputs, with
provision and distribution of the power supply (with limitation of each current
loop) for the current/voltage outputs of the BMXAMO0210 analog module
-- ABE7CPA31/31E allows connection on a screw terminal block
(ABE7CPA31) or a spring-type terminal block (ABE7CPA31E) of 8 inputs,
with provision and distribution of the power supply (limited to 25 mA per
input) 9
6 ABE7ACC02 sub-base for splitting 16 into 2 x 8 channels, allowing connection
of 8-channel sub-bases.
7 8-channel Modicon Telefast ABE7 Optimum or Universal passive connection
sub-bases or adaptor sub-bases.
10
5/9
Combinations Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Modicon M340 I/O modules with ABE7 sub-bases
Combinations of discrete inputs/outputs on the Modicon™ M340™ platform with ABE7 sub-bases.
(items 1 to 7), see Introduction on page 5/8 Discrete I/O modules on the Modicon M340 platform
1 Reference for 24 V c discrete I/O modules (item 1)
Inputs Outputs Inputs/outputs
2 x 16 I 4 x 16 I 2 x 16 Q 4 x 16 Q 1 x 16 I, 1 x 16 Q
BMXDDI3202K BMXDDI6402K BMXDDO3202K BMXDDO6402K BMXDDM3202K
Required cordsets
Pre-assembled BMXFCCpp1/FCCpp3 (item 2) (1) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
2 cordsets
(at both ends)
BMXFCCpp3 (item 2) (1)
Quantities to be ordered
No
1
No
2
No
1
No
2
Yes
1
Passive connection sub-bases
Optimum 16 ABE7H34Ep00 “economy” (2)
channels ABE7H16Cpp “miniature”
(item 3)
3
Universal 8 ABE7H08Rpp (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)
channels ABE7H08S21 (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)
(item 7)
Universal 16 ABE7H16R1pp
channels ABE7H16R50p
(item 3)
ABE7H16R2pp
ABE7H16S21p
4 ABE7H16R3p
ABE7H16R23
ABE7H16S43
ABE7H16F43
Input adaptor sub-bases with solid state relays
Universal 16 ABE7S16E2ppp
5
channels Mounted solid state relays, removable terminal
(item 3) blocks
ABE7P16F31p
Plug-in solid state relays
Output adaptor sub-bases with mounted relays, removable terminal blocks
Optimum & ABE7S08S2Bpp (3) (3) (3)
Universal 8 Solid state relays
channels
6
ABE7R08S111p/7R08S21pp (3) (3) (3)
(item 7) Electromechanical relays
Optimum & ABE7S16SpBpp
channels ABE7R16S111p/7R16S21pp
Output adaptor sub-bases with plug-in relays
7
Universal 8 ABE7P08T330p (3) (3) (3)
channels Solid state relays
(item 7)
Optimum & ABE7R16Tppp/7R16M111
Universal 16 Electromechanical relays
channels ABE7P16Tppp/7P16M111
(item 3) Solid state and/or electromechanical relays
Sub-bases for analog I/O
8 4 channels
(item 5)
ABE7CPA410
ABE7CPA412
2 channels ABE7CPA21
(item 5)
(item 5) ABE7CPA03
9 ABE7CPA31/31E
Compatible
Not compatible
(1) References for cordsets: to be completed, see page 2/13.
(2) ABE7H34Ep00 “economy” sub-bases: the cordset is supplied.
(3) Via the splitter sub-base 6 ABE7ACC02 used to separate 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels
10
5/10
Combinations (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
ABE7 interfaces with Modicon™ M340 I/O modules
Combinations of analog inputs/outputs on the Modicon™ M340™ platform with ABE7 sub-bases
(items 1 to 7), see Introduction on page 5/8 Analog I/O modules on the Modicon M340 platform
Reference for analog I/O modules (item 1-b and 1-c)
Inputs Outputs
1
4I 4I 2x4I 8I 8I 2Q 4Q 8Q
BMXAMI BMXART BMX ART BMXAMI BMXAMI BMXAMO BMXAMO BMXAMO
0410 0414 0814 0800 0810 0210 0410 0802
Required cordsets
Pre-assembled BMXFCApp0 (item 4-b) (1)
cordsets
(at both ends)
BMXFCApp2 (item 4-c) (1)
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
2
BMXFTApp0 (item 4-c) (1) No No No Yes Yes No Yes No
BMXFTApp2 (item 4-c) (1) No No No No No No No Yes
Quantities to be ordered 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
Optimum 16
channels
(item 3)
ABE7H34Ep00 “economy” (2)
ABE7H16Cpp “miniature”
3
Universal 8 ABE7H08Rpp
channels ABE7H08S21
(item 7)
Universal 16 ABE7H16R1pp
channels
4
ABE7H16R50p
(item 3)
ABE7H16R2pp
ABE7H16S21p
ABE7H16R3p
ABE7H16R23
ABE7H16S43
5
ABE7H16F43
Input adaptor sub-bases with solid state relays
Universal 16 ABE7S16E2ppp
channels Mounted solid state relays, removable terminal
(item 3) blocks
ABE7P16F31p
Output adaptor sub-bases with mounted relays, removable terminal blocks
Optimum &
Universal 8
ABE7S08S2Bpp
Solid state relays
6
Optimum & ABE7S16SpBpp
Output adaptor sub-bases with plug-in relays
7
Universal 8 ABE7P08T330p
channels Solid state relays
(item 7)
Optimum & ABE7R16Tppp/7R16M111
Universal 16 Electromechanical relays
channels
(item 3)
ABE7P16Tppp/7P16M111
Solid state and/or electromechanical relays
8
Sub-bases for analog I/O
(item 5) ABE7CPA412
(item 5)
8 channels
(item 5)
ABE7CPA02 9
ABE7CPA03
ABE7CPA31/31E
Compatible
Not compatible
(1) References for cordsets: to be completed, see page 2/23.
(2) ABE7H34Ep00 “economy” sub-bases: the cordset is supplied. 10
5/11
automation platform
Passive connection sub-bases for discrete signals

Optimum "Economy" sub-bases
1 Function No. of No. of terminals For PACs
channels per on row
Length of
PAC
Type of
connection
Reference Weight
channel number connection

cable kg
Input or output 16 1 2 Modicon™ TSX 1m Screw ABE7H20E100 0.330
Micro
Modicon Premium ™
2 2m Screw ABE7H20E200 0.410
3m Screw ABE7H20E300 0.480
Modicon M340™ – (1) Screw ABE7H34E000 0.150
3 1m Screw ABE7H34E100 0.330
ABE7H20Eppp
4
Siemens S7 1.5 m Screw ABE7H32E150 0.360
5 ABE7H16C21
Optimum "Miniature" sub-bases
Function No. of No. of terminals LED per channel Polarity Type of Reference Weight
channels per on row distribution connection
channel number
kg
Input or output 16 1 1 No No Screw ABE7H16C10 0.160
6 Yes No Screw ABE7H16C11 0.160
2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V Screw ABE7H16C21 0.205
ABE7H16CM21
3 3 Yes 0 or 24 V Screw ABE7H16C31 0.260
7 Input and output 16 1 1 Yes No Screw ABE7H16CM11 0.160

(2)
2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V Screw ABE7H16CM21 0.200
8 (1) Sub-base supplied without cordset.

(2) 8 I + 8 Q: these products have 2 common connections that enable inputs and outputs to be connected to the same
sub-base at the same time.
10
5/12
automation platform
Passive connection sub-bases for discrete signals (continued)

Universal sub-bases
Function No. of No. of terminals LED per Polarity
channels per
Isolator (I) Type of
on row channel distribution Fuse (F) connection
Reference Weight 1
channel number per channel
kg
Input or output 8 1 1 No No – Screw ABE7H08R10 0.187
Yes No – Screw ABE7H08R11 0.187
2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H08R21 0.218

2
I Screw ABE7H08S21 0.245
12 1 1 No No – Screw ABE7H12R10 0.274
Yes No – Screw ABE7H12R11 0.274 3

ABE7HppR1p 2 No No – Screw ABE7H12R50 0.196
2 2 No 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H12R20 0.300
4
Yes 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H12R21 0.300
16 1 1 No No – Screw ABE7H16R10 0.274
Yes No – Screw ABE7H16R11 0.274
2 No No – Screw ABE7H16R50 0.196 5


6
Input type 2 (1) 16 2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H16R23 0.320
Input 16 2 1 Yes 24 V I, F (2) Screw ABE7H16S43 0.640

7
Output 16 2 1 Yes 0V I, F (2) Screw ABE7H16F43 0.640
(1) For TSX Micro ™, Modicon™ Premium™.

(2) With LED to indicate open fuse.
10
5/13
automation platform
Modicon™ Telefast™ ABE7 pre-wired system: Adaptor
sub-bases w/ mounted relays, removable terminal blocks
Adaptor sub-bases with mounted solid state relays, removable terminal blocks
Universal input sub-bases with solid state relays
1 Number of
channels
No. of
terminals
Isolation of PAC/
Operative part
Voltage Type of
connection
Reference Weight
per channel kg
16 2 Yes c 24 V Screw ABE7S16E2B1 0.370
Spring ABE7S16E2B1E 0.370
2
c 48 V Screw ABE7S16E2E1 0.370
a 48 V Screw ABE7S16E2E0 0.386

ABE7H16E2pp
a 110 V Screw ABE7S16E2F0 0.397
a 230 V Screw ABE7S16E2M0 0.407
3
Spring ABE7S16E2M0E 0.407
Universal output sub-bases with solid state relays

Number of Isolation of Output Output Fault detection Type of Reference Weight
channels PAC/ voltage current signal (1) connection
Operative kg
part
16 No 24 V c 0.5 A Yes (2) Screw ABE7S16S2B0 0.405
4 Spring ABE7S16S2B0E 0.405
No Screw ABE7S16S1B2 0.400
Spring ABE7S16S1B2E 0.400
Optimum and Universal output sub-bases with electromechanical relays

5 Number of
channels
Number of contacts Output
current
Polarity
distribution/
Type of
connection
Reference Weight
operative part kg
8 1 N/O 2A Contact common Screw ABE7R08S111 0.252
per group of 4
channels
Latching 2A Volt-free Screw ABE7R08S216 0.448
6 ABE7R08S216 1 N/O 5A Volt-free Screw ABE7R08S210 0.448
16 1 N/O 2A Contact common Screw ABE7R16S111 0.405

per group of 8
channels
Spring ABE7R16S111E 0.405
7 1 N/O 5A Volt-free Screw ABE7R16S210 0.405
Spring ABE7R16S210E 0.405
Common per Screw ABE7R16S212 0.400

group of 8
channels on both
poles
8 (1) A detected fault on a sub-base output Qn will set PAC output Qn to safe mode that will be detected by the PAC.
(2) Can only be used with modules with protected outputs.
10
5/14
automation platform
Input/output adaptor sub-bases for or with plug-in relays
Adaptor sub-bases with plug-in relays

Universal input sub-bases for solid state relays, supplied without relays
Number of
channels
No. of
terminals
For relay type Isolation of
PAC/
Input
connection
Type of
connection
Reference Weight 1
per channel Operative kg
part
16 2 ABS7E Yes Volt-free Screw ABE7P16F310 0.850
ABR7
ABS7S33E
Polarity Screw ABE7P16F312 0.850
distribution
Optimum and Universal output sub-bases, supplied with electromechanical relays (1)
2
Number of Relay width Relay type Number and Polarity distribution/operative Reference Weight
channels supplied type of part
contacts kg
16 5 mm ABR7S11 1 N/O Contact common per group of 4 ABE7R16T111 0.600
channels
Contact common per group of 4 ABE7R16M111 0.600 3

output channels (2)
+ 2 common input terminals
10 mm ABR7S21 1 N/O Volt-free ABE7R16T210 0.735
ABE7R16M111
Common on both poles (3) ABE7R16T212 0.730

4
ABR7S23 1 C/O Volt-free ABE7R16T230 0.775
Contact common (3) ABE7R16T231 0.730
ABE7R16T210
12 mm ABR7S33 1 C/O Volt-free ABE7R16T330 1.300
5
Common on both poles (4) ABE7R16T332 1.200
ABR7S37 2 C/O Volt-free ABE7R16T370 1.300 6

(1) The sub-bases are supplied as standard with electromechanical relays that can be replaced by solid state relays of the
same width (it is possible to combine these different technologies on a single sub-base).
(2) Two connection methods are available, enabling inputs and outputs to be connected
to the same sub-base at the same time.
7
(3) Per group of 8 channels.
10
5/15
automation platform
Output adaptor sub-bases for plug-in relays
Output adaptor sub-bases for plug-in relays

Optimum and Universal output sub-bases for solid state relays and/or electromechanical relays (1)
1 No. of Relay
channels width
For relay type Isolator
per
Fuse per Polarity distribution/
channel operative part
Type of
connection
Reference Weight
channel
mm kg
16 5 mm ABR7S11 No No Contact common per Screw ABE7P16T111 0.550
ABS7SC1B group of 4 channels
2 10 mm ABR7S2p
ABS7SA2p
No No Volt-free Screw ABE7P16T210(2) 0.615
ABS7SC2p
ABE7ACC20
ABE7P16T230(2) 0.655
Yes Volt-free Screw ABE7P16T214 0.675
3 ABE7P16T2pp
No Common on both poles Screw ABE7P16T212 0.615
(3)
Yes Common on both poles Screw ABE7P16T215 0.670

(3)
4 8 12 mm ABR7S33 No No Volt-free Screw ABE7P08T330 0.450

ABS7A3p
ABS7SC3pp
ABE7ACC21
16 12 mm ABR7S33 No No Volt-free Screw ABE7P16T330 0.900
ABS7A3p
ABS7SC3pp
5 ABE7ACC21
Common on both poles
(4)
Screw ABE7P16T332 0.900
ABR7S33 No Yes Volt-free Screw ABE7P16T334 0.900

ABS7A3M
ABS7SC3E
ABE7ACC21
Yes Yes Common on both poles Screw ABE7P16T318 1.000
6 (4)
(1) Not equipped with relays.

(2) With relay ABR7S21 for sub-base ABE7P16T210, with relay ABR7S23 for sub-base ABE7P16T230p.
10
5/16
automation platform
Plug-in relays

Relay width Functions Input circuit Output circuit Unit reference Weight
Current Nominal
voltage
Current Nominal
voltage Order in multiples 1
of 4 kg
5 mm Output c 24 V 2A 24 V c ABS7SC1B 0.010
10 mm Output c 24 V 0.5 A 5 to 48 V c ABS7SC2E 0.016

ABS7SC1B
24 to 240 V a ABS7SA2M 0.016

2
12 mm Input c 5 V TTL – 24 V c ABS7EC3AL 0.014
24 V Type 2 – 24 V c ABS7EC3B2 0.014

3
48 V Type 2 – 24 V c ABS7EC3E2 0.014
50 Hz a 48 V – 24 V c ABS7EA3E5 0.014
60 Hz a 110 to 130 V – 24 V c ABS7EA3F5 0.014

4
50 Hz a 230 to 240 V – 24 V c ABS7EA3M5 0.014
Output c 24 V 2A 24 V c ABS7SC3BA 0.016

Self-protected
1.5 A 5 to 48 V c ABS7SC3E 0.016

5
1.5 A 24 to 240 V a ABS7SA3MA 0.016
Plug-in electromechanical relays

Relay width Control
voltage
Output current Number of
(1) contacts
Order in
multiples
Unit reference Weight
kg
6
5 mm 24 V c 5 A (Ith) 1 N/O 4 ABR7S11 0.005
10 mm 24 V c 5 A (Ith) 1 N/O 4 ABR7S21 0.008
ABR7S2p
1 C/O 4 ABR7S23 0.008 7
12 mm 2Vc 10 A (Ith) 1 C/O 4 ABR7S33 0.017
8 A (Ith) 2 C/O 4 ABR7S37 0.017
48 V c 8 A (Ith) 1 C/O 4 ABR7S33E 0.017 8

ABR7S3p
Accessory
kg
Extractor for 5 mm miniature relay ABE7ACC12 0.010
10
5/17
automation platform
Connection sub-bases for counter and analog channels
Connection sub-bases for counter and analog channels

Functions For PACs Compatible Type of Type of Reference Weight
1 modules connector on
Telefast™ end
connection
kg
Counter and analog TSX Micro™ Integrated 15-way SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA01 0.300
channels analog and
counting
functions
TSX3722
TSXCTZpA
2 ABE7CPA11
Counter, axis control,
position control
Modicon™
Premium™
TSXCTYpA
TSXCAYp1
15-way SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA01 0.300
Connection of absolute Modicon TSXCTYpA 15-way SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA11 0.330

encoder with parallel Premium TSXCAYp1
output
3 Distribution of 4
thermocouples
Modicon M340™ BMXART0414 25-way SUB-D Screw
BMXART0814
ABE7CPA412 0.180
Distribution of 16 Modicon TSXAEY1614 25-way SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA12 0.300

ABE7CPA 21/410/412 thermocouples Premium
4 Passive distribution of 8 Modicon

analog EIS channels Premium
TSXASY810
TSXAEY1600
TSXApY800
on screw terminals,
with shield continuity Modicon M340 BMXAMI0800
BMXAMI0810
BMXAMO0802
Provision and Modicon M340 BMXAMI0410 25-way SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA410 0.180
5
distribution of protected
isolated power supplies
for 4 analog input
channels
Distribution of 4 analog Modicon TSXASY410 25-way SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA21 0.210
ABE7CPA01 output channels Premium TSXAEY420
Modicon M340 BMXAMO0410
6 Distribution and supply Modicon

of 8 analog input Premium
TSXAEY800
TSXAEY1600
channels with limitation of

each current loop
Distribution and supply Modicon TSXAEY810 25-way SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA31 0.410
of 8 analog input Premium
channels isolated from Modicon M340 BMXAMI0800
one another with 25 mA/
7
BMXAMI0810
channel limitation BMXAMO0802 Spring ABE7CPA31E 0.410
Safety Modicon TSXPAY2p2 25-way SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA13 0.290

Premium
10
5/18
automation platform
Accessories for connection sub-bases
Accessories
Description No. of channels Specifications Order in Unit Weight
Kit for mounting on solid – –

multiples of
10
reference
ABE7ACC01
kg
0.008
1
plate
Splitter sub-base – 16 as 2 x 8 channels 1 ABE7ACC02 0.075
ABE7ACC02
Redundant output – 16 as 2 x 16 channels 1 ABE7ACC10 0.075

sub-base
Redundant input sub-base – 16 as 2 x 16 channels 1 ABE7ACC11 0.075 2
Plug-in continuity blocks – Width 10 mm 4 ABE7ACC20 0.007
Width 12 mm 4 ABE7ACC21 0.010
3
Enclosure feedthrough 16 19-way 1 ABE7ACC82 0.150
with CNOMO M23
connector (1 x 20-way HE
10 connector, PAC end)
Impedance adaptor for – Used with 1 ABE7ACC85 0.012
compatibility ABE7ACC82 and
ABE7ACC83
Type 2
IP 65 cable gland – For 3 cables 5 ABE7ACC84 0.300
ABE7ACC80 + ABE7ACC81
Additional snap-on 8 10 screw terminals 5 ABE7BV10 0.030
4
terminal blocks (shunted
terminals) 16 20 screw terminals 5 ABE7BV20 0.060
I/O simulator sub-base 16 For display, 1 ABE7TES160 0.350

forcing inhibition,
Self-adhesive marker tag –

continuity
For 6 characters 50 AR1SB3 0.001
5
holder
ABE7BV20
Quick-blow fuses 5 x 20, – 0.125 A 10 ABE7FU012 0.010
250 V, UL
0.5 A 10 ABE7FU050 0.010
2 01
0
1
2 01
8
9
10
11
1A 10 ABE7FU100 0.010 6
2
12
ABE7FU200
3
4
13 2A 10 0.010
14
5
6 15
7
4A 10 ABE7FU400 0.010
7
6.3 A 10 ABE7FU630 0.010
ABE7TES160
Commoning link accessories

Description For common Color Distance between Reference Weight
cable ends kg
Commoning links Coil White 12 cm ABFC08R12W 0.020
Modularity 8 x 1 mm2
2 cm ABFC08R02W 0.010
8
a Red 12 cm ABFC08R12R 0.020
AR1SB3
2 cm ABFC08R02R 0.010
c Blue 12 cm ABFC08R12B 0.020
2 cm ABFC08R02B 0.010
9
10
ABEC08Rppp
5/19
automation platform
Phaseo™ power supplies and transformers
Regulated switch mode power supplies
Power supplies Regulated switch mode power supplies

ABL8MEM, ABL7RM: 7 to 60 W - Rail mounting
1 ABL8REM, ABL7RP: 60 to 144 W - Rail mounting
Nominal input voltage a 100 to 240 V

c 120 to 250 V
3
Connection to United States Single-phase (N-L1) connection
worldwide line - 120 V (phase-to-neutral) or
supplies - 240 V (phase-to-phase) 2-phase (L1-L2) connection
Europe Single-phase (N-L1) connection

- 230 V (phase-to-neutral)
- 400 V (phase-to-phase)
United States –
4
- 277 V (phase-to-neutral)
- 480 V (phase-to-phase)
Undervoltage control Yes

Protection against overloads and short-circuits Yes, voltage detection.
Automatic reset on elimination of the detected fault
Diagnostics relay –
5
Compatibility with function modules –
Power reserve (Boost) 1.25 to 1.4 In for 1 minute, depending on model (for ABL8MEM) No
Output voltage c5V c 12 V c 24 V c 48 V
Output current 0.3 A ABL8MEM24003
6 0.6 A ABL8MEM24006
1.2 A ABL8MEM24012
2A ABL8MEM12020
2.5 A ABL7RM24025 ABL7RP4803
7 3A ABL8REM24030
3.5 A
4A ABL8MEM05040
5A ABL7RP1205 ABL8REM24050
8 6A
10 A
20 A
30 A
9 40 A
Pages 5/25
10
5/20
ABL4: 85 to 960 W - Compact - Rail mounting Function modules ABL8DCC: converters c/c
a 100 to 230 V a 120 V or a 230 V a 400 to 500 V c 24 V
3
Single-phase (N-L1) Single-phase (N-L1) – –
connection connection
or
2-phase (L1-L2) connection
– Single-phase (N-L1) 3-phase (L1-L2-L3) –
connection connection
– – 3-phase (L1-L2-L3) –
4
connection
No No No –
Yes, current limitation Yes, current limitation
Automatic reset on elimination of the detected fault
Yes Yes Yes Yes, depending on model
5
Yes with buffer module, battery and battery check modules, redundancy module and discriminating downstream protection module
Depending on model: 1.5 to 1.7 In for 5 to 30 seconds No
c 24 V c5V c 7 to 12 V
6
ABL8DCC12020 (1)
7
ABL4RSM24035
ABL4RSM24050
ABL8DCC05060 (1) 8
ABL4RSM24100
ABL4RSM24200 ABL4WSR24200
ABL4WSR24300
ABL4WSR24400 9
5/28 (2)
(1) Converter module c/c, is to be used with a Phaseo power supply.
(2) Certain offers can not be marketed in certain countries, please consult your “Customer Care Center”.
10
5/21
automation platform
ABL8RP, ABL8WP
Switch mode power supplies: ABL8RP/8WP range

The ABL8RPS/RPM/WPS power supply offer is designed to provide the DC voltage
1
a
necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment. Is comprised of
six products, this range meets the needs encountered in industrial and commercial
applications. These compact electronic switch mode power supplies provide a
quality of output current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with
the Modicon™ M340™, Premium™ and Quantum™ automation platforms. When used
with additional function modules, they help ensure continuity of service in the event
of network power outages or inappropriate application performance. Clear
2 guidelines are given on selecting the function modules and upstream protection
devices that are often used with them, providing a comprehensive solution.
c Modicon™ M340™ PAC
ABL8RPS24050
The ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo™ power supplies are to be connected in
phase-to-neutral or phase-to-phase for ABL8RPS/RPM, and in three-phase for
ABL8WPS. They deliver a voltage that is precise to 3%, whatever the load and
3 whatever the type of line supply, within the ranges:

vv 85 to 132 V a and 170 to 550 V a for ABL8RPS
vv 85 to 132 V a and 170 to 264 V a for ABL8RPM
vv 340 to 550 V a for ABL8WPS
Their very wide input voltage range allows a considerable reduction of parts held in
stock and offers a distinct advantage in terms of machine design.
4 Conforming to IEC standards and UL and CSA certified, they are suitable for
ABL8RP/8WP use.
ABL8RPS/RPM and ABL8WPS power supplies are equipped with a harmonic

filter, helping to ensure compliance with standard IEC/EN 61000-3-2 concerning
harmonic pollution.
5 The ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo power supplies has protection devices to help
ensure optimum performance of the automation system. Their operating mode can
be configured as required by the user:
bb Manual reset protection mode: Priority is given to the voltage to help maintain
the PAC logic states and nominal operation of the supplied actuators.
bb Automatic reset protection mode: Priority is given to the current to allow
troubleshooting for example, or to help ensure continuity of service until the arrival of
6 the maintenance team.
The ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo power supplies also has a power reserve,
allowing them to deliver a current of 1.5 In at regular intervals. This avoids the need
to oversize the power supply if the device has a high inrush current, while ensuring
optimum performance of the automation system.
7 The diagnostics for the ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo power supplies are available
on the front of the device via LEDs (Uout and Iout) and via a volt-free relay contact
(whether or not the PAC states are verified).
Products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer to

compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with long connection cable runs.
8 These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail.
10
5/22
ABL8RP, ABL8WP
a Switch mode power supplies: ABL8RP/8WP range (continued)
There are four references available in the ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo™ power
supplies for phase-to-neutral or phase-to-phase connection: 1
bb ABL8RPS24030 72 W 3A 24 V c
bb ABL8RPS24050 120 W 5A 24 V c
bb ABL8RPS24100 240 W 10 A 24 V c
bb ABL8RPM24200 480 W 20 A 24 V c
ABL8WPS24200
The ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo power supplies also features two references for
three-phase connection:
2
bb ABL8WPS24200 480 W 20 A 24 V c
bb ABL8WPS24400 960 W 40 A 24 V c
A range of function modules also allows functions to be added to the ABL8RP/8WP
range of Phaseo power supplies to help ensure continuity of service:
vv Buffer module or Battery control modules combined with their batteries to help
3
ensure continuity of service in the event of a network power outage
vv Redundancy module to meet the demanding requirements for continuity of
c
service even if the power supply becomes inoperative
Modicon™ Premium™
vv Downstream electronic Protection modules to help ensure that the protection in
the application is discriminating
vv Converter modules delivering nominal voltages of 5 and 12 V c from the 24 V
c output of the ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo power supplies 4
1 Description
ABL8RP/8WP range of power supplies
2 The ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo regulated switch mode power supplies,

ABL8RPS24pp0/RPM24200/WPS24p00, feature:
5
1 Spring clip for 35 mm DIN rail
2 4 mm2 enclosed screw terminals for connection of the AC voltage (single-phase,
3
phase-to-phase or three-phase connection)
3 Protective glass flap
4
5
6
4 Clip-on marker label
5 Locking catch for the glass flap (sealable) 6
6 Protection mode selector
7 7 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer
8 Output voltage status LED (green and red)
8 9 Output current status LED (green, red and orange)
9 10 Screw terminals for connection of the diagnostic relay contact, except
7
ABL8RPS24030
11 4 mm2 (10 mm2 on ABL8WPS24p00 and ABL8RPM24200) enclosed screw
terminals for connection of the DC output voltage
10
11
10
5/23
Combinations Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
ABL8RP, ABL8WP
Selection of protection on the power supply primaries
1
Type of line supply 115 V a phase-to-neutral 230 V a phase-to-phase 400 V a phase-to-phase
Type of protection Thermal-magnetic gG/gL Thermal-magnetic gG/gL Thermal- gG/gL
circuit-breaker fuse circuit-breaker fuse magnetic fuse
circuit-
breaker
(1) (2) – (1) (2) – (1) –
GB2 (IEC) (4) C60N (IEC/UL) GB2 (IEC) (3) C60N (IEC/UL) GV2 (IEC/UL)
2 ABL8RPS24030 GB2CD07 MG24443 2 A (8 x 32) GB2CD07 MG24443 2 A (8 x 32) GV2RT06

GV2ME06 (4)
2 A (14 x 51)
ABL8RPS24050 GB2CD08 MG24444 4 A (8 x 32) GB2CD07 MG24443 2 A (8 x 32) GV2RT06 2 A (14 x 51)
GV2ME06 (4)
ABL8RPS24100 GB2CD12 MG24447 6 A (8 x 32) GB2CD08 MG24444 4 A (8 x 32) GV2RT07 4 A (14 x 51)
3 GV2ME07 (4)
ABL8RPM24200 GB2CD16 MG24449 10 A (8 x 32) GB2CD12 MG24447 6 A (8 x 32) – –
ABL8WPS24200 – – – – – – GV2ME06 (5) 2 A (14 x 51)
4 ABL8WPS24400 – – – – – – GV2ME07 (5) 4 A (14 x 51)
(1) Automation and Control offer.

(2) Electrical Distribution offer.
(3) UL certification pending.
(4) Connection in single-phase (L-N) or phase-to-phase (L1-L2).
5
(5) Connection in 3 phase (L1-L2-L3).
10
5/24
automation platform
ABL8RP, ABL8WP
Regulated switch mode power supplies: Phaseo ABL8RP/8WP range

Input Secondary Reset Conforming Reference Weight
voltage Output
voltage
Nominal
power
Nominal
current
to standard
IEC/EN 1
61000-3-2 kg
Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection
100 to 120 V - 24 to 28.8 V 72 W 3A Auto/man Yes ABL8RPS24030 0.300
200 to 500 V a c
- 15%,+ 10% 120 W 5A Auto/man Yes ABL8RPS24050 0.700
2
50/60 Hz
240 W 10 A Auto/man Yes ABL8RPS24100 1.000
ABL8RPS24050
100 to 120 V - 24 to 28.8 V 480 W 20 A Auto/man Yes ABL8RPM24200 1.600

200 to 240 V a c
- 15%,+ 10%
50/60 Hz
Three-phase connection (L1-L2-L3)

380 to 500 V a
± 10 %
24 to 28.8 V 480 W
c
20 A Auto/man Yes ABL8WPS24200 1.600
3
50/60 Hz 960 W 40 A Auto/man Yes ABL8WPS24400 2.700
ABL8RPM24200 Function modules for continuity of service (1)

Function Use Designation Reference Weight
kg
Continuity after Holding time 100 ms at 40 A
a power outage and 2 s at 1 A
Buffer module ABL8BUF24400 1.200
4
Holding time 9 min at 40 A to 2 hrs at 1 Battery control module ABL8BBU24200 0.500
A (depending on use with a Battery 20 A output current
control module-battery unit and load)
Battery control module ABL8BBU24200 0.700
(2)
40 A output current
3.2 Ah battery module (3) ABL8BPK24A03 3.500
ABL8WPS24200 7 Ah battery module (3) ABL8BPK24A03 6.500

5
12 Ah battery module (3) ABL8BPK24A12 12.000
Continuity after Paralleling and redundancy of the Redundancy module ABL8RED24400 0.700
a detected power supply to help ensure
malfunction uninterrupted operation of the
application excluding AC line failures
and application overloads
6
Downstream Electronic protection (1 to 10 A Protection module with ABL8PRP24100 0.270
protection overload or short-circuit) with 4 output 2-pole breaking (4) (5)
terminals from a ABL8RP/8WP range
ABL8BUF24400 Phaseo power supply
c / c converters (1)
Primary (6)
Input voltage ABL8RP/8WP range power supply
Secondary
Output Nominal
Reference Weight 7
module output current voltage current kg
24 V c 2.2 A 5 to 6.5 V c 6 A ABL8DCC05060 0.300
- 9%, + 24%
1.7 A 7 to 15 V c 2A ABL8DCC12020 0.300
Separate and replacement parts

Designation Use Composition Unitreference Weight
kg
8
ABL8BBU24200 Fuse assemblies For ABL8PRP24100 discriminating 4 x 5 A, 4 x 7.5 A ABL8FUS01 –
Protection modules and 4 x 10 A
For ABL8BKP24App Battery 4 x 20 A and 6 x 30 A ABL8FUS02 –
Clip-on marker For ABL8s excluding Order in multiples of 100 LAD90 0.030
labels ABL8PRP24100
ABL8PRP24100 selective Protection Order in multiples of 22
Module
ASI20MACC5 – 9
DIN rail ABL8BPK2403 Battery Module – ABL1A02 –
mounting kit
EEPROM Backup and duplication of ABL8 – SR2MEM02 0.010
memory BBU24p00 battery control module
ABL8RED24400
10
parameters
(1) For use with ABL8RP/8WP range of Phaseo™ power supplies.
(2) For table of compatibility of Battery control module-battery unit with holding time depending on the load.
(3) Supplied with 20 or 30 A fuse depending on the model.
(4) Supplied with four 15 A fuses.
(5) Local reset via push button or automatic reset on elimination of the detected fault.
(6) Voltage from a 24 V c ABL8RP/8WP range Phaseo power supply.
5/25
automation platform
ABL4
Introduction
The range
1 The Phaseo™ regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4 offer is designed to
provide the DC voltage necessary for the control circuits of automation system
equipment consuming 85 W to 960 W on c 24 V.
This range of power supplies, comprised of 7 products, meets the needs
encountered in industrial applications.
Using electronic switch mode technology, these power supplies provide a quality of
output current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with the following
2 products:
bb Twido™ programmable controllers
bb Modicon™ logic controllers M238™ and M258™
bb Modicon motion controllers LMC 058
bb Automation platforms M340™, Premium™ and Quantum™
Due to their high overload withstand, the power supplies ABL4 are the power supply
3 solution for stepper motors, servo motors and integrated drives.
When used with function modules ABL8B/RED/D/P, they help ensure continuity of
service in the event of power outages or detected application malfunction. In
addition, the ABL4RSM24200 model can be used in a redundant power supply
without an additional redundancy module due to its integrated diode.
Their high effectiveness enables us to offer power supplies that are among the
4 smallest on the market, thus considerably reducing the space required in
enclosures.
Compatibility with distribution systems
Power supplies ABL4 are connected in phase-to-neutral, phase-to-phase (1) for the
ABL4R, and in 3-phase for the ABL4W.
5 They deliver a voltage that is precise to within ± 1% whatever the load and whatever
the type of line supply, within the following ranges:
bb a 90 to 264 V for the ABL4RSM24035 and ABL4RSM24050,
bb a 90 to 132 V and a 185 to 264 V for the ABL4RSM24100 and ABL4RSM24200,
bb a 340 to 550 V for the ABL4W.
Standards and certifications
Conforming to IEC standards and UL certified, the power supplies ABL4 are suitable
6 for universal use. They can be used to supply Protection Extra Low Voltage (PELV)
or Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV) circuits in compliance with standard IEC/EN
60364-4-41. Due to their double insulation between the input circuit (connected to
the line supply) and the output circuit and their internal device,voltage is limited to
less than 60 V in the event of a detected internal fault.
7 Diagnostics
The operation of the power supply ABL4 can be checked using 2 LEDs located on
the front face.
A normally open contact (NO) relay also enables checking of the output voltage
compliance (contact closed if the output voltage exceeds 90% of the nominal
voltage).
Protection
8 Power supplies ABL4 have the following continuous protection (2):
bb protection against overvoltages on the output circuit,
bb thermal protection,
bb protection against overcurrents and short-circuits on the output circuit.
Mounting
Power supplies ABL4 are mounted on Omega (DIN 35 mm) rail.
9 (1) Only on certain American line supplies.
(2) With automatic restarting.
10
5/26
automation platform
ABL4
Specifications
Derating
The ambient temperature is a determining factor that limits the power that an electronic power supply can
deliver continuously. If the temperature around the electronic components is too high, their life will be
1
significantly reduced.
The nominal ambient temperature for power supplies ABL4 is, depending on the reference, 45, 50 or 60°C.
Above this temperature, derating is necessary up to a maximum temperature of 60°C.
120
P/Pn %
2
The adjacent graph shows the
100
power as a percentage of the
nominal power that the power 80
supply can deliver 75
70
continuously, in relation to the 60
ambient temperature. 50
40
20
3
0
-20 0 20 30 45 50 55 60
Temperature °C
ABL4RSM24035/RSM24050/WSR24400
ABL4WSR24200
ABL4WSR24300
ABL4RSM24100
4
Adequate convection is required around the products to assist cooling.
Sufficient clearance is required around power supplies ABL4: refer to instruction sheet supplied with each power
supply, also available at www.schneider-electric.com
Temporary overcurrents
Power supplies ABL4 have an energy reserve allowing them to supply the application, according to the
references, from 150% to 170% of the nominal current for 5 seconds and up to 30 seconds, while guaranteeing an
output voltage higher then 90% of the nominal voltage.
Power supply Maximum temporary overcurrent Maximum time of temporary overcurrent 5
ABL4RSM24035 170% of nominal current 30 seconds
ABL4WSR24p00
The time interval between each overcurrent cannot be less than 10 seconds.
When the overcurrent value exceeds the reserve energy value or when the overcurrents are too closely spaced or
6
when the overcurrent is prolonged (depending on the reference), more than 5 seconds and up to 30 seconds, the
power supply switches to protection mode.
Behavior in event of overcurrents and short-circuits
In the event of overcurrent or short-circuit, the power supply ABL4 switches to protection mode and periodically
attempts a reset (“Hiccup” mode) until the detected fault disappears. Once the output circuit load conditions return
to normal, the power supply automatically resets. 7
Power supply Periodic reset frequency type
ABL4RSM24035 Variable: depends on the overcurrent value and the ambient temperature.
ABL4RSM24050 In the event of a short-circuit (output voltage close to 0 V), the current is established for 50 ms
ABL4RSM24100 approximately every 1.8 seconds.
ABL4RSM24200 Mounted: the current is established for 5 seconds every 15 seconds either in the event of an
ABL4WSR24p00 overcurrent or a short-circuit.
8
Connecting in parallel
To increase the current available, the outputs of two power supplies with identical references can be
connected in parallel.
Equitable sharing of the current between the two power supplies is accomplished performing the following tasks:
bb Use two power supplies bearing the same date code and same reference.
bb Adjust the output voltages to obtain the same voltage value, to within plus or minus 20 mV, 10 minutes after
power-up with a load consumption of less than 20% connected on each power supply output. 9
bb Connect one of the “+” terminals and one of the “-” terminals of each power supply to a terminal using wires of
the same length and diameter.
bb Use wires with the largest cross-section as possible.
The maximum usable current is 1.8 times the nominal current of the power supply.
10
Redundancy of the power supply ABL4RSM24200 can be achieved without adding a specific module, due to the
specific diode that is integrated in these products.
For other power supply references, use redundancy module ABL8RED24400.
Additional technical information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.
5/27
Specifications (continued), Modicon™ M340™
ABL4
Specifications (continued)
Selection of protection on the power supply primaries
1 Power supply Type of protection
Miniature circuit- Fuses Class CC fuses with
breakers C60N rejection system
(Icn > 1.5 kA)
Zone where equipment is used
Rest of the world USA & Canada
2 ABL4RSM24035
ABL4RSM24050
4 A curve C
4 A curve C
4 A time-lag
4 A time-lag
6A
6A
ABL4RSM24100 6 A curve C 6.3 A time-lag 6A
ABL4RSM24200 16 A curve C 15 A time-lag 10 A
10 A curve D
ABL4WSR24200 3 x 10 A curve C 3 x 3.15 A time-lag 3 x 10 A
ABL4WSR24300 3 x 10 A curve C 3 x 5 A time-lag 3 x 10 A
3 ABL4WSR24400 3 x 10 A curve C 3 x 6.3 A time-lag 3 x 10 A
Description
2 The regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4RSM24035 and
3 ABL4RSM24050 feature:
4 1 Spring clip for Omega (35 mm DIN) rail.
4 1 5
2 Output voltage status LED (green).
3 Output circuit overcurrent LED (red).
4 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer.
5 Removable screw terminal block for connection of the DC output voltage and
6 diagnostics contact.
6 Removable screw terminal block for connection of the AC input voltage on
single-phase (1).
2
6
The regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4RSM24100 feature:
1 Spring clip for Omega (35 mm DIN) rail.
2 Removable screw terminal block for connection of the AC input voltage (on
3 single-phase) (1)) and for connection of 120/230 V selection link.
1 3 Output voltage status LED (green).
4
4 Output circuit overcurrent LED (red).
5 5 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer.
6 Removable screw terminal block for connection of the DC output voltage and
7 6
diagnostics contact.
8 The regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4RSM24200, ABL4WSR24200,

ABL4WSR24300 and ABL4WSR24400 feature:
1 Spring clip for Omega (35 mm DIN) rail.
2 2 Enclosed screw terminals for connection of the DC output voltage and
diagnostics contact.
3 3 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer.
1 4 4 Output voltage status LED (green).
9 5
5 Output circuit overcurrent and detected alarm LED (red).
6 Enclosed screw terminals for connection of the AC input voltage:
-- single-phase connection for ABL4RSM24200 (1),
-- 3-phase connection for ABL4Wpppp.
6 (1) Connection between 2 phases only on certain American line supplies.
10
5/28
automation platform
ABL4
Phaseo regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4, 85 to 960 W

Input voltage Secondary Reset Reference Weight
Output
voltage
Nominal
power
Nominal
current kg 1
Single-phase (N-L1) connection (1)
a 100 to 230 V c 23 to 27.4 V 85 W 3.5 A Automatic ABL4RSM24035 0.500
- 10%, + 15%
120 W 5A Automatic ABL4RSM24050 0.500
2
ABL4RSM24050
a 120 V c 23 to 27.4 V 240 W 10 A Automatic ABL4RSM24100 0.800
- 25%, + 10%
and
c 24 to 27.8 V 480 W 20 A Automatic ABL4RSM24200 1.300
a 230 V
(2)
- 20%, + 15%
3-phase (L1-L2-L3) connection
a 400 to 500 V c 24 to 27.8 V 480 W 20 A Automatic ABL4WSR24200 1.300
- 15%, + 10%
720 W 30 A Automatic ABL4WSR24300 1.300
3
960 W 40 A Automatic ABL4WSR24400 1.300
Function modules for continuity of service (3)
4
Function Use Description Reference Weight
ABL4RSM24100 kg
Continuity after Holding time 100 ms Buffer module ABL8BUF24400 1.200
a power outage at 40 A and 2 s at 1 A
(5) Holding time 9 min at 40 A to 2 hrs at 1 A Battery check module, ABL8BBU24200 0.500
(depending on use with a battery check output current 20 A
module-battery unit and load) (4) Battery check module, ABL8BBU24400 0.700
output current 40 A
Battery module, 3.2 Ah (6)
Battery module, 7 Ah (6)
ABL8BPK24A03
ABL8BPK24A07
3.500
6.500
5
Battery module, 12 Ah (6) ABL8BPK24A12 12.000
Continuity after Paralleling and redundancy of the power supply Redundancy module ABL8RED24400 0.700
a detected to help ensure uninterrupted operation of the
malfunction application excluding AC line failures and
application overcurrents
ABL4WSR24200 Downstream
protection
Electronic protection (1 to 10 A overcurrent or
short-circuit) of 4 output terminals from an ABL4
Protection module with 2-pole
breaking (7) (8)
ABL8PRP24100 0.270
6
power supply
Converters c / c (3)
Primary (9) Secondary Reference Weight
Input voltage Power supply module output current Output Nominal
kg
7
voltage current
c 24 V 2.2 A c 5 to 6.5 V 6A ABL8DCC05060 0.300
- 9%,+ 24% 1.7 A c 7 to 15 V 2A ABL8DCC12020 0.300
Separate and replacement parts
Description Use Composition Unitreference Weight
ABL8BUF24400
kg
Fuse Discriminating Protection module 4 x 5 A, 4 x 7.5 A and 4 x 10 A ABL8FUS01 –
assemblies ABL8PRP24100
Battery ABL8BKP24App 4 x 20 A and 6 x 30 A ABL8FUS02 –
8
Clip-on marker For ABL8s excluding ABL8PRP24100 Sold in lots of 100 LAD90 0.030
labels Discriminating Protection module Sold in lots of 22 ASI20MACC5 –
ABL8PRP24100
Rail mounting Battery module ABL8BPK2403 – ABL1A02 –
kit
ABL8BBU24200
EEPROM
memory
Backup and duplication of ABL8 BBU24p00
battery check module parameters
– SR2MEM02 0.010
9
(1) 2-phase connection possible on certain American line supplies.
(2) Power supply reference ABL4RSM24200 has an integrated redundancy diode.
(3) For use with power supply ABL4.
(4) Compatibility table for battery check module-battery unit with holding time depending on the load.
More technical information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.
(5) Technical appendices are available at www.schneider-electric.com.
(6) Supplied with 20 or 30 A fuse depending on the model.
(7) Supplied with four 15 A fuses.
10
(8) Local reset via push button or automatic reset on elimination of the detected fault.
(9) Voltage from power supply ABL4.
ABL8RED24400
5/29
automation platform
Operator dialog terminals
Magelis™ Small Panels
Applications Display of graphic pages

Control and configuration of data
1
Type of terminal Small Panels with touch
screen
3
Display Type Monochrome LCD STN Color QVGA TFT LCD
(200 x 80 pixels), (320 x 240 pixels)
backlit
- Green, orange and red or
- White, pink and red
4
Capacity 3.4” (monochrome) 3.5” (color) 5.7” (color)
Data entry Via touch screen
5
Memory Application 16 MB Flash
capacity Extension –
6 Functions Maximum number of pages Limited by internal FLASH EPROM memory capacity
Variables per page Unlimited

ReIntroduction of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bar chart, gauge, curves, buttons, LEDs
Recipes 32 groups of 64 recipes
Curves Yes, with log
Alarm logs Yes
7 Real-time clock
Alarm relay
Access to the PAC real-time clock
–
Buzzer Yes
Communication Asynchronous serial link RS 232C/RS 485

Downloadable protocols Uni-TE™, Modbus™and for PAC brands:
8 Printer link
Allen-Bradley, Omron, Mitsubishi, Siemens
USB for serial or parallel printer
USB ports 1 host type A and 1 device type mini B
Networks – 1 Ethernet TCP/IP port
(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)
Development software Vijeo™ Designer™ (on Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7)
9 Operating systems Magelis™
Type of terminal Magelis STO Magelis STU
Pages Please consult the “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalog.
10
5/30
Display of text messages and/or semi-graphic Display of text messages and/or semi-graphic pages
pages Control and configuration of data
1
Small Panels with keypad Small Panels with keypad Small Panels with touch screen and keypad
3
Green backlit monochrome LCD, Green, orange and red backlit monochrome LCD, Green, orange and red backlit monochrome matrix
height 5.5 mm height 4.34 to 17.36 mm LCD (198 x 80 pixels),
or height 4 to 16 mm
Green, orange and red backlit monochrome LCD,
height 4.34 to 17.36 mm
4
2 lines of 20 characters or 1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters (monochrome) 2 to 10 lines of 5 to 33 characters (monochrome)
1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters
(monochrome)
Via keypad with Via keypad with Via keypad with Via touch screen and
8 keys (4 customizable) bb 12 function keys or numeric entry (depending on
context)
bb 8 service keys
bb 4 function keys
bb 8 service keys
keypad with
bb 10 function keys
bb 2 service keys
5
512 KB Flash 512 KB Flash EPROM
–
128/200 application pages

256 alarm pages
128/200 application pages
256 alarm pages
200 application pages
256 alarm pages
6
40 to 50 50
Alphanumeric Alphanumeric, bar chart, buttons, LEDs
–
Yes
Yes (2) Yes
Access to the PAC real-time clock
–
Access to the PAC real-time clock 7
– Yes (1)
RS 232C/RS 485
Uni-TE, Modbus and for PAC brands:
Allen-Bradley, Omron, Mitsubishi, Siemens
RS 232C serial link (2)
8
–
–
Vijeo™ Designer™ Lite (on Windows 2000, Windows XP or Windows Vista)

Magelis™
9
XBTN XBTR XBTRT
Please consult the “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalog.
10
(1) Only XBTRT511.
(2) Depending on model.
5/31
automation platform
Magelis™ GT, GK, GH and GTW Advanced Panels
Applications Display of text messages, graphic objects and synoptic views

1 Type of terminal Touch screen Advanced Panels
Display Type Backlit monochrome (amber or Backlit monochrome or color Backlit color STN LCD or
3 red mode) STN LCD
(320 x 240 pixels) or TFT LCD
STN LCD or backlit color TFT TFT LCD (640 x 480 pixels)
LCD (320 x 240 pixels or 640 x
480 pixels) (3)
Capacity 3.8” (monochrome or color) 5.7” (monochrome or color) 7.5” (color)
Data entry Via touch screen
4 Static function keys

Dynamic function keys
–
–
Service keys –
Alphanumeric keys –
Memory capacity Application 32 MB Flash EPROM 16 MB Flash EPROM (3) 32 MB Flash EPROM
Expansion – By means of 128, 256, 512 MB, 1, 2 or 4 GB CF card (except
5 XBTGT2110)
Functions Maximum number of pages Limited by internal Flash Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or CF
EPROM memory capacity card memory
Variables per page Unlimited (8000 variables max.)
ReIntroduction of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, tank, tank level indicator, curves, polygon, button,
LED
6 Recipes
Curves
32 groups of 64 recipes is comprised of 1024 ingredients max.
Yes, with log
Alarm logs Yes
Real-time clock Built-in
Discrete I/O – 1 input (reset) and 3 outputs
(alarm, buzzer, run)
Multimedia I/O – (3) 1 audio input (microphone),
7 1 composite video input

(digital or analog video
camera), 1 audio output
(loudspeaker) (1)
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE™ (2), Modbus™, Modbus TCP/IP (1) and for PAC brands: Mitsubishi, Omron,
Allen-Bradley and Siemens
Asynchronous serial link RS 232C/485 (COM1) RS 232C/RS 422/485 (COM1) and RS 485 (COM2)
8 USB ports 1 1 (3) 2
Buses and networks – Modbus Plus and FIPway™ with USB gateway, Profibus™ DP
and DeviceNet™ with optional card
Ethernet TCP/IP (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX) (1)
Printer link USB port for parallel printer RS 232C (COM1) serial link, USB port for parallel printer
9 Development software Vijeo™ Designer™ (36349/11) (on Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7)
Operating system Magelis™ Magelis Magelis
(200 MHz RISC CPU) (133 MHz RISC CPU) (3) (266 MHz RISC CPU)
Type of terminal XBTGT11/13 XBTGT21/22/23/24/29 XBTGT42/43

10 Pages Please consult the “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalog.
(2) Uni-TE version V2 for Twido™ controller and TSX Micro/Premium™ platform.
(3) For XBTGT 2430, 32 MB Flash EPROM, 1 sound output, 2 USB ports, 266 MHz RISC CPU
(4) For XBTGT 5430
5/32
Display of text messages, graphic objects and synoptic views
Touch screen Advanced Panels

1
Backlit color STN LCD or TFT LCD (640 x 480 pixels Backlit color TFT LCD (800 x 600 pixels) Backlit color TFT LCD (1024 x 768 pixels)
or 800 x 600 pixels) (4)
3
10.4” (color) 12.1” (color) 15” (color)
Via touch screen
–
–
4
–
–
32 MB Flash EPROM
5
By means of 128, 256, 512 MB, 1, 2 or 4 GB CF card
Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or CF card memory
Unlimited (8000 variables max.)

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, tank, tank level indicator, curves, polygon, button, LED

Yes, with log
6
Yes
Built-in
1 input (reset) and 3 outputs (alarm, buzzer, run)
1 audio input (microphone), 1 composite video input (digital or analog video camera), 1 audio output (loudspeaker) (1)
7
Uni-TE™ (2), Modbus™, Modbus TCP/IP (1) and for PAC brands: Mitsubishi, Omron, Allen-Bradley and Siemens
8
RS 232C/RS 422/485 (COM1) and RS 485 (COM2)
2
Modbus Plus with USB gateway
Ethernet TCP/IP (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

RS 232C (COM1) serial link, USB port for parallel printer
Vijeo™ Designer™ (36349/11) (on Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7)
9
Magelis™
(266 MHz RISC CPU)
XBTGT52/53/54 XBTGT63 XBTGT73
Please consult the “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalog. 10
5/33
automation platform
Magelis™ GT, GK, GH and GTW Advanced Panels
Applications Display of text messages, graphic objects and synoptic views

1 Type of terminal Advanced Panels with keypad
3 Display Type Color TFT LCD

(320 x 240 pixels) or monochrome STN
Color TFT LCD
(640 x 480 pixels)
Capacity 5.7” (monochrome or color) 10.4” (color)
Data entry Via keypad and/or touch screen (configurable) and/or by industrial pointer
Static function keys 10 12
4 Dynamic function keys

Service keys
14
8
18
Alphanumeric keys 12
Memory capacity Application 16 MB Flash EPROM 32 MB Flash EPROM
5
Expansion By means of 128, 256, 512 MB, 1, 2 or 4 GB CF card
Functions Maximum number of pages Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or CF card memory
Variables per page Unlimited (8000 variables max.)
ReIntroduction of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, tank, tank level indicator, curves, polygon, button,
LED
6
Recipes 32 groups of 64 recipes is comprised of 1024 ingredients max.
Curves Yes, with log
Alarm logs Yes
Real-time clock Built-in
Discrete I/O – 1 input - 3 outputs
Multimedia I/O – –
7 Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE™ (2), Modbus™, Modbus TCP/IP (1) and for PAC brands: Mitsubishi, Omron, Allen-
Bradley and Siemens
Asynchronous serial link RS 232C/RS 422/485 (COM1)

RS 485 (COM2)
USB ports 1 2
8
Buses and networks Modbus Plus, FIPway™ with USB gateway, Profibus™ DP and DeviceNet™ with optional card
Ethernet TCP/IP (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)
Printer link RS 232C (COM1) serial link, USB port for parallel printer
Development software Vijeo™ Designer™ (36349/11) (on Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7)
Operating system Magelis™
(266 MHz RISC CPU)
9 Type of terminal XBTGK 21/23 XBTGK 53

10
5/34
Display of text messages, graphic objects and synoptic views
Portable Advanced Panels Open touch screen Advanced Panels 1
Color TFT LCD

(640 x 480 pixels)
Color TFT LCD
(800 x 600 pixels)
Color TFT LCD
(800 x 600 pixels)
Color TFT LCD
(1024 x 768 pixels)
3
5.7” (color) 8.4” (color) 12” (color) 15” (color)
Via touch screen Via touch screen
11 –
–
–
–
–
4
– –
32 MB Flash EPROM 1 GB CF system card included with 2 GB CF system card included with terminal,
terminal, expandable to 4 GB expandable to 4 GB
5
By means of 128, 256, 512 MB, 1, 2 or 4 GB CF card
Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or CF card memory

Unlimited (8000 variables max.)
Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, tank, tank level indicator, curves, polygon, button, LED
6
Yes, with log
Yes
Built-in
–
1 audio output
Uni-TE™ (2), Modbus™, Modbus TCP/IP Uni-TE (2), Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP (1) and for PAC brands: Mitsubishi, Omron, Allen-Bradley and Siemens
and for PAC brands: Mitsubishi, 7
Omron, Rockwell Automation and
Siemens
RS 232C/RS 422-485 (COM1) RS 232C (COM1) RS 232C (COM1) RS 232C (COM1)
RS 232C (COM2) RS 232C (COM2 )
1 4 4 + 1 front-mounted
8
– Modbus Plus with USB gateway
1 Ethernet port (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX) 1 TCP/IP Ethernet port (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX) and 1 Ethernet port (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1 GB)
– RS 232C (COM1 or COM2) serial link, USB port for parallel printer
Vijeo™ Designer™ (36349/11) (on Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7)
Magelis™ Windows XP Embedded
(266 MHz RISC CPU)
XBTGH 2460 XBTGTW 450 XBTGTW 652 HMIGTW 7353

9
10
5/35
automation platform
HMI software
Applications Traditional architecture, HMI executed on dedicated terminal or PC platform
1 Configuration software for operator dialog applications
2
Target products Type Magelis™ XBTN (1)
Magelis XBTR/RT (1)
3 Operating system on terminals Proprietary Magelis
Functions Reading/writing of PAC variables Yes
Display of variables Yes

Data processing –
4 Sharing of variables between HMI –
applications
Saving of variables to external –
database
Development of Native library of graphic objects Yes
5
graphic Container Active X –
applications
Java Beans –
Curves and detected Yes (2)
alarms
Scripts –
Online modification of applications –
6 Communication between PACs and HMI application Via I/O drivers
Uploading of applications Yes
Simulation of HMI applications Yes
7 Redundancy –
Recipe management –
Report printing –
8 Access security Linked to user profile
Software compatible with OS Windows 2000, Windows XP or Windows Vista
Software type Vijeo™ Designer™ Lite

9
10
(1) Magelis XBT terminals behave transparently on restoration of power.
5/36
Traditional architecture, HMI executed on dedicated terminal or PC platform
Configuration software for operator dialog applications

1
2
Magelis™ STO & Magelis STU
Magelis XBTGT (1), Magelis XBTGK (1)
Magelis XBTGH (1), Magelis GTW (1)
Proprietary for Magelis STO/STU, Magelis XBTGT/GK/GH

Windows XP embedded for Magelis GTW
3
Yes
Yes
Yes, using expression editor or Java programming
–
4
–
Yes
–
Yes 5
Yes, with log
Java
Via I/O drivers

6
Yes
Yes
–
7
Yes
Real-time detected alarms, log data
Linked to user profile

8
Windows XP, Windows Vista or Windows 7
Vijeo™ Designer™
9
10
5/37
1
10
5/38
Contents chapter 6 ‘‘Ruggedized’’ Modicon™ M340™
modules
6.1 - Treatment for severe environments

bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/2
bb Harsh chemical environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/2

1
bb Extreme climatic environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/2
6.2 - ‘‘Ruggedized’’ processor modules

bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/3
2
6.3 - ‘‘Ruggedized’’ power supply modules
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/4
6.4 - ‘‘Ruggedized’’ racks and rack expansion module 3

bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/5
6.5 - ‘‘Ruggedized’’ discrete I/O modules

bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/6
4
6.6 - ‘‘Ruggedized’’ analog I/O modules
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/7
6.7 - ‘‘Ruggedized’’ communication modules and

network gateway 5
bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/8
6.8 - ‘‘Ruggedized’’ counter modules

bb References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/9
6
10
6/1
automation platform
Treatment for severe environments
‘‘Ruggedized’’ modules
Introduction
Protective treatment of Modicon™ M340™ PACs
1 Modicon M340 PACs comply with “TC” treatment requirements (Treatment for
Climates). They are designed as standard to operate in temperatures of 0 to + 60°C.
For installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding
to “TH” (Treatment for Hot and humid environments), PACs are housed in
enclosures providing at least IP 54 protection as specified by standard
IEC/EN 60529, or an equivalent level of protection according to NEMA 250.
2 Modicon M340 PACs offer IP 20 degree of protection (1). They can be installed
without an enclosure in reserved access areas up to and including pollution level 2
(control room with no dust-producing machinery or activity). Pollution level 2 does not
take account of harsher environments, such as those where the air is polluted with
dust, fumes, corrosive or radioactive particles, vapors or salts, molds, and insects.
3 Treatment for more severe environments

If the Modicon M340 automation platform has to be used in more severe
environments or is required to start and operate in an extended temperature range,
from - 25°C to + 70°C, the “ruggedized” offer features industrially hardened
processor and power supply modules, Bus X I/O modules and racks that have
protective coating on their circuit boards.
4 Note: Capable of starting within an extended temperature range (from - 25°C to + 70°C), a
single-rack configuration is also able to operate at extremely low temperatures (to - 40°C) if
placed in an appropriate enclosure. Please consult our Customer Care Center.
This treatment increases the isolation capability of the circuit boards and their
resistance to:
bb Condensation
5 bb Dusty atmospheres (conducting foreign particles)
bb Chemical corrosion, in particular during use in sulphurous atmospheres (oil
refinery, purification plant, etc.) or atmospheres containing halogens (chlorine, etc.)
This protection, combined with appropriate installation and maintenance, enables

Modicon M340 products to be used in the following environments:
bb Harsh chemical environments:
6 vv IEC/EN 60721-3-3 class 3C3:
-- 14 days; 25°C/relative humidity 75%
-- Concentrations (mm3/m3): H2S: 2100/SO2: 1850/Cl2: 100
vv ISA S71.04 classes G1 to G3:
-- 14 days; 25°C/relative humidity 75%
-- Concentrations (mm3/m3): H2S: 50/SO2: 300/Cl2: 10/NO2: 1250
vv IEC/EN 60068-2-52 salt mist, Kb test severity level 2:
7 -- 3 x 24-hour cycles
-- 5% NaCI
-- 40°C/relative humidity 93%
bb Extreme climatic environments:
vv Temperatures from - 25 to + 70°C
vv Relative humidity levels up to 93% (95% depending on the device), from + 25 to
+ 70°C during operation
8 vv Formation of ice
vv Altitudes from 0 to 5000 m
Three modules are specifically designed for extended temperature ranges from - 25
to + 70°C (the product references include the suffix “T”) :
bb 125 V c power supply module BMXCPS3540T (see page 1/9)
bb 125 V c discrete input module, 16 channels, BMXDDI1604T (see page 2/12)
9 bb 125 V c discrete relay output module, 8 channels, BMXDRA 0804T (see page 2/12)
(1) Each slot in a BMXXSP ppp0 rack is equipped as standard with a protective cover that
should only be removed when inserting a module. If any covers are subsequently misplaced,
replacements can be ordered under reference BMXXEM010 (sold in lots of 5).
10
Processors: I/O: Communication: Software:

6/2
Dedicated parts for severe environments
“Ruggedized” processor modules
Introduction (continued)
References and Specifications
To order ruggedized modules and racks, see pages 6/3 to 6/9 (the references of the ruggedized products 1
available include the suffix “H”).
Standard separate parts (cordsets, cables, memory cards, sub-bases, etc.) that are compatible with the
ruggedized modules offer are listed in the reference pages (see pages 6/3 to 6/9).
The majority of operating and electrical specifications of ruggedized modules are identical to those of their
equivalent standard versions. However, some specifications are subject to either derating or limitation. Please
consult our website www.schneider-electric.com.
2
BMXP341000H
BMXP34Modicon™ M340™ “ruggedized” processors (1)
Modicon M340 processor modules are supplied with the BMXRMS008MP Flash memory card. This card
performs the following actions transparently:
bb Backup of the application (program, symbols and constants) supported in the processor's internal RAM that
is not backed up
bb Activation of the Transparent Ready™ class B10 standard Web server with BMXP341000H Standard
3
processors and BMXP342020H/20302H Performance processors.
This card can be replaced by either of the BMXRMS008 or BMXRMS128MPF cards that feature a file storage
option.
Max. capacity Memory Max. no. of network Integrated Reference Weight

capacity modules communication ports kg
4
2 racks 2048 KB 2 Ethernet networks Modbus™ serial link BMXP341000H 0.200
BMXP342020H 512 discrete I/O integrated
128 analog I/O 20
channels
4 racks
1024 discrete I/O
4096 KB
integrated
2 Ethernet networks Modbus serial link
Ethernet network
BMXP342020H 0.205
5
256 analog I/O 36
application-specific Ethernet network BMXP3420302H 0.215
channels CANopen bus
Standard memory cards

Description Processor compatibility Capacity Reference Weight
kg
6
Flash memory cards (2) BMXP342020H 8 MB/8 MB files BMXRMS008MPF 0.002
BMXP3420302H 8 MB/128 MB files BMXRMS128MPF 0.002
BMXP3420302H
Standard separate parts
Description Use Length Reference Weight
kg
7
From To
Terminal port/USB Mini B USB port Type A USB port on: 1.8 m BMXXCAUSBH018 0.065
cordsets on the Modicon - PC terminal 4.5 m BMXXCAUSBH045 0.110
M340 processor - Magelis™ XBTGT/
GK/GTW, GTW HMI,
STU/STO
Standard replacement part

HMIGraphic terminal
8
BMXRMS008/128MPF Description Use Processor Reference Weight
compatibility kg
8 MB Flash memory card Supplied as standard with each BMXP342020H BMXRMS008MP 0.002
processor. Used for: BMXP3420302H
- Backing up the program, constants,
symbols and data
9
(1) General specifications are the same as those of the standard equivalent versions (see page 1/2).
(2) Cards to replace the memory card supplied as standard with each processor, used for:
- Backing up the program, constants, symbols and data
BMXXCAUSBH0pp - File storage
10

6/3
automation platform
‘‘Ruggedized’’ power supply modules
“Ruggedized” power supply modules
1 BMXXBPpp00H racks are equipped with a power supply module. These modules
are inserted in the first two slots of each rack (marked CPS).
The available power values given below in bold italic correspond to operation at
‑ 25°C and + 70°C (see temperature derating curves on our website
www.schneider-electric.com).
The power required to supply each rack depends on the type and number of
modules installed in the rack. It is therefore necessary to draw up a power
2
consumption table for each rack to determine which is the appropriate
BMXCPSppp0H power supply module for your requirements (see page 7/16).
BMXCPS3020H
Power supply modules (1)
Line supply Available power (2) Reference Weight
3.3 V c 24 V c 24 V c Total kg
(3) rack sensors
3
(3) (4)
24 to 48 V c 15 W 31.2 W – 31.2 W BMXCPS3020H 0.340
isolated 11.3 W 23.4 W 23.4 W
100 to 240 V a 15 W 31.2 W 21.6 W 36 W BMXCPS3500H 0.360

11.3 W 23.4 W 16.2 W 27 W
Standard separate part

4 Description Type Composition Reference Weight
kg
Set of 2 Spring-type One 5-way terminal BMXXTSCPS20 0.015
removable block and one 2-way
connectors terminal block
Standard replacement part
5
BMXCPS3500H Description Type Composition Reference Weight
kg
Set of 2 Cage clamp One 5-way terminal BMXXTSCPS10 0.020
removable block and one 2-way
connectors terminal block
(1) Includes a set of 2 cage clamp removable connectors BMXXTSCPS10.
6
(2) The combined power consumed on each voltage (3.3 V c and 24 V c) cannot exceed the
maximum power of the module. See the power consumption table on page 7/16.
(3) 3.3 V c and 24 V c rack voltages for powering Modicon M340 PAC modules.
(4) 24 V c sensor voltage for powering the input sensors (voltage available via the 2-way
removable connector on the front panel).
10

6/4
automation platform
‘‘Ruggedized’’ racks and rack expansion module
“Ruggedized” racks
Description Type of module No. of Power Reference Weight
to be inserted slots (1) consump-
tion
kg
1
(2)
BMXXBP0400H Ruggedized racks BMXCPS power supply, 4 1W BMXXBP0400H 0.630
BMXP34processor, I/O modules and 6 1.5 W BMXXBP0600H 0.790
application-specific (counter and
communication) modules 8 2W BMXXBP0800H 0.950
Description Use Reference Weight

kg
2
Ruggedized rack Standard module to be installed in each rack (XBE slot) Used to BMXXBE1000H 0.178
expansion module daisy chain up to 4 racks
(3)
Standard accessories for racks 3

Description For use with Sold in Reference Weight
BMXXBE1000H lots of kg
Shielding BMXXBP0400H rack – BMXXSP0400 0.280
connection kits BMXXBP0600H rack – BMXXSP0600 0.310
are comprised of:
- A metal bar BMXXBP0800H rack – BMXXSP0800 0.340
- 2 support bases
Spring clamping Cables, cross-section 1.5 to 6 mm2 10 STBXSP3010 0.050
4
rings Cables, cross-section 5 to 11 mm2 10 STBXSP3020 0.070
Protective covers Unoccupied slots on BMXXBPpp00H rack 5 BMXXEM010 0.005

(replacement parts)
BMXXSP0p00 + BMXXSP30p0
Standard cordsets and connection accessories 5

Description Use Composition Type of Length Reference Weight
connector kg
Bus X extension Between two 2 x 9-way SUB-D Angled 0.8 m BMXXBC008K 0.165
cordsets BMXXBE1000H connectors 1.5 m BMXXBC015K 0.250
maximum length rack expansion
30 m max. modules. 3m BMXXBC030K 0.420
(3) 5m
12 m
BMXXBC050K
BMXXBC120K
0.650
1.440 6
Angled connector on Straight 1m TSXCBY010K 0.160
extension cordsets 3m TSXCBY030K 0.260
5m TSXCBY050K 0.360
12 m TSXCBY120K 1.260
7
18 m TSXCBY180K 1.860
28 m TSXCBY280K 2.860
Cable reel Length of cable to Ends with flying leads, 100 m TSXCBY1000 12.320
(3) be fitted with 2 line testers
TSXCBYK9
connectors.
Description Use Composition Sold in Reference Weight
Line terminator Required on both 2 x 9-way SUB-D

lots of
2 TSXTLYEX
kg
0.050 8
BMXXBPppp0H connectors marked A/ and /B
modules at each
end of the daisy
chain
TSXTLYEX Bus X For ends of 2 x 9-way SUB-D 2 TSXCBYK9 0.080
straight connectors TSXCBY1000 straight connectors
Connector
cables
Fitting TSXCBYK9 2 crimping pliers, 1 pen – TSXCBYACC10 –
9
assembly kit connectors (4)
(1) Number of slots taking the processor module, I/O modules and application-specific modules (excluding power
supply module).
(2) Power consumption of anti-condensation resistor(s)
(3) Modules and cordsets operate properly at temperatures at or above - 25°C.
(4) To fit the connectors on the cable, you will also need a wire stripper, a pair of scissors and a digital ohmmeter.
10

6/5
automation platform
‘‘Ruggedized’’ discrete I/O modules
References
“Ruggedized” discrete input modules
1 Type of
current
Input voltage Connection via
(1)
IEC/EN
61131-2
No. of channels
(common)
Reference Weight
conformity kg
c 24 V (positive Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDDI1602H 0.115
24 V (negative Screw or spring-type 20-way Non-IEC 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1602H 0.115
2 BMXDpI 160pH
48 V (positive
logic)
Screw or spring-type 20-way
Type 1 16 isolated inputs
(1 x 16)
BMXDDI1603H 0.115
a 24 V Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 1 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1602H 0.115

48 V Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1603H 0.115
100 to 120 V Screw or spring-type 20-way Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1604H 0.115
3
Ruggedized discrete output modules
Type of Output voltage Connection via IEC/EN No. of channels Reference Weight
current (1) 61131-2 (common)
conformity kg
c 24 V/0.5 A Screw or spring-type 20-way Yes 16 protected outputs BMXDDO1602H 0.120
4
transistor (positive logic) removable terminal block (1 x 16)
24 V/0.5 A Screw or spring-type 20-way – 16 protected outputs BMXDDO1612H 0.120
(negative logic) removable terminal block (1 x 16)
a triac 100 to 240 Screw or spring-type 20-way – 16 outputs BMXDAO1605H 0.140
c or a 12 to 24 V c/2 A Screw or spring-type 20-way Yes 8 non-protected BMXDRA0805H 0.145
BMXDDO16p2H BMXDRA relay 24 to 240 V a/2 removable terminal block outputs
0805H/1605H A (without common)
5 24 V c/2 A,
240 V a/2 A
Screw or spring-type 20-way
Yes 16 non-protected
outputs
BMXDRA1605H 0.150
(2 x 8)
Ruggedized mixed discrete I/O modules

Number Connection via No. of input channels No. of output IEC/EN Reference Weight
6
of I/O (1) (common) channels 61131-2 kg
(common) conformity
16 Screw or 8 (positive logic) 8, transistor Inputs, type 3 BMXDDM16022H 0.115
spring-type (1 x 8) 24 V c /0.5 A
20-way (1 x 8)
removable 8, 24 V c or 24 to Inputs, type 3 BMXDDM16025H 0.135
terminal block 240 V a relay
(1 x 8)
7 BMXDDM 1602pH
Standard removable connection blocks
Description Use Type Reference Weight
kg
20-way removable For module with 20-way removable Cage clamp BMXFTB2000 0.093
terminal blocks terminal block Screw clamp BMXFTB2010 0.075
8
Spring-type BMXFTB2020 0.060
Standard preformed cordsets for I/O modules with removable terminal block
Description Composition Length Reference Weight
kg
BMXFTB2p00 Pre-assembled cordsets One 20-way spring-type removable 3m BMXFTW301 0.850
9 with one end with flying
leads
terminal block (BMXFTB2020)
One end with color-coded flying leads
5m
10 m
BMXFTW501
BMXFTW1001
1.400
2.780
(1) By connector, module supplied with cover(s)
10

6/6
automation platform
‘‘Ruggedized’’ analog I/O modules
References
“Ruggedized” analog input modules
Type of inputs Input
signal range
Resolution Connection No. of
channels
Reference Weight
kg
1
Isolated high-level ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 16 bits Via cage clamp, 4 BMXAMI0410H 0.143
inputs 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, ± 5 screw clamp high-speed
V or spring-type channels
0 to 20 mA, removable
4 to 20 mA, ± 20 mA terminal block
2
Isolated low-level Temperature probe, 15 bits + 40-way connector 4 channels BMXART0414H 0.135
inputs thermocouple sign 8 channels BMXART0814H 0.165
BMXAMp0pp0H ± 40 mV, ± 80 mV,
± 160 mV,
± 320 mV,
± 640 mV, ± 1.28 V
Ruggedized analog output module
Type of outputs Output signal Resolution Connection No. of Reference Weight
Isolated
range
± 10 V, 16 bits Via cage clamp,
channels
2 channels BMXAMO0210H
kg
0.144 3
high-level outputs 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 screw clamp
mA or spring-type
removable
terminal block
Ruggedized mixed analog I/O module
4
Type of outputs Signal range Resolution Connection No. of Reference Weight
BMXART0414H channels kg
Mixed I/O, ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 14 bits or 12 Via cage clamp, I: 4 BMXAMM0600H 0.155
non-isolated 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, bits screw clamp or channels
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 depending spring-type Q: 2
mA on the removable channels
range terminal block
Standard connection accessories for analog modules (1)
Description For use with
modules
Type, composition Length Reference Weight
kg
5
20-way removable BMXAMI0410H Cage clamp – BMXFTB2000 0.093
terminal blocks BMXAMO0210H Screw clamp – BMXFTB2010 0.075
BMXAMM0600H
BMXFTB20p0 Spring-type – BMXFTB2020 0.060
Pre-assembled BMXAMI0410H One 20-way removable 3m BMXFTW301S 0.470

cordsets BMXAMO0210H
BMXAMM0600H
terminal block (BMXFTB2020)
One end with color-coded
flying leads
5m BMXFTW501S 0.700
6
BMXFTWp01S BMXART0414H One 40-way connector 3m BMXFCW301S 0.480
BMXART0814H (2) One end with color-coded 5m BMXFCW501S 0.710
flying leads

Modicon Telefast
ABE7 sub-bases
BMXAMI0410H Distribution of isolated power
supplies
– ABE7CPA410 0.180 7
Delivers 4 protected isolated
power supplies for
4 to 20 mA inputs
ABE7CPA41p BMXART0414H Connection and provision – ABE7CPA412 0.180
8
BMXART0814H of cold-junction compensation
for thermocouples
Preformed cordsets for BMXAMI0410H One 20-way removable terminal 1.5 m BMXFCA150 0.320
Modicon Telefast BMXAMO0210H block and one 25-way SUB-D 3m BMXFCA300 0.500
ABE7CPA41p connector for ABE7CPA410/
BMXFCApp0 5m BMXFCA500 0.730
CPA21 sub-base
BMXART0414H One 40-way connector and 1.5 m BMXFCA152 0.330
BMXART0814H one 25-way SUB-D connector
for ABE7CPA412 sub-base
3m
5m
BMXFCA302
BMXFCA502
0.510
0.740
9
(1) The shielding on the cordsets carrying the analog signals is connected to the BMXXSPpp00
BMXFCApp2 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack holding the analog modules (see page 1/11).
(2) The BMXART0814H 8-channel module requires two ABE7CPA412 sub-bases and two
BMXFCApp2 cordsets.
10

6/7
automation platform
‘‘Ruggedized’’ communication modules and
network gateway
Communication
BMXNOE0100H/0110H “ruggedized” Ethernet communication modules
1 Description Data rate Transparent Ready Reference
Class
Weight
kg
Ethernet Modbus™/ 10/100 Mbps B30 BMXNOE0100H 0.200
TCP network C30 BMXNOE0110H 0.200
modules
2 BMXNOE0100H/0110H
BMXNOM0200H ruggedized serial link module
Description Protocol Physical layer Reference Weight
kg
Serial link module Modbus 1 non-isolated RS BMXNOM0200H 0.230
2-channels master/slave 232 channel (SL0)
RTU/ASCII, 2 isolated RS 485
Character mode, channels
3
Modem (SL0 and SL1)
GSM/GPRS
RTU BMXNOR0200H ruggedized communication module

Description Protocols Physical Reference Weight
layer kg
BMXNOM0200H
4
RTU Modbus TCP, 1 Ethernet port BMXNOR0200H 0.205
communication IEC 60870-5-104 10BASE-T/
module or DNP3 IP 100BASE-TX
(client or server)
IEC 60870-5-101 1 non-isolated

or DNP3 serial RS 232/485
(master or slave) serial link port
5 Ruggedized Profibus DP network gateway

Description Protocols Physical Reference Weight
layer kg
Profibus Modbus TCP 1 Ethernet switch, TCSEGPA23F14FK –
Remote Master 2 ports
BMXNOR0200H (PRM) module 10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX
6 Profibus™ DP V1
and Profibus PA
1 isolated RS 485
Profibus DP port
(via gateway)
Standard connection accessory

Designation Description RS 232 Reference Weight
interface kg
7 Cordset for
DCE terminal
Equipped with 1 x Simplified 4-wire (RX, TCSMCN3M4M3S2
RJ45 connector TX, RTS and CTS)
0.150
(modem, etc.) and 1 x 9-way male 8-wire TCSXCN3M4F3S4 0.165

SUB-D connector (except RI signal)
Length 3 m
TCSEGPA23F14FK
10

6/8
automation platform
‘‘Ruggedized’’ counter modules
Counter
BMXEHC0200H/0800H “ruggedized” counter modules
Description No. of
channels
Specifications Reference Weight
kg
1
Counter modules 2 60 kHz counting BMXEHC0200H 0.112
for 24 V c 2 and
3 wire sensors and 10/30 V 8 10 kHz counting BMXEHC0800H 0.113
c incremental encoders with
push-pull outputs
BMXEHC0200H Standard connection accessories (1)

2
BMXEHC0800H
Description Composition Unit reference Weight
kg
Connector kit Two 16-way connectors and BMXXTSHSC20 0.021
for BMXEHC0200H one 10-way connector
module
20-way removable Cage clamp BMXFTB2000 0.093 3

terminal blocks Screw clamp BMXFTB2010 0.075
for BMXEHC0800H
Spring-type BMXFTB2020 0.060
module
Shielding connection kits A metal bar and two support bases See page 1/11 –
for BMXEHC0200H/0800H for mounting on rack
4
BMXFTB20p0
modules
(1) The shielding on the cordsets carrying the counter signals is connected to the BMXXSPpp00
shielding connection kit mounted under the rack holding the BMXEHC0200H module
(see page 1/11).
10

6/9
1
10
6/10
Contents chapter 7 Services
7.1 - Technical appendices

bb Standards, certifications and environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/2
bb Certifications for automation products and EC regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/6

1
7.2 - Compatibility with sensors
bb OsiSense™ XU photo-electric sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/8
bb OsiSense XS inductive proximity sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/10

2
7.3 - Power consumption table
bb Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/16
bb Calculation sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/17
3
7.4 - Dedicated services offer for your installed base
bb Operation services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/18
bb Modernization services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/19
bb Customization services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/19

4
7.5 - Index
bb Product reference index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/20
10
7/1
Standards and Modicon™ M340™
certifications automation platform
Standards, certifications and
environment conditions
Standards and certifications
1
Modicon™ M340™ PACs have been developed to conform to the principal national
and international standards concerning electronic equipment for industrial
automation systems.
bb Requirements specific to programmable controllers: functional Specifications,
immunity, resistance, safety, etc.: IEC/EN 61131-2, CSA 22.2 N° 142, UL 508.
bb Merchant navy requirements of the main international bodies (with ABS, BV, DNV,
GL, LR, RINA, RMRS): IACS (International Association of Classification Societies).
bb Compliance with European Directives:
2 vv Low Voltage: 2006/95/EC,
vv Electromagnetic Compatibility: 2004/108/EC.
bb Electrical qualities and self-extinguishing capacity of insulating materials: UL
746C, UL 94.
bb Hazardous areas classification: CSA 22.2 No. 213, Class I, Division 2, Groups A,
B, C and D.
3
Specifications
Service conditions and recommendations relating to environment
Temperature Operation °C 0 to + 60
Storage °C - 40 to + 85
Relative humidity Operation % 93 to 95 without condensation according to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 Db
4 Altitude
Storage %
m
93 to 95 without condensation according to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 Db
0 to 4000,
temperature derating from 3000 m: 1 °C / 400 m, equals to + 55 °C at 4000 m
Supply voltage Power supply modules

a: according to BMXCPS2010 BMXCPS3020 BMXCPS3540T BMXCPS2000 BMXCPS3500
IEC/EN 61131-2
Nominal voltage V c 24 c 24 to 48 c 24 a 100 to 240 a 100 to 240
5
c: according to IACS E10
battery without charge Limit voltages c 18 to 31.2 c 18 to 62.4 c 23.3 to 24.7 a 85 to 264 a 85 to 264
Nominal frequencies Hz – – – 50/60 50/60
Limit frequencies Hz – – – 47/63 47/63
Protective treatment of Modicon Premium PACs

6 Modicon M340 PACs meet the requirements of “TC” treatment (Treatment for
Climates).
For installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding to
“TH” treatment (Treatment for Hot and humid environments), Modicon M340 PACs
are embedded in envelopes with a minimum IP 54 protection, in compliance with IEC/
EN 60664 and NF C 20 040.
7 Modicon M340 PACs offer protection to IP 20 level and protection against pins
(encloset equipement) (1). They can be installed without an envelope in reserved-
access areas up to and including pollution level 2 (control room with no dust-
producing machine or activity). The pollution level 2 does not take into account more
severe environmental conditions such as: air pollution by dust, smoke, corrosive or
radioactive particles, vapors or salts, attack by fungi, or insects.
8 (1) In the case where a position is not occupied by a module, install a BMXXEM010
protection cover.
10
7/2
Environment tests Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Environment tests
Name of test Standards Levels
Immunity to LF interference (e) (1) 1
Voltage and frequency variation IEC/EN 61000-4-11 0.85 Un/0.95 Fn for 30 minutes; 1.10 Un/1.05 Fn for 30 minutes;
IACS E10 / IEC 60092-504 0.8 Un/0.9 Fn for 1,5/5 seconds; 1.2 Un/1.1 Fn for 1,5/5 seconds
Direct voltage variation IEC/EN 61131-2 0.85 Un to 1.2 Un for 30 minutes with 5% ripple (peak values)
IEC/EN 61000-4-11
IEC 60092-504
IACS E10 (battery without
Harmonic 3
charge)
IEC/EN 61131-2 10 % Un; 0° for 5 min to 180° for 5 min 2
Inter harmonic IACS E10 / IEC 60092-504 H2 to H200 - 10 % (H15), - 10 % to 1 % (H15 to H100) and 1 % (H100 to H200)
Short momentary interrupt IEC/EN 61131-2 10 ms with a supply; 1 ms with c supply

IEC/EN 61000-4-11/-6-2
3
Voltage shut-down/start-up IEC/EN 61131-2 Un-0-Un; Un for 60 s; 3 cycles separated by 10 s
Un-0-Un; Un for 5 s; 3 cycles separated by 1 to 5 s
Un-0.9-Udl; Un for 60 s; 3 cycles separated by 1 to 5 s
Where:
Un: nominal voltage
Fn: nominal frequency
Udl: detection level when powered
Name of test Standards Levels 4

Immunity to HF interference. (e) (1)
Damped oscillatory wave IEC/EN 61000-4-18 a / c main supply, a auxiliary supply, discrete a I/O (unshielded): 2.5 kV in common mode, 1
IEC/EN 61131-2 Zone C kV in differential mode
c auxiliary supply, discrete a I/O (unshielded) and analog I/O: 1 kV in common mode, 0.5 kV in
differential mode
Shielded cable: 0.5 kV in common mode
Electrical fast transient bursts EC/EN 61000-4-4
IEC 61131-2 / IACS E10
a / c main and auxiliary supplies, discrete a I/O (unshielded): 2 kV in wire mode, 2 kV in
common mode
5
Discrete c I/O (unshielded), analog I/O and shielded cable: 1 kV in common mode
Surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 a / c main and auxiliary supplies, discrete a I/O (unshielded): 2 kV in common mode, 1 kV in
IEC/EN 61131-2 Zone B differential mode
IACS E10 Discrete a I/O (unshielded) and analog I/O: 0.5 kV in common mode, 0.5 kV in differential mode
Shielded cable: 1 kV in common mode
6
Electrostatic discharges IEC/EN 61000-4-2 6 kV contact, 8 kV air
IEC/EN 61131-2 Zone B
IACS E10
Radiated electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 15 V/m: 80 MHz to 2 GHz
Sinusoidal modulation amplitude 80 %/1 kHz + internal clock frequency
Conducted interference induced IEC/EN 61000-4-6 10 V ; 0,15 MHz to 80 MHz
by radiated field IEC/EN 61131-2 Sinusoidal modulation amplitude 80%/1 kHz + spot frequency
IACS E10
Electromagnetic emissions (e) (1) (2)
Interference voltage EN 55011, Classe A 150 kHz to 500 kHz quasi-peak 79 dB (µV); average 66 dB (µV)
7
IEC/EN 61131-2 500 kHz to 30 MHz quasi-peak 73 dB (µV); average 60 dB (µV)
IEC/EN 61000-6-4
FCC part 15
IACS E10 Values according general power distribution zone
Interference field EN 55011, Classe A 30 MHz to 230 MHz: quasi-peak 40 dB (measurement at 10 m), quasi-peak 50 dB
8
IEC/EN 61131-2 (measurement at 3 m)
IEC/EN 61000-6-4 230 MHz to 2 GHz: quasi-peak 47 dB (measurement at 10 m), quasi-peak 57 dB (measurement
FCC part 15 at 3 m)
IACS E10 Values depending on general power distribution zone
(1) Install and wire devices in compliance with the instructions provided in the manual “Grounding
and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PAC systems”, pdf format on CD-ROM support included in
Unity Pro/PL7 software or on DVD UNYUSE909CDM reference (see page 4/23).
9
(2) These tests are performed without a cabinet, with devices mounted on a metal grid and
wired as per the recommendations in the manual “Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility
of PAC systems”.
(e): tests required by European directives e. and based on IEC/EN 61131-2 standards.
10
7/3
Environment tests (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Environment tests (continued)

1 Immunity to climatic variations
Dry heat IEC/EN 60068-2-2 Bd 60 °C for 16 hours
IACS E10
Cold IEC/EN 60068-2-1 Ab & Ad 0 °C for 16 hours with start at 0°C
IACS E10
Continuous humid heat IEC/EN 60068-2-78 Ca 60 °C with 93 % relative humidity for 96 hours
2 Cyclical humid heat IEC/EN 60068-2-30 Db 55 °C, 25 °C with 93 to 95 % relative humidity with 2 cycles of 12 hours/12 hours
Cyclical temperature variations IEC/EN 60068-2-14 Na & Nb 0 to 60 °C with 5 cycles of 3 hours/3 hours
IEC/EN 61131-2
Withstand to climatic variations

Dry heat (power off) IEC/EN 60068-2-2 Bb & Bd 85 ° C for 96 hours
3 Cold (power off) IEC/EN 60068-2-1 Ab & Ad - 40 ° C for 96 hours

IEC/EN 60068-2-48
Humid heat (power off) IEC/EN 60068-2-30 dB 25 to 60 °C with 93 to 95 % relative humidity; 2 cycles: 12 hours/12 hours
Heat shocks (power off) IEC/EN 60068-2-14 Na & Nb - 40 to 85 °C with 2 cycles of 3 hours/3 hours
10
7/4
Environment tests (continued) Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Environment tests (continued)

Immunity to mechanical constraints (1) (power on)
Sinusoidal vibrations IEC/EN 60068-2-6 Fc 3 Hz to 100 Hz/1 mm amplitude / 0.7 g, transistion frequency 13.2 Hz
1
IACS E10 Endurance to resonance frequency 90 min/axis
Application coefficient < 10
Sinusoidal vibrations IEC/EN 60068-2-6 Fc 5 to 150 Hz with 10 mm amplitude / 3 g, transistion frequency 9 Hz
(Class 3M7) IEC/EN 61131-2 Endurance: 10 cycles of 1 octave/min
Specific profile
Shocks IEC/EN 60068-2-27 Ea 30 g - 11 ms; 3 shocks/direction/axis
(2) 2
Bumps IEC/EN 60068-2-29 Eb 25 g - 6 ms; 100 shocks/direction/axis
(3)
Plugging / unplugging IEC/EN 61131-2 For modules and connectors
50 operations for permanent connections
500 operations for non permanent connections
Withstand to mechanical constraints (power off)

Flat freefall IEC/EN 60068-2-32 Ed 10 cm/2 falls
3
method 1
IEC/EN 61131-2
Controlled position freefall IEC/EN 60068-2-31 Ec 30 ° or 10 cm/2 falls
(for handheld product) IEC/EN 61131-2
Random freefall IEC/EN 60068-2-32 1 m/5 falls
(equipment in packaging) method 1
IEC/EN 61131-2 4
Vibrations, transports IEC/EN 60721-4-2 Stationary vibrations, random: 5 m2/s3 from 10 to 100 Hz, 7 dB/octave from 100 to 200 Hz,
(Class 2M3) IEC/EN 60068-2-64 Fh 1 m2/s3 de 200 to 2000 Hz, 30 min duration per axe
Equipment and personnel safety (1) (e)

Dielectric strength UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 / 2 Un + 1000 V / 1 min
FM
Insulation resistance
IEC/EN 61131-2
UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 / Un y 50 V: 10 MΩ
5
FM 50 V y Un y 250 V: 10 MΩ
IEC/EN 61131-2
Continuity of earth ground UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 / 30 A for 2 min, R < 0,1 Ω
FM
IEC/EN 61131-2
6
Leakage current IEC/EN 61131-2 I < 3.5 mA after disconnecting
Protection offered by enclosures IEC/EN 61131-2 IP 20 and protection against standardize pins
Withstand to impacts UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 / 500 g sphere: fall from 1.3 m
FM
IEC/EN 61131-2
Stored energy injury risk IEC/EN 61131-2 After 10 s, max. 37 % Un
Overload UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 / 50 cycles 1 s / 9 s to Un and 1.5 In

7
FM
IEC/EN 61131-2
Endurance UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 / 12 cycles 100 ms / 100 ms, 988 cycles 1 s / 1 s and 5000 cycles 1 s / 9 s to Un and In
FM
IEC/EN 61131-2
Temperature rise IEC/EN 61131-2/UL 508 Ambient temperature 60 °C
CSA 22-2 No.142/UL 1604
CSA 22-2 No.213 / FM
8
(1) Install, wire and maintain devices in compliance with the instructions provided in the manual “Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PAC Systems”.
(2) In case of using fast actuators (response time y 15 ms) driven by relay outputs: 15 g - 11 ms; 3 shocks/direction/axis
(3) In case of using fast actuators (response time y 15 ms) driven by relay outputs: 15 g - 6 ms; 100 bumps/direction/axis.
(e): tests required by European directives e. and based on IEC/EN 61131-2 standards.
10
7/5
Services Technical appendices
Certifications for automation products
EC regulations
Some countries require certain electrical components to undergo certification by

law. This certification takes the form of a certificate of conformity to the relevant
1 standards and is issued by the official body in question. Where applicable, label
certified devices accordingly. Use of electrical equipment on board merchant vessels
generally implies that it has gained prior approval (i.e. certification) by certain
shipping classification societies.
Abbreviated Certification body Country
name
CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada
2 C-Tick
GOST
Australian Communication Authority
Scientific research institute for GOST standards
Australia, New Zealand
CIS, Russia
UL Underwriters Laboratories USA
Abbreviated Classification society Country
name
IACS International Association of Classification Societies International
ABS American Bureau of Shipping USA
3 BV
DNV
Bureau Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
France
Norway
GL Germanischer Lloyd Germany
LR Lloyd’s Register UK
RINA Registro Italiano Navale Italy
RMRS Russian Maritime Register of Shipping CIS, Russia
RRR Russian River Register
4 The tables below provide an overview of the situation as of 1st June 2010 in terms of
which certifications (listed next to their respective bodies) have been granted or are
pending for our automation products.
Up-to-date information on which certifications have been obtained
by Schneider Electric branded products can be viewed on our website:
www.schneider-electric.com.
5 Product certifications
Certifications
C-Tick
Hazardous
AS-
locations (1) BG SIMTARS
Certified Interface
Class I, div 2
Certification pending
6 UL
USA
CSA ACA
Canada Australia
GOST
CIS, Russia USA, Canada Europe
INERIS TÜV Rheinland
Germany Australia Europe
Modicon™ OTB
Modicon STB FM Cat. 3 G (2) (5)
Modicon Telefast™ ABE7
ConneXium™ (2)
Magelis™ iPC/GTW (3) (2) (2) UL (2) (5)
7 Magelis XBTGT (2) (2) CSA/UL Cat. 3 G-D/ 3D
(2) (5)
Magelis XBTGK (3) CSA/UL
Magelis XBTN/R/RT CSA/UL Cat. 3 G-D
(5)
Modicon M340™ CSA IEC Ex ia I (2) (2)
(2) (6)
8 Modicon Momentum™
Modicon Premium™ (2) CSA (2) (2) (2)
Modicon Quantum™ (2) FM (2)
Modicon Quantum Safety (2) CSA SIL 2, SIL 3 (7)
Preventa™ XPSMF SIL 3 (7)
Modicon TSX Micro™ (2) (2)
9 Phaseo™
Twido™
(3)
(4) (4) CSA/UL (4) (2)
(1) Hazardous locations: According to UL 1604, CSA 22.2 No. 213 and FM 3611, certified
products are only approved for use in hazardous locations categorized as Class I, division 2,
groups A, B, C and D, or in non-classified locations.
(2) Depends on product; please visit our website: www.schneider-electric.com.
(3) North American certification cULus (Canada and United States).
(4) Except for AS-Interface module TWD NOI 10M3; e only.
10 (5) For ATEX zones not covered by this specification, Schneider Electric offers a solution under
the CAPP program (Collaborative Automation Partner Program). Please consult our Customer
Care Center.
(6) Certified by Test Safe.
(7) According to IEC 61508. Certified by TÜV Rheinland for integration into a safety function of
up to SIL 2 or SIL 3.
7/6
Services Technical appendices
Certifications for automation products
EC regulations
Merchant navy certifications

Shipping classification societies
Certified
Korean
1
Register of
Certification pending Shipping
ABS BV DNV GL KRS LR RINA RMRS RRR PRS
USA France Norway Germany Korea UK Italy CIS CIS Poland
Modicon™ OTB
Modicon STB
Modicon Telefast™ ABE7
(1) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
2
ConneXium ™
(2) (2) (2)
Magelis™ iPC/GTW (2)
Magelis XBTGT
Magelis XBTGK
3
Magelis XBTN/R
Magelis XBTRT
Modicon M340™ (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
Modicon Momentum™
Modicon Premium™ (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
Modicon Quantum™ (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
Modicon TSX Micro™
Phaseo™
Twido™ (2) (2) (2)
4
(1) Also covers US Navy requirements ABS-NRV part 4.
(2) Depends on product; please visit our website: www.schneider‑electric.com.
(3) Except XBTGT2430/2930/5430/1105/1135/1335.
EC regulations
European Directives
The open nature of the European markets assumes harmonization between
5
the regulations set by different European Union member states.
European Directives are texts whose aim is to remove restrictions on free
circulation of goods and are applied within the European Union states.
Member states are obligated to incorporate each Directive into their national
legislation, while at the same time withdrawing any regulation that contradicts it.
Directives - and particularly those of a technical nature with which we are concerned
- merely set out the objectives to be fulfilled (referred to as “essential requirements”).
6
The manufacturer is obligated to implement any and measures to help ensure that
his products meet the requirements of each Directive that applies to his equipment.
As a general rule, the manufacturer certifies compliance with essential requirements
of the Directive(s) that apply to his product by applying a e mark.
The e mark has been applied to our products where applicable.
Significance of the e mark

7
bb The appearance of a e mark on a product indicates the manufacturer's certification
that the product conforms to the relevant European Directives; this is a prerequisite for
placing a product that is subject to the requirements of one or more Directives on the
market and for allowing its free circulation within European Union states.
bb The e mark is intended for use by those responsible for regulating national markets.
Where electrical equipment is concerned, conformity to standards indicates that the

8
product is fit for use.
As far as our products are concerned, one or more Directives are likely to apply in
each case; in particular:
bb The Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC).
bb The Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (2004/108/EC).
bb The ATEX e Directive (94/9/EC). 9
10
7/7
Compatibility Modicon™ M340™
automation platform
Inputs and OsiSense™ XU photo-electric sensors
Photo-electric sensors c Inputs, BMXDDI

Type Reference 1602 1603 1604T 3202K 6402K
1 General purpose
Design Ø Metal 3 wire, PNP 24V XUB0/1/2/4/5/9BpPppp
18 3 wire, NPN 24V XUB0/1/2/4/5/9BpNppp
Plastic 3 wire, PNP 24V XUB0/1/2/4/5/9ApPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUB0/1/2/4/5/9ApNppp
Design Miniature 3 wire, PNP 24V XUM0/2/5/9APpppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUM0/2/5/9ANpppp
2 Compact 50x50 3 wire, PNP 24V

3 wire, NPN 24V
XUK1/2/5/8/9APppp
XUK1/2/5/8/9ANppp
3 wire, programmable PNP/NPN DC XUK0AKppp
5 wire, programmable AC/DC XUK0/1/2/5/8/9AR
Compact 92x71 3 wire, programmable PNP/NPN DC XUX0/1/2/5/8/9AK
5 wire, programmable AC DC XUX0/1/2/5/8/9AR
Application
3 Material
handling
Optical fork 3 wire, PNP 24V
3 wire, NPN 24V
XUVRppppPpp
XUVRppppNpp
3 wire, PNP 24V XUVAppppPpp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUVAppppNpp
4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUYFppppp
4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUVU06ppp
4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUVKppp
4
3 wire, PNP 24V XUVHppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUVJppp
4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUVFppp
Packaging Fiber 4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUYDCFppp
Compact 4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XURK
M 18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XU5M18U1D
Fiber 4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUYAFLppp
5
M 18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XUBTpPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUBTpNppp
Compact 4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUKTppp
3 wire, PNP 24V XUKC1Nppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUKC1Pppp
3 wire, PNP 24V XURC3Pppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XURC3Nppp
6
4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUMWppp
M 18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XUB0SPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUB0SNppp
3 wire, PNP 24V XUpN18Pppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUpN18Nppp
M 8, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XUAHppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUAJppp
7
Miniature 3 wire, PNP 24V XUYPppppPpp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUYPppppNpp
3 wire, PNP 24V XUM2/5/9BPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUM2/5/9BNppp
3 wire, PNP 24V XUYppp929pp
Hoisting M 18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XUBLBPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUBLBNppp
Compact 2 wire 4 to 20 mA ; 3 wire 0 to 10V XUJK803538
8 M 18, threaded 2 wire 4 to 20 mA
PNP, 2 wire 4 to 20 mA
XU5M18AB20D
XU2M18AB20D
Compact PNP, 2 wire 4 to 20 mA XUYPppp925
4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUYPSppp
Fiber 3 wire, PNP 24V XUDApPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XUDApNppp
4 wire, PNP or NPN 24V XUYAFppp
9 Other formats 3 wire, programmable PNP/NPN DC
5 wire, programmable AC/DC
XUC2/8/9AKppp
XUC2/8/9ARCppp
3 wire, PNP 24V XULHppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XULJppp
2 wire, AC XULAppp
5 wire, programmable AC/DC XULMppp
3 wire, programmable PNP/NPN DC XUYBpppS
10 5 wire, programmable AC/DC
M 18, threaded 2 wire, AC/DC
XUYBpppR
XU5/8/9M18MAppp
Compatible
Non compatible
7/8
c Inputs, BMXDDM c Inputs, BMXAMI a Inputs, BMXDAI
16022 16025 3202K 0810 0800 1602 1603 1604 0805
10
7/9
automation platform
Inputs and OsiSense™ XS inductive proximity
sensors
Proximity sensors c Inputs, BMXDDI

Type Reference 1602 1603 1604T 3202K
1 General purpose
Cylindrical, Ø 6,5 plain short 3 wire, PNP 24V XS506B1Pppp
flush, 3 wire, NPN 24V XS506B1Nppp
sensing distance 2 wire, DC 24V XS506BSCppp
standard, M8, threaded short 3 wire, PNP 24V XS508B1Pppp
barel short
3 wire, NPN 24V XS508B1Nppp
2 wire, DC 24V XS508BSCppp
M12, threaded short 3 wire, PNP 24V XS512B1Pppp
2 3 wire, NPN 24V
2 wire, DC 24V
XS512B1Nppp
XS512BSD/Cppp
2 wire, DC 24V XS518BSD/Cppp
3 Cylindrical,
flush, sensing
M8, threaded long
2 wire, DC 24V
3 wire, PNP 24V-48V
XS530BSD/Cppp
XS508BLPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V-48V XS508BLNppp
distance standard, 2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS508B1D/Cppp
barel long M12, threaded long 3 wire, PNP 24V-48V XS512BLPppp
2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS512B1D/Cppp
M18, threaded long 3 wire, PNP 24V-48V XS518BLPppp
4 3 wire, NPN 24V-48V
2 wire, DC 24V-48V
XS518BLNppp
XS518B1D/Cppp
M30, threaded long 3 wire, PNP 24V-48V XS530BLPppp
2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS530B1D/Cppp
M12, threaded long 2 wire, AC/DC XS512B1Mppp
5 Cylindrical,
flush, sensing
M30, threaded long
Ø 6,5 plain short
2 wire, AC/DC
3 wire, PNP 24V
XS530B1Mppp
XS106B3Pppp
distance extending, 2 wire, DC 24V XS606B3Cppp
barel short M8, threaded short 3 wire, PNP 24V XS108B3Pppp
2 wire, DC 24V XS608B3Cppp
6 3 wire, NPN 24V
2 wire, DC 24V
XS112B3Nppp
XS612B3Dppp
2 wire, DC 24V XS618B3Dppp
7 Cylindrical,
flush, sensing
M8, threaded long
2 wire, DC 24V
3 wire, PNP 24V-48V
XS630B3Dppp
XS608B1Pppp
3 wire, NPN 24V-48V XS608B1Nppp
distance extending, 2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS608B1Dppp
barel long M12, threaded long 3 wire, PNP 24V-48V XS612B1Pppp
2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS612B1Dppp
M18, threaded long 3 wire, PNP 24V-48V XS618B1Pppp
8 3 wire, NPN 24V-48V
2 wire, DC 24V-48V
XS618B1Nppp
XS618B1Dppp
2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS630B1Dppp
9 Cylindrical,
non flush, sensing
M30, threaded long
M12, threaded long
2 wire, AC/DC
3 wire, PNP 24V-48V
XS630B1Mppp
XS612B4Pppp
distance extending, M18, threaded long 3 wire, PNP 24V-48V XS618B4Pppp
barel long 3 wire, NPN 24V-48V XS618B4Nppp
10 M18, threaded long
M30, threaded long
2 wire, AC/DC
2 wire, AC/DC
XS618B4Mppp
XS630B4Mppp
Compatible
Non compatible
7/10
6402K 16022 16025 3202K 0810 0800 1602 1603 1604 0805
10
7/11
automation platform
sensors

1 General purpose
Flat, flush montable, Format J 8x22x8 3 wire, PNP 24V XS7J1A1Pppp
sensing distance 3 wire, NPN 24V XS7J1A1Nppp
standard 2 wire, DC 24V XS7J1A1Dppp
Format F 15x22x8 3 wire, PNP 24V XS7F1A1Pppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XS7F1A1Nppp
2 wire, DC 24V XS7F1A1Dppp
Format E 26x26x13 3 wire, PNP 24V XS7E1A1Pppp
2 3 wire, NPN 24V
2 wire, DC 24V
XS7E1A1Nppp
XS7E1A1D/Cppp
Format C 40x40x15 3 wire, PNP 24V XS7C1A1Pppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XS7C1A1Nppp
2 wire, DC 24V XS7C1A1D/Cppp
Format D 80x80x26 3 wire, PNP 24V XS7D1A1Pppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XS7D1A1Nppp
3 Format 40X40X117 NO + NC
Plastic, with turret
2 wire, DC 24V
4 wire, PNP 24V-48V
XS7D1A1D/Cppp
XS7/XS8C40PC44p
4 wire, NPN 24V-48V XS7/XS8C40NC44p
head: 5 positions NO/NC programable 2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS7/XS8C40Dppppp
2 wire, AC XS7/XS8C40Fppppp
2 wire, AC/DC XS7/XS8C40Mppppp
Flat, flush montable, Format E 26x26x13 3 wire, PNP 24V XS8E1A1Pppp
sensing distance 3 wire, NPN 24V XS8E1A1Nppp
4 extending
Format C 40x40x15
2 wire, AC/DC
3 wire, PNP 24V
XS8E1A1Mppp
XS8C1A1Pppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XS8C1A1Nppp
2 wire, AC/DC XS8C1A1Mppp
Format D 80x80x26 3 wire, PNP 24V XS8D1A1Pppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XS8D1A1Nppp
2 wire, AC/DC XS8D1A1Mppp
5 Cylindrical multi
tension
M12, threaded
M18, threaded
2 wire, AC/DC
2 wire, AC/DC
XS1/2M12Mp250
XS1/2M18Mp250
M30, threaded 2 wire, AC/DC XS1/2M30Mp250
Cylindrical Metal, 4 Ø 6,5, plain 4 wire, PNP 24V XS1L06PC410
wire 4 wire, NPN 24V XS1L06NC410
M8, threaded 4 wire, PNP 24V XS1/2M08PC410p
4 wire, NPN 24V XS1/2M08NC410p
M12, threaded 4 wire, PNP 24V XS1/2N12PC410p
6 M18, threaded
4 wire, NPN 24V
4 wire, PNP 24V
XS1/2N12NC410p
XS1/2N18PC410p
4 wire, NPN 24V XS1/2N18NC410p
M30, threaded 4 wire, PNP 24V XS1/2N30PC410p
4 wire, NPN 24V XS1/2N30NC410p
Cylindrical Metal, M12, threaded 4 wire, PNP+NPN, prog. 24V XS1/2/4M12KP340p
4 wire PNP + NPN M18, threaded 4 wire, PNP+NPN, prog. 24V XS1/2/4M18KP340p
7 Cylindrical Plastic,
non flush,
M30, threaded
M8, threaded
4 wire, PNP+NPN, prog. 24V
3 wire, PNP 24V
XS1/2/4M30KP340p
XS4P08Pp340p
3 wire, PNP 24V-48V XS4P08Pp370p
sensing distance 3 wire, NPN 24V XS4P08Np340p
standard 3 wire, NPN 24V-48V XS4P08Np370p
2 wire, AC/DC XS4P08Mp230ppp
M12, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS4P12Pp340p
8 3 wire, NPN 24V
3 wire, NPN 24V-48V
XS4P12Np340p
XS4P12Np370p
M18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS4P18Pp340p
3 wire, NPN 24V XS4P18Np340p
3 wire, NPN 24V-48V XS4P18Np370p
9 M30, threaded
2 wire, AC/DC
3 wire, PNP 24V
XS4P18Mp230ppp
XS4P30Pp340p
3 wire, NPN 24V XS4P30Np340p
3 wire, NPN 24V-48V XS4P30Np370p
Compatible
10 Non compatible
7/12
6402K 16022 16025 3202K 0810 0800 1602 1603 1604 0805
10
7/13
automation platform
sensors

1 General purpose
Cylindrical basic Ø 6,5 plain 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1/206BLPppp
flush or non flush, 3 wire, NPN 24V XS1/206BLNppp
sensing distance M8, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1/208A/BLPppp
standard, 3 wire, NPN 24V XS1/208A/BLNppp
Plastic or Metal
M12, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1/212A/BLPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XS1/212A/BLNppp
M18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1/218A/BLPppp
2 M30, threaded
3 wire, NPN 24V
3 wire, PNP 24V
XS1/218A/BLNppp
XS1/230A/BLPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XS1/230A/BLNppp
Cylindrical, Ø 6,5 plain 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1L06Pp349p
almost flush, sensing 3 wire, NPN 24V XS1L06Np349p
distance extending M8, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1N08Pp349p
3 wire, NPN 24V XS1N08Np349p
3 M12, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V

3 wire, NPN 24V
XS1N12Pp349p
XS1N12Np349p
M18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1N18Pp349p
M30, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1N30Pp349p
Cylindrical, Ø 4 plain 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1L04Pp31pp
miniature 3 wire, NPN 24V XS1L04Np31pp
4 M5, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V
3 wire, NPN 24V
XS1N05Pp31pp
XS1N05Np31pp
Ø 6,5 plain 3 wire, PNP 24V XS2L06Pp340p
3 wire, NPN 24V XS2L06Np340p
Application
Cylindrical, M12, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS612B2Pppp
adjustable sensing 3 wire, NPN 24V XS612B2Nppp
5
distance, M18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS618B2Pppp
M30, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V XS630B2Pppp
Rotation monitoring M18, threaded 3 wire, PNP 24V-48V XSAV11/2373
2 wire, AC/DC XSAV11/2801
Format E 26x26x13 3 wire, PNP 24V XS9p11RPpppp
Format C 40x40x15 2 wire, AC/DC XS9p11RMpppp
6 Analog output M12, threaded
M18, threaded
2 wire 4 to 20mA; 3 wire 0 to 10V
2 wire 4 to 20mA; 3 wire 0 to 10V
XSp12ABpppp
XSp18ABpppp
M30, threaded 2 wire 4 to 20mA; 3 wire 0 to 10V XSp30ABpppp
Block format 2 wire 4 to 20mA; 3 wire 0 to 10V XS9p111Apppp
Food and beverage Cylindrical threaded Metal 3 wire, PNP 24V XS2ppSAPppp
3 wire, NPN 24V XS2ppSANppp
2 wire, AC/DC XS2ppSAMAppp
7 Cylindrical threaded Plastic 3 wire, PNP 24V-48V

3 wire, NPN 24V
XS2ppAAPppp
XS2ppAANppp
2 wire, AC/DC XS2ppAAMAppp
Factor 1 Cylindrical threaded Metal 4 wire, PNP+NPN 24V XS1MppKPM40
Forme C, 40 x 117 x 41 4 wire, PNP+NPN 24V XS7C40KPM40
Cylindrical threaded Metal 3 wire, PNP 24V XS1M18PASpp
Packaging Format 12x26x40 3 wire, PNP 24V XS7G12Pp140
3 wire, NPN 24V XS7G12Np140
8 4 wire, PNP 24V-48V
4 wire, NPN 24V-48V
XS7G12Pp440
XS7G12Np440
2 wire, AC/DC XS7G12Mp230
Material handling Format C 40x40x40 2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS7T4DAppp
4 wire, PNP 24V-48V XS7T4PCppp
4 wire, NPN 24V-48V XS7T4NCppp
Format D 80x80x26 2 wire, DC 24V-48V XS7D1pppp
9 Welding Cylindrical Metal 3 wire, PNP 24V

2 wire, DC 24V-48V
XS1MppPAWpp
XSLCppp
Compatible
Non compatible
10
7/14
6402K 16022 16025 3202K 0810 0800 1602 1603 1604 0805
10
7/15
Choice of BMXCPSppppp Modicon™ M340™
power supplies automation platform
Power consumption table
Introduction
The power required to supply each BMXXBPpp00 rack depends on the type and
1 number of modules installed in the racks. It is therefore necessary to draw up a
power consumption table rack-by-rack to determine the BMXCPSppppp power
supply module that best fits each rack.
The calculation sheet on the page opposite can be used to calculate the power
consumption of the 2 or 3 voltages provided (depending on the model) by the
BMXCPSppppp power supply module: 3.3 V c, 24 V c (rack) and 24 V c (sensors).
2
Method
bb Check and select a power supply module corresponding to the power available on
the 2 or 3 voltages.
bb Check that the sum of the absorbed power on these three voltages does not
exceed the maximum power of the power supply module.
3 bb
configuration.
Values to be entered depending on the Modicon M340 PAC
10
7/16
Choice of BMXCPSppppp Modicon™ M340™
power supplies automation platform
Photocopy this document or use the Power consumption table
M340 Design software, available on our website: Calculation sheet
www.schneider-electric.com
Module reference Format Number Consumption in mA (1)

Rack no. S: Standard 3.3 V c 24 V c 24 V c
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 D: Double voltage
Module Total
rack voltage
Module Total
sensor voltage
Module Total 1
Processor BMXP341000(H) S 72
(rack 0) BMXP342000 S 72
BMXP342010/20102 S 90
BMXP342020(H) S 95
BMXP342030/20302(H) S 135
Rack expansion
(rack 0, 1, 2 or 3)
BMXXBE1000 – 22 160
2
Discrete I/O BMXDAI0805 S 76 13
BMXDAI1602(H) S 90 60
BMXDAI1603(H) S 90 60
BMXDAI1604(H) S 90 60
BMXDAO1605(H) S 100 95
BMXDDI1602(H)
BMXDDI1603(H)
BMXDDI1604T
S
S
S
90
90
76
3
BMXDDI3202K S 140 110
BMXDDI6402K S 200 110
BMXDDM16022(H) S 100 30
BMXDDM16025(H) S 100 50 30
BMXDDM3202K S 150 55
BMXDDO1602(H)
BMXDDO1612(H)
BMXDDO3202K
S
S
S
100
100
150
4
BMXDDO6402K S 240
BMXDRA0804T S 61 104
BMXDRA0805(H) S 100 55
BMXDRA1605(H) S 100 95
Analog I/O BMXAMI0410(H)

BMXAMI0800
S
S
150
150
45
30
5
BMXAMI0810 S 150 45
BMXAMM0600(H) S 150 130
BMXAMO0210(H) S 150 110
BMXAMO0410 S 150 84
BMXAMO0802 S 150 74
BMXART0414(H) S 150 40
BMXART0814(H) S 150 100 6
Counting BMXEHC0200(H) S 200 40 80
BMXEHC0800(H) S 200 80
Motion control BMXMSP0200 S 200 150
Communication BMXEIA0100
BMXNOE0100(H)
BMXNOE0110(H)
S
S
S
160
90
90
7
BMXNOM0200(H) S 80
BMXNOC0401 S 555
BMXNOR0200(H) S 95
8
Power consumption Total current (mA)
x 3.3 V x 24 V x 24 V
Power consumed + + =
(mW)
y y y y
Available power (mW) Total power (mW)
Choice of power BMXCPS2010 D 24 V c isolated 8250 16,800 17,000

supply module BMXCPS3020(H)
BMXCPS2000
D
D
24 to 48 V c isolated
100 to 240 V a
14,850
8250
31,200
16,800 10,800
32,000
20,000 9
BMXCPS3500(H) D 14,850 31,200 21,600 36,000
BMXCPS3540T D 125 V c 14,850 31,200 21,600 36,000
(1) Typical value given for 100% of inputs or outputs at state 1.
10
7/17
automation platform
Dedicated services offer for your installed base
Operation services
Our competent and efficient experts can provide effective maintenance, upgrading
ce and modernization of your facilities.
an
1 t
in a
Maontr
c
en cts
r ain
in
g
Our services offer is structured around two phases of your installation life cycle:
T bb Operation:
n
io
at
y vv Spare parts and repairs

nc
r
pe
lta tise
O
u vv Maintenance contracts
rts ns er
pa s Co exp vv Training
a re air n d
Sp re
p a bb Modernization:
2
d vv Consultancy and expertise
an
n
vv Project management
tio
t
ec t
za
oj en
ni
Pr em
er
od
ag Customization services are also available to accommodate your specific

M
an
m requirements.
3 Operation services
Spare parts and repairs Everything you need to get your equipment back to work as quickly as possible
We are able to respond very quickly to requests for spare parts, exchanges and
repairs to your installed automation equipment (automation platforms, Human
Machine Interfaces, drives, distributed I/O) with:
bb Supply of tested, certified and compatible spare parts
bb Repaired parts will be of the same quality as new products
4 bb Availability of our teams to respond to your requests 24/7
bb Standard replacements or fast exchange service for certain parts with the option
to receive the replacement product the next business day
Maintenance contracts Improving the long-term reliability and performance of your installations
We provide a contract solution to fulfil your logistical, technical, human and financial
5 requirements. This solution is based around the following services:

bb Hotline with priority access to our group of experts
bb Software via the Internet with access to the latest upgrades of the current software
bb Spare parts stock - a Schneider Electric owned stock of spare parts on your site or
in one of our warehouses
bb On-site assistance with agreed upon servicing time (1)
bb Extended warranty offering up to 5 years manufacturer warranty on installed
6 equipment ranges on your site (1)

bb Maintenance & Modernization Consultancy providing analysis of existing systems
and proposal of a detailed improvement plan (1)
bb Modernization - a complete process to update your legacy systems based upon
your specific requirements (1)
(1) Also available as a stand alone offer. Please consult our Customer Care Center.
7 Training Dedicated training plans to allow you to acquire the necessary competencies to
optimize productivity of your installed base
We are committed to providing your teams with the necessary competencies to
operate more effectively, make the operations more secure and optimize the
efficiency of your installed equipment:
bb Identification of your needs by systematic analysis of the competency and
8 functions of your teams
bb Proposal of a set of training modules covering your entire installed automation
equipment base
bb Preparation of customized modules to suit your needs (content, schedule, etc.).
10
Note: To check availability of services required, please contact our Customer Care Center.
7/18
automation platform
Dedicated services offer for your installed base
Modernization services
Customization services
Modernization services
Consultancy and expertise Proven expertise, tools and methods to give you a clear vision of the improvement
opportunities and guide you toward a successful modernization project
Our experts will analyze your existing systems, propose an action plan and deploy
1
With our M2C (Maintenance & Modernization
Consultancy) offer, we help you check the state of your the appropriate solutions.
installed base by:
bb Defining the scope and depth of the analysis in bb Process consultancy
collaboration with you Based on audit implementation dedicated to your application, our consultants will
bb Collecting the technical data without shutting down help you assess opportunities, define various solutions, estimate budgets and draw
production
bb Analyzing and identifying avenues for improvement up a deployment plan. 2
bb Producing a recommendation
bb Installed base consultancy
Customer benefits: For preventive maintenance operations or in case of detected failures or detected
bb Reduction in the impact of of lost system availability malfunctions, our tools and methods can be used for diagnosis and control of critical
bb Improved system availability
bb Improved performance automation functions, such as communication networks, high-power drives and
process control automation.
The M2C (Maintenance & Modernization Consultancy) offer A detailed report with comments is submitted as part of our service. 3
Project management Professional tools, methods and a proven experience in project management to
help reduce risks and improve performance.
Our services are provided by experienced project managers who have a precise
knowledge of the evolution of our equipment and use efficient tools and methods
4
with proven effectiveness to:
bb Limit production down time by using our conversion and software/hardware
migration solutions
bb Improve performance of existing tools by:
vv Analyzing the performance levels to be achieved and designing, validating and
implementing the new architecture
vv Updating your application following modernization of your equipment
5
bb Provide long-term support by helping to ensure:
vv The design and deployment of a standardized solution for projects spanning
several production sites
vv A contractual approach that provides a change from the usual investment process,
combining maintenance of existing facilities and scheduled modernization
vv Training of maintenance teams on the operation of the new system
Wide range of migration offers

Solution Change the Keep the I/O Change the Migrate your Manage your Execute your 6
CPU racks & I/O racks & application project project
wiring keep the
wiring
Platform (1) TSX47 to TSX107
April series 1000
Modicon p84, compact
April SMC
7
Merlin Gerin™ PB
AEG
Symax™
Service available
(1) Our migration service offer also includes SCADA, Human Machine Interfaces, drives,
8
communication networks and distributed I/O.
Customization services
We are able to meet your specific requirements and provide you with adapted
products:
bb Protective coating for Human Machine Interfaces, automation platforms and
distributed I/O modules for use in harsh environments
9
bb Customized cable lengths to match your specific needs
bb Customized front panels for Human Machine Interfaces
10
Note: To check availability of services required, please contact our Customer Care Center.
7/19
Index Product reference index
1 ABE7CPA410 2/23 ABE7R08S216 5/14 ABL8PRP24100 5/25 BMXDDI1602H 6/6

110XCA28201 4/23 5/18 ABE7R16M111 5/15 5/29 BMXDDI1603 2/12
1 110XCA28202
110XCA28203
4/23
4/23 ABE7CPA412
6/7 ABE7R16S111
ABE7R16S111E
5/14
5/14
ABL8RED24400 5/25
5/29
BMXDDI1603H
BMXDDI1604T
6/6
2/12
2/23
4 5/18 ABE7R16S210 5/14 ABL8RPM24200 5/25 BMXDDI3202K 2/12
490NOC00005 3/41 6/7 ABE7R16S210E 5/14 ABL8RPS24030 5/25 BMXDDI6402K 2/12
490NOR00003 3/41 ABE7FU012 5/19 ABE7R16S212 5/14 ABL8RPS24050 5/25 BMXDDM16022 2/13
490NOR00005 3/41 ABE7FU050 5/19 ABE7R16T111 5/15 ABL8RPS24100 5/25 BMXDDM16022H 6/6
2 490NOT00005
490NTC00005
3/41
3/40
ABE7FU100
ABE7FU200
5/19
5/19
ABE7R16T210
ABE7R16T212
5/15
5/15
ABL8WPS24200
ABL8WPS24400
5/25
5/25
BMXDDM16025
BMXDDM16025H
2/13
6/6
490NTC00005U 3/40 ABE7FU400 5/19 ABE7R16T230 5/15 ABR7S11 5/17 BMXDDM3202K 2/13
490NTC00015 3/40 ABE7FU630 5/19 ABE7R16T231 5/15 ABR7S21 5/17 BMXDDO1602 2/12
490NTC00040 3/40 ABE7H08R10 5/13 ABE7R16T330 5/15 ABR7S23 5/17 BMXDDO1602H 6/6
490NTC00040U 3/40 ABE7H08R11 5/13 ABE7R16T332 5/15 ABR7S33 5/17 BMXDDO1612 2/12
490NTC00080
3
3/40 ABE7H08R21 5/13 ABE7R16T370 5/15 ABR7S33E 5/17 BMXDDO1612H 6/6
490NTC00080U 3/40 ABE7H08S21 5/13 ABE7S16E2B1 5/14 ABR7S37 5/17 BMXDDO3202K 2/12
490NTW00002 3/40 ABE7H12R10 5/13 ABE7S16E2B1E 5/14 ABS7EA3E5 5/17 BMXDDO6402K 2/12
490NTW00002U 3/40 ABE7H12R11 5/13 ABE7S16E2E0 5/14 ABS7EA3F5 5/17 BMXDRA0804T 2/12
490NTW00005 3/40 ABE7H12R20 5/13 ABE7S16E2E1 5/14 ABS7EA3M5 5/17 BMXDRA0805 2/12
490NTW00005U 3/40 ABE7H12R21 5/13 ABE7S16E2F0 5/14 ABS7EC3AL 5/17 BMXDRA0805H 6/6
490NTW00012 3/40 ABE7H12R50 5/13 ABE7S16E2M0 5/14 ABS7EC3B2 5/17 BMXDRA1605 2/12
4 490NTW00012U
490NTW00040
3/40
3/40
ABE7H12S21
ABE7H16C10
5/13
5/12
ABE7S16E2M0E
ABE7S16S1B2
5/14
5/14
ABS7SA2M
ABS7SA3MA
5/17
5/17
BMXDRA1605H
BMXEHC0200
6/6
2/31
490NTW00040U 3/40 ABE7H16C11 5/12 ABE7S16S1B2E 5/14 ABS7SC1B 5/17 BMXEHC0200H 6/9
490NTW00080 3/40 ABE7H16C21 5/12 ABE7S16S2B0 5/14 ABS7SC2E 5/17 BMXEHC0800 2/31
490NTW00080U 3/40 ABE7H16C31 5/12 ABE7S16S2B0E 5/14 ABS7SC3BA 5/17 BMXEHC0800H 6/9
499NEH10410 3/42 ABE7H16CM11 5/12 ABE7TES160 5/19 ABS7SC3E 5/17 BMXEIA0100 3/71
5 499NES18100
499NMS25101
3/43
3/44
ABE7H16CM21
ABE7H16F43
5/12
5/13
ABFC08R02B
ABFC08R02R
5/19
5/19
AR1SB3
ASI20MACC5
5/19
5/25
BMXFCA150 2/23
6/7
499NMS25102 3/44 ABE7H16R10 5/13 ABFC08R02W 5/19 5/29 BMXFCA152 2/23
499NSS25101 3/44 ABE7H16R11 5/13 ABFC08R12B 5/19 ASITERV2 3/71 6/7
499NSS25102 3/44 ABE7H16R20 5/13 ABFC08R12R 5/19 B BMXFCA300 2/23
9 ABE7H16R21 5/13 ABFC08R12W 5/19 BMXAMI0410 2/22 6/7
6
990NAA26320 4/23 ABE7H16R23 5/13 ABL1A02 5/25 BMXAMI0410H 6/7 BMXFCA302 2/23
990NAA26350 4/23 ABE7H16R30 5/13 5/29 BMXAMI0800 2/22 6/7
A ABE7H16R31 5/13 ABL4RSM24035 5/29 BMXAMI0810 2/22 BMXFCA500 2/23
ABE7ACC01 5/19 ABE7H16R50 5/13 ABL4RSM24050 5/29 BMXAMM0600 2/22 6/7
ABE7ACC02 5/19 ABE7H16S21 5/13 ABL4RSM24100 5/29 BMXAMM0600H 6/7 BMXFCA502 2/23
ABE7ACC10 5/19 ABE7H16S43 5/13 ABL4RSM24200 5/29 BMXAMO0210 2/22 6/7
ABE7ACC11 5/19 ABE7H20E100 5/12 ABL4WSR24200 5/29 BMXAMO0210H 6/7 BMXFCC051 2/13
7 ABE7ACC12
ABE7ACC20
5/17
5/19
ABE7H20E200
ABE7H20E300
5/12
5/12
ABL4WSR24300
ABL4WSR24400
5/29
5/29
BMXAMO0410
BMXAMO0802
2/22
2/22
BMXFCC053
BMXFCC101
2/13
2/13
ABE7ACC21 5/19 ABE7H32E150 5/12 ABL8BBU24200 5/25 BMXART0414 2/22 BMXFCC103 2/13
ABE7ACC82 5/19 ABE7H32E300 5/12 5/29 BMXART0414H 6/7 BMXFCC201 2/13
ABE7ACC84 5/19 ABE7H34E000 5/12 ABL8BBU24400 5/25 BMXART0814 2/22 BMXFCC203 2/13
ABE7ACC85 5/19 ABE7H34E100 5/12 5/29 BMXART0814H 6/7 BMXFCC301 2/13
8 ABE7BV10
ABE7BV20
5/19
5/19
ABE7H34E200
ABE7H34E300
5/12
5/12
ABL8BPK24A03 5/25
5/29
BMXCPS2000
BMXCPS2010
1/9
1/9
BMXFCC303
BMXFCC501
2/13
2/13
ABE7CPA01 5/18 ABE7P08T330 5/16 ABL8BPK24A07 5/25 BMXCPS3020 1/9 BMXFCC503 2/13
ABE7CPA02 2/23 ABE7P16F310 5/15 5/29 BMXCPS3020H 6/4 BMXFCC1001 2/13
5/18 ABE7P16F312 5/15 ABL8BPK24A12 5/25 BMXCPS3500 1/9 BMXFCC1003 2/13
ABE7CPA03 2/23 ABE7P16T111 5/16 5/29 BMXCPS3500H 6/4 BMXFCW301 2/13
5/18
9
ABE7P16T210 5/16 ABL8BUF24400 5/25 BMXCPS3540T 1/9 BMXFCW301S 2/23
ABE7CPA11 5/18 ABE7P16T212 5/16 5/29 BMXDAI0805 2/12 6/7
ABE7CPA12 5/18 ABE7P16T214 5/16 ABL8DCC05060 5/25 BMXDAI1602 2/12 BMXFCW303 2/13
ABE7CPA13 5/18 ABE7P16T215 5/16 5/29 BMXDAI1602H 6/6 BMXFCW501 2/13
ABE7CPA21 2/23 ABE7P16T230 5/16 ABL8DCC12020 5/25 BMXDAI1603 2/12 BMXFCW501S 2/23
5/18 ABE7P16T318 5/16 5/29 BMXDAI1603H 6/6 6/7
ABE7CPA31 2/23 ABE7P16T330 5/16 ABL8FUS01 5/25 BMXDAI1604 2/12 BMXFCW503 2/13
10 ABE7CPA31E
5/18 ABE7P16T332
ABE7P16T334
5/16
5/16 ABL8FUS02
5/29 BMXDAI1604H
BMXDAO1605
6/6
2/12
BMXFCW1001
BMXFCW1003
2/13
2/13
2/23 5/25
5/18 ABE7R08S111 5/14 5/29 BMXDAO1605H 6/6 BMXFTA150 2/23
ABE7R08S210 5/14 BMXDDI1602 2/12 BMXFTA152 2/23
7/20
BMXFTA300 2/23 BMXRWSFC032M 3/19 FTXCNTL12 3/69 TCSESM163F2CU0 3/47 TSXCANCB100 3/68
BMXFTA302 2/23 BMXXBC008K 1/13 FTXCY1208 3/69 TCSESM243F2CU0 3/47 TSXCANCB300 3/68
BMXFTB2000
2/13
BMXXBC015K
6/5
1/13
FTXCY1212
FTXDG12
3/69
3/69
TCSESU033FN0
TCSESU043F1CS0
3/44
3/45
TSXCANCBDD03
TSXCANCBDD1
3/68
3/68
1
2/23
2/31 6/5 FTXDP2115 3/69 TCSESU043F1N0 3/44 TSXCANCBDD3 3/68
6/6 BMXXBC030K 1/13 FTXDP2130 3/69 TCSESU043F2CS0 3/45 TSXCANCBDD5 3/68
6/7 6/5 FTXDP2150 3/69 TCSESU051F0 3/43 TSXCANCD50 3/68
6/9
BMXXBC050K 1/13 FTXDP2206 3/69 TCSESU053FN0 3/44 TSXCANCD100 3/68
BMXFTB2010 6/6
6/7 BMXXBC120K
6/5
1/13
FTXDP2210
FTXDP2220
3/69
3/69
TCSESU083FN0
TCSMCN3M4F3C2
3/43
3/75
TSXCANCD300
TSXCANKCDF90T
3/68
3/68 2
BMXFTB2020 2/31 6/5 FTXDP2250 3/69 3/77 TSXCANKCDF90TP 3/68
6/6 BMXXBE1000 1/13 FTXMLA10 3/69 TCSMCN3M4M3S2 TSXCANKCDF180T 3/68
6/7 3/75
6/9 BMXXBE1000H 6/5 L 3/77 TSXCANTDM4 3/68
BMXXBE2005 1/13 LAD90 6/8 TSXCBY010K
5/25 1/13
5/29 6/5
3
BMXFTB2820 2/23 BMXXBP0400 1/11 TCSXCN3M4F3S4 3/75
2/33 BMXXBP0400H 6/5 LU9GC3 3/76 6/8 TSXCBY030K 1/13
BMXFTW301 2/13 BMXXBP0600 1/11 S TCSWAAC 3/59 6/5
6/6 BMXXBP0600H 6/5 SR2CBL06 4/23 TCSWAB2D 3/59 TSXCBY050K 1/13
BMXFTW301S 2/23 BMXXBP0800 1/11 SR2MEM02 5/25 TCSWAB2O 3/58 6/5
6/7 BMXXBP0800H 6/5 5/29 TCSWAB2S 3/59 TSXCBY120K 1/13
BMXFTW308S 2/23 BMXXBP1200 1/11 STBXCA4002 4/23 TCSWAB5D 3/58 6/5
BMXFTW501 2/13
6/6
BMXXCAUSBH018 1/7
4/23
STBXSP3010 1/11
6/5
TCSWAB5DN
TCSWAB5O
3/58
3/58
TSXCBY180K 1/13
6/5
4
BMXFTW501S 6/3 TCSWAB5S 3/58 TSXCBY280K
2/23 STBXSP3020 1/11 1/13
6/7 BMXXCAUSBH045 6/5 TCSWAB5V 3/58 6/5
1/7
BMXFTW508S 2/23 4/23 T TCSWAB5VN 3/58 TSXCBY1000 1/13
BMXFTW1001 6/3 TCSCCN4F3M05T 3/68 TCSWABAC2 3/59 6/5
2/13
BMXMSP0200
6/6
2/33
BMXXEM010 1/11
6/5
TCSCCN4F3M1T
TCSCCN4F3M3T
3/68
3/68
TCSWABAC15
TCSWABC5
3/59
3/59
TSXCBYACC10 1/13
6/5 5
BMXNOC0401 3/21 BMXXSP0400 1/11 TCSCTN011M11F 3/69 TCSWABC10 3/59 TSXCBYK9 1/13
BMXNOE0100 3/19 6/5 TCSEAAF11F13F00 3/41 TCSWABDON 3/58 6/5
BMXNOE0100H 6/8 BMXXSP0600 1/11 TCSEAAF1LFH00 3/41 TCSWABMK 3/59 TSXCRJMD25 4/23
BMXNOE0110 3/19 6/5 TCSEAAF1LFS00 3/41 TCSWABP 3/59 TSXCSA100 3/77
6
BMXNOE0110H 6/8 BMXXSP0800 1/11 TCSEAAF1LFU00 3/41 TCSWABP68 3/59 TSXCSA200 3/77
BMXNOM0200 3/75 6/5 TCSEAM0100 3/41 TCSWAMC67 3/59 TSXCSA500 3/77
BMXNOM0200H 6/8 BMXXSP1200 1/11 TCSECL1M1M1S2 3/41 TCSWAMCD 3/59 TSXCUSB485 4/23
BMXNOR0200H 3/25 BMXXTSCPS10 1/9 TCSECL1M1M3S2 3/41 TCSGWA242 3/58 TSXPCX1031 4/23
6/8 6/4 TCSECL1M1M10S2 3/41 TCSGWA242F 3/58 TSXSCA50 3/76
BMXP341000 1/7 BMXXTSCPS20 1/9 TCSECL1M1M25S2 3/41 TCSGWA272 3/58 TSXSCA62 3/76
3/75 6/4 TCSECL1M1M40S2 3/41 TCSGWABDH 3/58 TSXSCPCM4530 3/77
BMXP341000H
BMXP342000
6/3
1/7
BMXXTSHSC20 2/31
6/9
TCSECL1M3M1S2
TCSECL1M3M3S2
3/41
3/41
TCSGWC241
TCSNWA241
3/58
3/58
TSXTLYEX 1/13
6/5
7
3/75 E TCSECL1M3M10S2 3/41 TCSNWA241F 3/58 TWDXCAISO 3/76
BMXP342010 3/75 EUSENG1CFTAL10 4/46 TCSECL1M3M25S2 3/41 TCSNWA271 3/58 TWDXCARJ003 3/77
BMXP3420102 1/7 EUSENG3CFTAL10 4/46 TCSECL1M3M40S2 3/41 TCSNWA271F 3/58 TWDXCARJ010 3/77
3/66 EUSENG2CFTV11 4/33 TCSECN300R2 3/40 TCSNWA2A1 3/58 TWDXCARJ030 3/77
3/75
BMXP342020 1/7
EUSENG2CFUV11
F
4/33 TCSEK1MDRS
TCSEK3MDS
3/40
3/40
TLACDCBA005
TLACDCBA015
3/68
3/68
TWDXCAT3RJ
U
3/76
8
3/18 FTXBLA10 3/69 TCSEGPA23F14FK 6/8 TLACDCBA030 3/68 UAGSBTCFUCD10 4/31
3/75
FTXC78B 3/69 TCSESM043F1CU0 3/45 TLACDCBA050 3/68 UAGSBTDFUWB13 4/31
BMXP342020H 6/3 FTXC78F5 3/69 TCSESM043F23F0 3/45 TLXCDLFOFS33 4/57 UAGSEWLFFCD33 4/33
BMXP3420302 1/7 FTXC78M5 3/69 TCSESM043F2CU0 3/45 TLXCDLUOFS33 4/57 UAGSEWLFUCD33 4/33
3/18
9
FTXCM08B 3/69 TCSESM063F2CS1 3/46 TLXCDLTOFS33 4/57 UNYLAGZAUWB20 4/31
3/66
FTXCM12B 3/69 TCSESM063F2CU1 3/46 TLXCDSTOFS33 4/57 UNYLFZZAUWB12 4/31
BMXP3420302H 6/3 FTXCN12F5 3/68 TCSESM083F1CS0 3/46 TLXCDSUOFS33 4/57 UNYLHVZAUWB10 4/31
BMXRMS008MP 1/7 FTXCN12M5 3/68 TCSESM083F1CU0 3/46 TSXCANCA50 3/68 UNYLPCZAUCD10 4/31
6/3
FTXCN3203 3/68 TCSESM083F23F0 3/45 TSXCANCA100 3/68 UNYLTSZAUWB10 4/31
BMXRMS008MPF 1/7 FTXCN3206 3/68 TCSESM083F23F1 3/46 TSXCANCA300 3/68 UNYSDUMFUCD20 4/23
6/3
FTXCN3210 3/68 TCSESM083F2CS0 3/46 TSXCANCADD03 3/68 UNYSDUZFFCD22 4/29
BMXRMS128MPF 1/7
6/3
FTXCN3220
FTXCN3230
3/68
3/68
TCSESM083F2CU0
TCSESM103F23G0
3/46
3/47
TSXCANCADD1
TSXCANCADD3
3/68
3/68
UNYSDUZFUCD22
UNYSMUZUCD22
4/29
4/31
10
BMXRWS128MWF 3/25
FTXCN3250 3/68 TCSESM103F2LG0 3/47 TSXCANCADD5 3/68
BMXRWSB000M 3/19
FTXCNCT1 3/69 TCSESM163F23F0 3/47 TSXCANCB50 3/68
7/21
U VJC109401 4/43 VJCNS103099 4/40 VW3CANCARR03 3/69

UNYSPUEFFCD50 4/22 VJC109511 4/44 VJCNS103099-99 4/42 VW3CANCARR1 3/69
1 UNYSPUEFGCD50
UNYSPUEFTCD50
4/22
4/22
VJC109512
VJC109910
4/44
4/38
VJCNS103288
VJCNS103299
4/41
4/41
VW3CANKCDF180T
VW3CANTAP2
3/69
3/68
UNYSPUEFUCD50 4/22 VJC109911 4/38 VJCNS103299-99 4/42 VW3M3805R010 3/68
UNYSPUEZFCD50 4/22 VJC109912 4/38 VJCNS103688 4/40 VW3M8223R30 2/33
UNYSPUEZGCD50 4/22 VJC109918 4/38 VJCNS103788 4/40 X
UNYSPUEZGTCD50 4/22 VJC109920 4/38 VJCNS103888 4/41 XBTZ938 3/77
2 UNYSPUEZLGCD50
UNYSPUEZLTCD50
4/22
4/22
VJC109921
VJC109922
4/38
4/38
VJCNS103988
VJCNS301111
4/41
4/38
XGSZ24
XZCC12FCM50B
3/76
3/69
UNYSPUEZLUCD50 4/22 VJC309317 4/47 VJCNS301127 4/38 XZCC12FDM50B 3/69
UNYSPUEZTCD50 4/22 VJC309322 4/47 VJCNS301150 4/38 XZCC12MCM50B 3/69
UNYSPUEZUCD50 4/22 VJC309331-00-00 4/47 VJCNS301156 4/38 XZCC12MDM50B 3/69
UNYSPUEZUGCD50 4/22 VJC309350-00-00 4/47 VJCNS301159 4/38 XZCC12FCM50B 3/41
3
UNYSPUMFGCD50 4/21 VJC309351-00-00 4/47 VJCNS305140 4/43 XZCC12FDM50B 3/41
UNYSPUMFTCD50 4/21 VJC309352-00-00 4/47 VJCNS305141 4/43 XZCP1164L2 3/41
UNYSPUMFUCD50 4/21 VJC309353-00-00 4/47 VJCNS305142 4/43 XZCP1164L5 3/41
UNYSPUMZGCD50 4/21 VJC309354-00-00 4/47 VJCNS305144 4/43 XZCP1264L2 3/41
UNYSPUMZGTCD50 4/21 VJC309355-00-00 4/47 VJCNS305146 4/43 XZCP1264L5 3/41
UNYSPUMZSGCD50 4/21 VJC309356-00-00 4/47 VJCNS305148 4/43
UNYSPUMZSTCD50 4/21 VJC903288 4/42 VJCNS305149 4/43
4 UNYSPUMZSUCD50
UNYSPUMZTCD50
4/21
4/21
VJCNS101110
VJCNS101110-11
4/39
4/39
VJCNS305151
VJCNSL11-F11
4/43
4/39
UNYSPUMZUCD50 4/21 VJCNS101111 4/39 VJCNSL11-L27 4/39
UNYSPUMZUGCD50 4/21 VJCNS101111-12 4/39 VJCNSL27-F12 4/39
UNYSPUSFGCD50 4/20 VJCNS101112 4/39 VJCNSL27-L59 4/39
UNYSPUSFTCD50 4/20 VJCNS101112-13 4/39 VJCNSL50-F13 4/39
5 UNYSPUSFUCD50
UNYSPUSZGCD50
4/20
4/20
VJCNS101113
VJCNS101113-14
4/39
4/39
VJCNSL56-L11
VJCNSL59-F13
4/39
4/39
UNYSPUSZGTCD50 4/20 VJCNS101114 4/39 VJCNSL59-L50 4/39
UNYSPUSZTCD50 4/20 VJCNS101114-15 4/39 VJH209912 4/50
UNYSPUSZUCD50 4/20 VJCNS101115 4/39 VJH209922 4/50
UNYSPUSZUGCD50 4/20 VJCNS101115-99 4/39 VJHNS204320 4/51
6
UNYSPUXFFCD41 4/22 VJCNS101199 4/39 VJHNS204321 4/51
UNYSPUXFGCD41 4/22 VJCNS102010 4/40 VJHNS204323 4/51
UNYSPUXFTCD41 4/22 VJCNS102010-11 4/42 VJHNS211011 4/50
UNYSPUXFUCD41 4/22 VJCNS102011 4/40 VJHNS211011-12 4/50
UNYSPUXZFCD41 4/22 VJCNS102011-12 4/42 VJHNS211012 4/50
UNYSPUXZGCD41 4/22 VJCNS102012 4/40 VJHNS211012-13 4/50
UNYSPUXZTCD41 4/22 VJCNS102012-13 4/42 VJHNS211013 4/50
7 UNYSPUXZUCD41
UNYSPUZFUCD31E
4/22
4/27
VJCNS102013
VJCNS102013-14
4/40
4/42
VJHNS211013-14
VJHNS211014
4/50
4/50
UNYSRTZFUCD10 4/25 VJCNS102014 4/40 VJHNS211014-15 4/50
UNYUDEVFUCD21E 4/23 VJCNS102014-15 4/42 VJHNS211015 4/50
UNYUSE909CDM 4/23 VJCNS102015 4/40 VJHNS211015-16 4/50
UNYXCAUSB033 4/23 VJCNS102015-99 4/42 VJHNS211016 4/50
8 V
VJC104188 4/42
VJCNS102088
VJCNS102099
4/40
4/40
VJHNS211016-45
VJHNS211045
4/50
4/50
VJC104288 4/42 VJCNS102210 4/41 VJHNS211045-99 4/50
VJC109081 4/44 VJCNS102210-11 4/42 VJHNS211099 4/50
VJC109082 4/44 VJCNS102211 4/41 VJHNS212000 4/50
VJC109083 4/44 VJCNS102211-12 4/42 VJHNS212200 4/50
9
VJC109088 4/44 VJCNS102212 4/41 VJHNS212400 4/50
VJC109206 4/43 VJCNS102212-13 4/42 VW3A8114 3/76
VJC109310-01-00 4/47 VJCNS102213 4/41 VW3A8306 3/77
VJC109310-02-00 4/47 VJCNS102213-14 4/42 VW3A8306D30 3/77
VJC109320-01-000 4/47 VJCNS102214 4/41 VW3A8306R03 3/77
VJC109320-02-00 4/47 VJCNS102214-15 4/42 VW3A8306R10 3/77
VJC109330-02-00 4/47 VJCNS102215 4/41 VW3A8306R30 3/77
10 VJC109350-02-00
VJC109370-01-00
4/47
4/47
VJCNS102215-99
VJCNS102288
4/42
4/41
VW3A8306RC
VW3A8306TF03
3/76
3/76
VJC109370-02-00 4/47 VJCNS102299 4/41 VW3A8306TF10 3/76
VJC109390-02-00 4/47 VJCNS103088 4/40 VW3CANA71 3/69
7/22
http://www.schneider-electric.com/
Schneider Electric USA, Inc. The information and dimensions in this catalog are provided for the convenience of our customers.
8001 Knightdale Blvd. While this information is believed to be accurate, Schneider Electric reserves the right to make
Knightdale, NC 27545 updates and changes without prior notification and assumes no liability for any errors or omissions.
USA Customer Care Center
Advantys, Altistart, Altivar, Citect, Compact, Concept, ConneXium, ConneXview, Ethway,
Tel: 888-778-2733
FactoryCast, FIPIO, FIPway, ISAway, Lexium, LL984, M340, Magelis, Merlin Gerin, Modbus,
Modicon, Modsoft, Momentum, OFS, OPC Factory Server, Osicoder, OsiSense, OsiTrack,
Schneider Electric Canada
PCIway, Phaseo, PL7, PlantStruxure, Premium, Preventa, ProWorx, Quantum, SoCollaborative,
5985 McLaughlin Rd.
Symax, Tego, Telefast, TeSys, Transparent Ready, TSX Micro, Twido, TwidoSoft, TwidoSuite,
Missassauga, Ontario, Canada L5R 1B8
Uni-TE, Uni-Telway, Unity, Vijeo, Vijeo Designer, Vijeo Historian, X-Way, ZelioSoft, and Schneider
Canada Customer Care Center Electric and logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric or its affiliates in
Tel: 800-565-6699 the United States and other countries. Other trademarks used herein are the property of their
respective owners.
Design: Schneider Electric

Photos: Schneider Electric
DIA6ED2110104EN-US
ART. 960539 © 2011 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. 08/2011
2011 Modicon™ M340™ automation platform

Schneider M340 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schneider M340 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schneider M340 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Modicon M340

Product data website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0/4

To learn more about Modicon™ M340™ automation platform

1 On the home page, click on the “Products and Services” tab.

5 From the product

1.1 - Processor modules

bb Memory structure .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6

vv Memory cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6

1.2 - Power supply modules

1.3 - Single-rack configuration

Integrated Ethernet Modbus™/TCP network –

Communication Ethernet network Max. no. 2 2

Internal memory Internal user RAM 2048 KB 4096 KB

Memory card capacity Backup of program, constants and 8 MB as standard

8 (on processor) symbols

File storage – 8 or 128 MB (according to BMXRMSpp8MPF

No. of K instructions 100% Boolean 5.4 Kinstructions/ms 8.1 Kinstructions/ms

Modicon M340 processor BMXP341000 BMXP342000

See more technical information online at www.schneider-electric.com

1024 channels (modules with 8, 16, 32 or 64 channels)

BMXEIA0100 master module 7

BMXP3420102 BMXP342020 BMXP3420302

See more technical information online at www.schneider-electric.com

6 For severe environments, see the

Design and setup of Modicon M340 applications

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

1 Description: BMXP341000/2000/20102 processors

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

Processors with an integrated Ethernet port, BMXP342020/20302, have an

3 (Transparent Ready™ B10) (see page 3/14).

The BMXRMS008MP memory card is formatted by Schneider Electric and supplied

BMXRMS008MPF/128MPF optional memory cards

This “file storage area” enables:

Modifying the program in online mode

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

Modicon™ M340™ processors

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

The Modicon M340 power supply module offer includes:

BMXCPSpppp power supply modules feature the following:

5 2 spring-type) for connecting the following:

To be ordered separately (if necessary):

This relay is operated is as follows:

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

Sensor power supply

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

BMXXBP0600 rack with 6 slots To be ordered separately:

The BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit is comprised of:

CPS 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Installing the modules in the rack:

9 - 03 for a 4-slot rack

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

Spring clamping rings Cables, cross-section 1.5 to 6 mm2 STBXSP3010 0.050

Protective covers (replacement Unoccupied slots on

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

Composition of a multi-rack configuration

Each rack is equipped with:

7 On the right-hand side panel

Installation rules for BMXXBPppp0 racks

I/O: Communication: Software: Ruggedized Modicon M340 modules:

Modicon™ M340™ Standard module for mounting in each rack BMXXBE1000

2.5 - Application-specific modules and